Actions

Work Header

Your Voice is a Song I Know so Well

Summary:

As the daughter of the newly appointed Lord of Dale, Sigrid is doing her best to move forward after the Battle of Five Armies and help out where she can. When Tauriel asks for her help with the Crown Prince of Erebor, who lays asleep on his deathbed, Sigrid can’t find a reason to say no. Afterall Fili did save her and her siblings from orcs and rebuilding ties with Erebor is important to Dale’s survival. But as weeks pass and he still shows little progress she wonders if her consistent support and care has become less about allies and more about her heart wanting the bluest eyes she has ever seen to open once again.

Notes:

It has been a long time since I last posted a fic and this is my first multi-chapter! The story was inspired completely by the song Warrior by Chloe x Halle. I hope you enjoy!

Chapter 1

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Cover Image

Being a warrior had never been something Sigrid had aspired to. Nor had she ever expected she needed to be one. Then the Battle of Five Armies happened, or so it had been named since. She hadn’t really even fought in it per se, but it settled a strength in her to protect the people she loved and cared for. The battle had been worse than expected. Despite the victory falling to the heroes, and Azog and his army of evil and destruction being defeated, it wasn’t without heavy losses. Thorin and his sister-sons were, for a short time, counted among them. Their injuries were grievous and for many nights no one was really sure if they would make it at all. Sigrid had been saddened to hear about the news from her father, who had thankfully survived and now led their people as the new Lord of Dale.

With the heavy death toll and injuries to almost everyone as well as the loss of any suitable place for anyone to seek shelter, be it the Men of Dale or the Dwarves of Erebor, focus turned to only what was most important — caring for the injured, burying the dead, finding food, and rebuilding shelter. In this endeavor all old feuds were put aside, for Dale needed Erebor as much as Erebor needed Dale, and everyone’s help was crucial. Prosperity and peace would be the only thing that would make all this loss even conscionable.

The fighting over gold seemed like a distant past as Dain oversaw the delivery of payments seamlessly and without hesitation to both men and elves. He acted in Thorin’s stead as his cousin lay on his deathbed in a healing tent somewhere on the battlefield. During this time Sigrid found herself helping wherever she could. While she would’ve gladly helped rebuild, she had not the speed or strength to match the dwarves. She had been bouncing between helping in the kitchens to serve everyone, rotating child care, as well as working at night long after everyone had gone to bed to create blankets and clothing for those who needed it as winter was fast approaching.

However one moment, about a week after the battle, changed everything. Sigrid had been desperately cleaning out the kitchen in the Lord’s manor, hoping to make it usable, when Tauriel pulled her along to the healing tents with her. Tauriel had stayed in Dale, not only because of her banishment from Mirkwood, but also because she confessed to Sigrid that she cared greatly for the dwarf she had healed in Laketown. Tauriel and Sigrid had stayed close since they had met in Laketown and Sigrid had insisted Tauriel stay with them at her house, something Bard had happily agreed to.

When Tauriel suggested it, Sigrid was unsure about helping with the healing. But Tauriel had all but insisted. Sigrid had little to no knowledge of medicine other than the basics of cleaning and bandaging a cut and a few tonics and herbs for colds and coughs that had been prevalent in Laketown. She did have a very good skill at stitching though, she voiced, as Tauriel held her hand and guided her through the tents.

The smell among the healing tents was overpowering. They kept close to each other and stayed out of the way until they reached a large tent in the middle. A dwarf was guarding the entrance. Sigrid had seen him come out of the toilet in Laketown but she didn’t know his name. He was hard to forget as the only dwarf she had ever seen with a shaved and tattooed head. He nodded at Tauriel and eyed Sigrid but said nothing else as they made their way inside. Despite the cold temperature outside, the thick fabric of the tent kept out most of the cold and the wind. The main room had a table covered in various medical items as well as multiple water basins and a few chairs scattered around. Off the main area there were three makeshift rooms it seemed, each one with a curtain.

Sigrid shifted nervously. She had thought Tauriel was just bringing her to visit Kili but it seemed like maybe there were others. And she guessed that if this was where Kili was staying and it was guarded, and if the others were still alive, that this must be the royal tent. Sigrid suddenly realized she didn’t know exactly what had happened to Kili’s brother, Fili. She felt badly that she hadn’t really thought of him despite how much he had done for them during Smaug’s attack. And she vaguely remembered their uncle, who was leader of the group, though he had stayed for far less time.

Sigrid began to get a knot in her stomach at the idea that the sweet dwarf with the bluest eyes she’d ever seen was dead. She hoped not but still, even the idea that he had almost died. She hoped maybe his injuries were minor. Tauriel steered her towards the first room on the left and pulled back the curtain just slightly.

“Kili,” Tauriel whispered. Sigrid saw the brown-haired dwarf that had laid on her kitchen table. His coloring was poor but his breathing seemed mostly stable. Tauriel let the fabric fall back in place. “Stab wound in the chest is the main focus. However his other injuries, though minor, have made everything more difficult.”

“King Thorin lies just there,” she pointed at the farthest room, “I do not know the extent of his injuries but they seem quite severe.” Bilbo emerged from behind the flap Sigrid was staring at, carrying a bowl and some rags. He looked tired and a bit unfocused. He caught sight of the two of them and smiled, setting down the bowl on the table.

He came closer and spoke in hushed tones, “Wonderful to see you Lady Sigrid. I’m afraid we’ve been very busy here without the chance to come visit you and your father. Please give him my regards.”

Sigrid nodded, “Please, Master Bilbo do not worry as you are clearly needed here. And please, just call me Sigrid. There is too much to be done to worry about titles.”

“I do hope you have come to visit Fili. He’s of course well taken care of and doted upon by the company, but with everyone so busy I do worry he isn’t getting some of the attention he needs to get better. Loneliness can kill you just as well as an injury.”

Sigrid bit her lip.

Tauriel chimed in, “That's actually why I brought her along. She can come with me whenever I come by, if she wants of course.”

“That sounds wonderful. Please don’t feel obligated Sigrid, especially if you have other areas you are needed in, but it would be greatly appreciated,” with that Bilbo went back to what he was doing and soon was gone again from sight and back into Thorin’s room.

Sigrid saddened at the idea of Fili not having anyone to just sit with him. She was sure if Kili was awake they would be inseparable.

“I apologize for assuming that you are ok with this. I just know you and Fili had spoken some in Laketown and you were the best person I could think of.”

“No, of course. You don’t need to apologize. I was feeling rather like I wasn’t doing enough. It will be good to have something else. And maybe I can learn a bit more about medicine along the way.”

Tauriel smiled and squeezed Sigrid’s shoulder. ‘This way’ she motioned and they headed towards the middle room and Tauriel pulled back the curtain.

Sigrid covered her mouth at the sight, though made no noise. He was much paler than she had seen him and looked more grayish than Kili had.

Tauriel spoke softly, “I overheard Oin, he said Fili’s injuries had been the worst and they had been positive that he would not survive. He’s been holding on but hasn’t made much improvement compared to the others.”

Sigrid walked in and sat down softly in the chair already there. She tentatively reached out for his hand. It was cold and she noticed his breathing was shallow. Sigrid looked at Tauriel, “What are the major injuries?” she whispered. Though she doubted anything would wake him.

“I’m not sure of the exact injuries but he was pierced through from back to front and then dropped from quite a height from which he sustained two broken legs and most likely a concussion.” Sigrid felt a bit faint at the idea of it all. She barely heard Tauriel continue, “The elvish healers did their best and now it is up to keeping everything clean and keeping him nourished.”

Sigrid could barely process it all. She couldn’t see the wound Tauriel spoke of due to the thick blankets over him but she probably wouldn’t want to anyway. She looked at his face. Even asleep he looked in pain. His eyebrows were creased ever so slightly as if concentrating on something. Sigrid gently moved a stray hair from across his face. There was also a large bruise that took up part of his cheek and eye, most likely from the fall she assumed. She sighed and turned to find that Tauriel had left. Sigrid couldn’t remember if Tauriel had said anything but she probably hadn’t gone far. Sigrid took Fili’s hand more confidently in her own and squeezed gently.

She felt nervous but she didn’t know why. Where did she start? Should she just talk? What should she tell him? Her brain seemed scattered. She finally figured it’d be best to just start a conversation.

“Hi Fili, it’s me, Sigrid,” she whispered hesitantly.

She leaned in a bit closer, unsure if he would be able to hear or not. She felt self-conscious but the walls were a thick enough fabric that she doubted anyone would hear her.

“I don’t know if you remember my name specifically,” she continued, “but you came out of my toilet in Laketown. There hadn’t been much time for us to talk with your brother's injury and then the dragon. But I wanted to say thank you. Thank you for saving my siblings and I. You were very brave. And no doubt were very brave before and after that.” Sigrid faltered. She didn’t know what else to say. After all that was all she really knew about him. She didn’t really know what was going on with his family or Erebor or anything else.

“Your family and friends are all very concerned about you...I’m concerned about you,” she finally added.

And she was. Though she never really expected to see him again once they had left from the shores, the fact that she now was somehow reconnected with him, she realized that she wanted to know more about him. He seemed like a brave fighter but he also loved his brother fiercely and that’s something she could understand. She would’ve died for Tilda and Bain and almost did during the battle. She ran her thumb along the back of his hand absentmindedly.

“I didn’t expect to run into you ever again honestly.” She kept talking. Why would she need to lie to him? And maybe just hearing a voice would help. She pressed on. “I’m sure I might have. Now that I’m the Lady of Dale and you are a prince. Maybe at trade negotiations or parties. Which hopefully may still happen, I certainly hope so. But they can’t happen if you don’t get better. Today seemed like an ordinary day, until Tauriel brought me here. And she said I was the best person to come and talk with you. I’m not sure why exactly. I don’t have much interesting to say. Nothing at least to say to a prince. I’m just a girl from Laketown.”

She looked down at his face. He hadn’t moved at all. She sighed again and leaned back in the chair, her hand still holding his. Just then the fabric flap opened and Sigrid quickly pulled her hand away. The dwarf jumped a bit but dropped nothing he was holding.

“I’m sorry,” Sigrid stammered, standing up quickly. But the dwarf pushed her back into the seat.

“Tauriel said she was bringing someone I just didn’t know you were already here. Mind helping me.” He didn’t wait for an answer and started to hand Sigrid a bowl with a spoon, “He will need to eat this, slowly though. We can’t have him tossing his ale. Do you feel comfortable with that?”

Sigrid nodded. The dwarf went around the other side and gently propped Fili up just a bit with a pillow. But barely moved him otherwise. With that the dwarf was gone. She looked down at the bowl and smelled it. It looked like broth and at first smelled like broth. But the secondary smell had a much more medicinal quality. Probably something for pain. She scooted forward. She wasn’t entirely sure she did know what she was doing but she had fed Tilda as a baby and spoon fed both of her siblings when they were ill. She still wasn’t at a good angle to really make sure not to spill it on him completely so she set the bowl down and gently moved his arm. She then sat next to him on the bed, careful not to get too close or jostle him at all. She got a bit on the spoon and slowly poured a bit into his mouth. He surprisingly responded to it by swallowing but it was so subtle.

She spent the next hour or so, slowly spooning the broth in. Careful to take her time and not rush. She was about halfway through the bowl when the dwarf from before returned.

“That will probably do for now. Thank you.” He said taking the bowl back from her. He left briefly before returning to resettle the pillows. Sigrid shifted softly off the bed and back into the chair. Sigrid wasn’t sure what to do with herself as the dwarf fussed about over Fili. He eventually seems satisfied and motioned for her to follow. Once out into the main area she noticed Tauriel sitting at the table.

“I appreciate your help today Lady Sigrid and for visiting our Fili. Will you be coming tomorrow?”

“Of course” she said quickly.

“Good!” He said “I’ll see you both tomorrow.” And with that he shooed them out. It was already late afternoon as they headed back to the house.

“Who was that?” Sigrid asked

“His name is Oin, he is their healer. I’ve been told he doesn’t have good hearing. Though he seems to hear well enough when he wants.” Tauriel smiled. “How are you doing?”

“I’m good. That was good. It was a bit awkward. I didn’t know what to say.”

Tauriel hummed. “Just speak about your day. It really could be anything.”

They didn’t speak much more on it as they made their way back to the house.

Sigrid started dinner in part of the kitchen that she had managed to clean, which included the stove and some counter. There wasn’t a table yet and they had been eating in the library where she had created a space for everyone to sleep. The rest of the house was in need of major repairs before they could move to other parts. Sigrid also felt uncomfortable being separated so soon.

Tilda, though young, had been helping take care of other young children just nearby. It was a community effort for everyone, one that Sigrid helped with as much as she could as well. Bain usually was not too far away, either helping with supplies or running errands. Tilda and Bain were first to arrive home. Both had seemed to weather the battle well enough, other than waking from nightmares. Bard was late again that night and Bain and Tilda had already eaten when he finally arrived. They all settled into the room on blankets on the floor, eating the stew Sigrid had warmed up. There was still no market running, so this was the ration she had managed to get from the supplies the elves had brought. Even though they hadn’t ever had much in Laketown, she hoped one day to make biscuits or a pie at least.

“How was your day?” Bard asked Sigrid after Tauriel had left to help guard Dale at night. Since she needed little sleep she felt it was the best use of her time and skills. Bain and Tilda were slowly settling into bed nearby.

“It was good. I helped with the children in the morning, served lunch, and then had been here trying to clean the kitchen when Tauriel asked for my help in the healing tents.”

“Oh? What did you do there?”

“Tauriel has been visiting Prince Kili and asked me to come with her. I ended up spending some time with Prince Fili.”

“So they still live?”

“Barely. I don’t believe any of them are awake and from looking at the princes, and Prince Fili especially, they are still at risk of not. Tauriel and the Dwarf healer, Oin I believe his name was, spoke about having someone else come to spend time with Prince Fili and Tauriel thought of me.”

“Do you know him?” Bard asked, clearly confused by the request.

“Not at all really. Though he did save us in Laketown when the Orcs and Smaug attacked.”

“Well, it’s good to hear they are alive at least, and hopefully make a full recovery. I’m glad that you are able to help, though I worry about you spreading yourself too thin.”

“I know, Da. I’ll make sure not to wear myself out.”

Even though Sigrid had promised to come back the next day, she figured it would only be for a few more days and she could handle that. She doubted they would need her hanging around for much longer, or at least she hoped that would be the case. She decided not to focus on Prince Fili’s health that night, instead Sigrid found herself thinking about possible things to talk to him about the next day.

Notes:

Thank you so much for reading! I wrote the whole story in a wild two week time span back in May 2018 and am so excited that I finally am able to let it see the light of day. I hope to post at least two chapters a week - Wednesday evenings and Sunday mornings (United States Central Time).

Chapter 2

Notes:

Potential triggers: very brief discussion of Fili's wounds from battle and their care

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Without realizing it, Sigrid found herself moving through her other responsibilities with determination to get to Fili as early in the day as possible. She wasn’t sure why exactly but she wanted to see him. After the awkwardness of the first day it seemed easier to fill the time. She’d always start by talking about her day and then tell him various updates about renovations or exciting events which occurred daily, if not hourly. Then sometimes if there was time she’d tell him stories of growing up or fairy tales she used to tell Tilda and Bain when they were younger. Oin began to give her a few more tasks here and there. The next two weeks after the battle went by quickly. Then three. And before she knew it it had been nearly a month.

Fili had not woken in all this time, but his coloring had gotten better and his breathing less shallow. Though he still felt cold to the touch. Sigrid had finally seen the intense wound in his chest and it had almost been too much when Oin started to clean it. But she told herself she’d never be let back if she couldn’t handle a stitched up wound and a bit of ooze and blood.

Honestly by the end of the month she had seen Fili’s entire body from the waist up. The first time Oin asked for her assistance she had felt her face flush. She had seen men without their shirts on as they worked but this seemed very different. First of all she was much closer and she was touching him as she helped Oin gently clean and bandage the wound. Another part of her also felt like it was a bit strange considering he was unconscious.

His condition was improving, though slowly, but it had begun to get quite cold out as winter settled in. Oin decided they had all stabilized enough (and Kili and Thorin had both woken up) that they should move into the mountain. Renovations in Erebor had spent the majority of their effort in the medical ward and housing accommodations, so it would be fairly easy.

Sigrid spent as much time as possible in the healing tents outside Dale in those last few days even as dwarves removed items around her. Fili would be the last to move before they took down the tent and she worried that she may never see him again. Or if she did it would be a very long time. Afterall, now that he would be at home and more of his kin would be arriving soon she wouldn’t be needed.

“You’ll be coming to visit him in the mountain I hope,” Oin had stated one afternoon.

Sigrid hadn’t expected that and faltered, “Oh, um, of course. I’d love to, if that’s ok?”

“Of course it’s ok, Lady Sigrid. I wouldn’t have anyone else taking care of him the way you have.”

Sigrid blushed at that, “Of course I’ll come up.”

It would be hard to convince her father that she could spend so much time away from Dale. As well as travel back and forth but she’d figure it out. After a month by his side, she felt determined to see this out.

It turned out to be much simpler than she thought. Even before she could bring it up that evening to her father he handed her a letter he had received. King Thorin had heard how much Sigrid had helped and insisted she come to the mountain, and wrote Bard to tell him so. On top of that Tauriel also would be heading to the mountain regularly and had happily agreed to act as Sigrid’s guard. King Thorin had not been pleased to hear about Tauriel and Kili’s budding relationship, and he was not going to let her stay permanently at this point, but for now she could visit. Which had been more than Tauriel and Kili had hoped for or expected. King Thorin couldn’t deny her abilities as well as her knowledge of the area, even if she was an elf.

Sigrid and Bard built a schedule that would accommodate the various demands on Sigrid’s time, as he worried adding traveling to Erebor would strain her further. He couldn’t deny that it would be helpful to have a trustworthy source to keep an eye and ear inside Erebor. Things had been going well enough with Dain in charge, and Thorin had acknowledged his actions, but there was still much to be discussed between Dale and Erebor and Bard wasn’t going to take any chances.

It was decided that every few days Sigrid would head up to Erebor. It wasn’t a far trip but given that they were fully entrenched in winter, and there was still a threat of danger, it became apparent Sigrid could not travel back and forth in the span of a day without risking being out at night. Thorin was kind enough to provide Tauriel and Sigrid a shared room. In this way they could travel in the morning, stay for a day and night, then travel back to Dale the following morning.

In Erebor, Kili and Thorin had both been moved into their own rooms but Fili stayed in the medical ward in a private room. Sigrid spent time with him as always but also helped Oin organize and catalog supplies in the new facility.

A month and a half after the battle and two weeks after moving into Erebor Fili had still not woken up. His color was healthy (according to Oin) as was his breathing. And he had finally warmed up. There were no signs of infection, at least outwardly, and the large wound had begun to scar and swelling was completely gone. The only thing Oin wasn’t sure about was the concussion and the broken legs. Fili’s legs seemed to be healing well but Oin wouldn’t know until Fili tried to walk, if he could ever walk again. The thought of it made Sigrid’s stomach flip, to wake up after so long and find yourself unable to walk. From what she had begun to learn from Oin, Kili, and the other dwarves who spoke with her Fili was a fine warrior and was proficient in his weapons. She hoped he would be able to walk again if not for anything but having the chance to find some semblance of his previous life. Sigrid stayed late with Fili every night and only made it back to the room about half the time. Not that it really mattered as Tauriel was rarely there either as she spent her time with Kili in his room. At most, they saw each other when they arrived and left and sometimes for a meal.

As Sigrid sat next to Fili one evening, the only light a single candle on the nightstand, she watched his breathing for what seemed like hours. She hadn’t talked in awhile, finding she was at a loss for words as she looked at his sleeping form. After a bit of hesitation she leaned forward. Sigrid always held his hand but had never touched anywhere else, other than when she helped Oin change his bandages. But she had always been curious about the scars on his arm. They were long since healed and not from the battle. There were a few long thin white scars that ran down his arm. Sigrid wondered if they were from another battle or from practice. Without thinking she reached out and gently ran her finger down one along his bicep. His muscles tensed and jumped under her touch and she pulled back, feeling her ears turning red. Sigrid cursed herself for being like that. It wasn’t appropriate, she chided herself. Sigrid rested her hand back on his hand and looked up at him.

“I’m sorry,” she apologized, “You don’t even know I’m here let alone anything else that has happened. I shouldn’t have done that without your consent.”

Sigrid sighed and squeezed his hand gently between hers, “Oh, Fili. I really wish you’d wake up. I’d love to know what you’re thinking. What you’re actually like.”

She leaned back in her chair, one hand still wrapped in his. Someone had brought her a lovely plush chair to replace the wood one she had been using. It was much nicer for the long periods of sitting and for the times she would fall asleep. She leaned back into it and closed her eyes.

Had she been any more asleep she wouldn’t have felt it.

A small movement of his fingers.

Considering she had held his hand for almost two months now any change felt huge. Sigrid immediately opened her eyes and scoured his face for any sign of him waking. She gently squeezed back.

“Fili,” she said gently. “Fili, can you hear me?”

He didn’t do much but his eyelids seemed to flutter a bit. Sigrid felt the tears at the corners of her eyes, threatening to spill out.

“Take your time Fili,” she encouraged, “I’m here and I’ll be here when you wake up.”

She squeezed again gently. He seemed to have settled back to sleep but it was progress. She couldn’t wait to tell Oin.

Sigrid eventually fell asleep but not leaning back in the chair. Instead she leaned forward on the bed, resting her head on the arm that held Fili’s hand.

A gentle nudge of her shoulder woke Sigrid. She blinked and sat up to see Oin moving towards Fili. She remembered and nearly shouted.

“Oin! Oin. He moved last night.”

His eyes widened, “Really?”

“Yes, yes!” Sigrid explained what happened. Though she left out the part about the scar on his arm. She didn’t know why but she still felt awkward about it and it wasn’t really a necessary addition.

Ori was kind enough to send her father a raven as Sigrid decided to stay an extra day. She hated the idea of Fili waking without her there. However, it seemed like that early wake up had been a fluke. In the next 24 hours he didn't wake again. Oin promised he would alert Sigrid as soon as something happened.

Tauriel and Sigrid made their way back to Dale. Sigrid found herself distracted from everything she was doing, thinking of the possibility of Fili finally waking up and trying to rein in her imagination of how it could go. All of it made her a bit nervous but also giddy at the same time. She found herself thinking about all the things she wanted to know about him.

Sigrid tried not to be too eager to leave Dale again. Though the constant discussions with Tilda about princes and princesses made her wish to be there just a bit more. And if she were acting a bit more like a love sick teen than she should, then she wasn't going to tell anyone. She didn't really know how she felt about Fili, after all she'd not talked to him very much and the last month and a half wasn't anything to go by. It was incredibly one-sided she realized but, from the stories the dwarves had told her, it felt like she already knew him.

Snow had begun to fall heavily the morning Sigrid was set out to leave. She practically ran through her chores and responsibilities in hopes of beating what may be a strong storm coming in. As always Tauriel showed up exactly on time. Where she went during the day, Sigrid wasn't sure, but she assumed Tauriel was helping somewhere or scouting or maybe even hunting. But Tauriel was always there on time. They went to the stables where their horses were ready and set off towards the mountain.

By the time they arrived they were both soaked and cold, their faces red from the strong winds and snow that had moved in quickly. It amazed her how every time she entered the mountain it seemed like new things had been renovated. The gate had been completely fixed as had the stables. The kitchen was fully finished, the medical ward, and they were beginning the long work on the treasury and throne room where Smaug, she heard, had spent the most time.

“Can we head to the medical ward first, I just want to check in with Oin,” Sigrid asked Tauriel, but she had already started walking that way.

“I had already assumed that was where we were headed.”

Sigrid hated to be so obvious.

But the moment she arrived and Oin took one look at her he insisted she warm up and get something to eat first and shooed her back out with Tauriel. They made their way to the kitchen instead.

After a nice hot meal, which she really did appreciate now that she had it, Sigrid made her way back to the medical ward while Tauriel had offered to take her things to the room. Oin was not in the immediate area, so she made her way towards Fili. He looked as he always did, his arms along his sides. Since it wasn't cold in the medical ward the blankets had lessened and weren't pulled up to his neck. Sigrid could make out just the top half of the scar, still red and healing. Instead of sitting down in her chair she rested herself on the side of his bed, closer to him.

She gently picked up his hand, placing it in her lap gently and holding it.

"Hi Fili, it's Sigrid. I just got back. Oin says you haven't woken up at all since I was last here. I'm happy you didn't wake up without me around, but also sad that it still doesn't seem like you are recovering."

She sighed as the words she uttered weighed down on her. What if it was a head injury and he never woke up. What if this sleep lasted forever. He was sustained, but what kind of life would it be for him to live like this. She wondered if he could hear her. If he knew what was going on and was screaming on the inside trying to be let out. She felt a few tears drop down onto her hand without realizing. Kili and Thorin were both awake and while still bedridden (which they both greatly despised) they had made huge progress since being moved into the mountain. Fili on the other hand had made very little progress in comparison. And it was hard not to compare them. Thorin and Kili didn’t come to visit Fili while she was there, she assumed because they didn't want to crowd her or overwhelm the small room, but she hoped they were coming when they could.

She felt like she was starting to become friends with Kili, as she spoke with him when she had gone to find Tauriel or if she would occasionally join them for lunch in Kili's room. She hadn't seen or spoken to Thorin or even Bilbo since they had been in the medical ward, though it didn’t surprise her since was King after all. She had let her mind wander to what it must be like to be a King and looked back down at her hands and Fili's, making small circles on his hand with her thumb. She looked up at him and was happy to see that his eyebrows were no longer creased, which she hoped meant that the pain had mostly subsided. If she hadn't known any better or not been around for any of it, she would’ve guessed he was just asleep.

She brushed back a strand of hair from his face and tucked it behind his ear gently. His hair was loose around his shoulders and pillow. She remembered that he used to wear quite a lot of braids. She had asked Oin once if she should braid his hair back and he had become so flustered and had barely been able to tell her that wasn't necessary. She wasn't sure what the problem with it was but she hadn't found anyone she felt comfortable asking.

She stayed sitting there for a long time. She didn't know when she started singing but it started out humming a tune she used to sing to Tilda when she was fussy as a baby. Sigrid had never sang to Fili before but since she had tried everything else, why not this. She sang softly as she let her thumb rub along the back of his hand.

After moving through the same song a couple of times she moved on to other songs she knew, bits and pieces of songs sung in Laketown, or things she'd picked up from the men working on rebuilding Dale. She eventually stopped singing and sighed, looking at the stone wall of the room. How much longer could she keep doing this? Not that she didn't enjoy it, but eventually she would have to move on. She couldn't play nursemaid to Fili forever. After all, what actual connection did she have to him? She wasn't family and she certainly wasn't in any sort of relationship with him. She wasn't even his friend.

He could wake up tomorrow and want nothing to do with her, or worse, not even remember who she was from Laketown. She hadn't really ever thought about the fact that he could have no memory whatsoever. And who was she, just some girl from Dale. She shook her head, she would need to stop this. She told herself, if he didn't wake up in the next two weeks, she would need to focus on other things. At that point it would’ve been two months and Dale still needed rebuilding and her dad would need more help than ever. There was still a lot more winter left and then early spring would bring a whole new set of tasks. Even though she hated the title, the responsibility still existed and she had her own people to look after. She had learned a lot from Oin and hoped it would help her own people. And maybe if he did ever wake up, she'd meet him sometime again. Maybe Kili would tell him about how long she stayed and he would visit her. Two more weeks she set herself.

She sighed and scooted off the bed and into her own chair, setting Fili's hand back down. She leaned back and curled up her knees to her chin, watching his breathing. Oin came in not long after for their usual routine, get him to eat something then Oin would check all of his wounds which now didn't need bandaging, just some ointment to keep them from drying or cracking.

Oin checked on Fili's legs which had been in braces and casts for 6 weeks now. Only occasionally Oin would remove them to check on the progress but he felt like everything was healing correctly. It would still be hard to tell since Fili wasn't awake to express discomfort or put weight on them. All the while, Oin was teaching Sigrid about breaks and she had learned a lot about proper setting and things to look for. Luckily Fili's had been clean breaks, at least that's what Oin had suspected. This time, Oin didn't put the braces back on.

"I know I've asked a lot of you and I appreciate all your help. Would you mind helping with this as well?"

"Anything," Sigrid nodded.

Oin smiled then and showed Sigrid a few movements that Fili's legs needed to start doing again. Nothing strenuous as the breaks were newly healed, but some simple movement of the ankle and knee. After showing Sigrid the movements he left the room, having a few other patients in his care - most no longer from the battle, though there were a few, now injuries were due to the construction and rebuilding projects.

Sigrid stood and gently massaged and moved each of Fili's legs in turn. His skin was warm, so unlike when she had held his hand in the healing tent. This had to be signs of him getting better. She finished and pulled the blanket back over his legs, returning to her seat next to him. She had brought a book along this time. It was one of numerous items she had found while cleaning that was somehow not damaged by time or water.

When they had moved into the Lord's manor it was covered in dust and cobwebs and they had slowly made their way through the most important rooms first, putting off areas that were excessive or had too much damage. They had prioritized the kitchen then the library as it had the biggest fireplace and was closest to the front door and kitchen. Somehow she had found quite a collection of books still intact. Many of them histories or ledgers. But among them there were some folktales and storybooks. She had pulled one in particular and had begun to read it as a way to not overwork herself too much.

The rest of the evening passed that way. Oin came in once more to check on everything and Tauriel brought Sigrid a late dinner. She debated going to their room as she wasn’t sure if it was worth it to stay here all night again. But if she only had two weeks left, she would want to spend as much time as possible with him. Just like when she thought she'd not see him again when he left the healing tent.

She eventually set down the book and leaned forward, resting her head on her arms, looking up at him. She took one of his hands up in hers and proceeded to fall asleep.

Sigrid woke suddenly to the candle burning incredibly low. She had no idea what time it was and wasn't really sure what had woken her up. She looked down and her hand was still holding Fili's. She sat up slowly, stretching. Then she heard it. A low moaning sound. She was suddenly wide awake and leaned towards Fili's face.

"Fili? Fili!" She whispered frantically, "Can you hear me?"

The light was dim but she could see him move his head a bit. She gasped and without thinking put her hand gently against his cheek.

"Fili, Fili. I'm here. Wake up, Fili," she encouraged, hoping to catch him before he fell back asleep or was pulled back under by some unknown ill.

He opened his mouth a bit, "water" he mouthed, barely a whisper. She moved to grab the water they always kept at the bedside and filled a cup with some. She put it gently to his lips, while using her other hand to lift his head. He opened his mouth.

"Slowly, slowly. Don't want you getting sick," she whispered as he slowly sipped the water.

She moved the cup after he had almost all of it and set it back down. She didn't want to turn on the lights for the room unnecessarily. Especially if he was going to open his eyes. She saw him sigh deeply.

"Fili, I need you to stay awake for just a little bit." He didn't open his eyes but he turned his head a bit towards the sound of her voice. She took up his hand again and sat on the bed, placing it in her lap. She patted it gently.

"Yes, Fili. You're doing great. Can you squeeze my hand if you can hear me?"

She felt him gently squeeze her hand with his fingers. She wanted to cry out in relief.

"Yes, that's amazing Fili. You're doing amazing," she continued encouraging him in gently whispered tones. She felt the tears again at the corner of her eyes. He was awake.
She didn't want to lose him, so she continued talking.

"It's me, Sigrid. Do you remember me from laketown?"

He nodded his head slightly and she wanted to run and get Oin, but she stayed put.

"I'm so glad, Fili. I was afraid you wouldn't remember me." She leaned towards him.

"Sigid," he mumbled in a barely audible tone, his voice croaking. He coughed then, his vocal chords most likely strained from disuse. Sigrid got some more water and helped him drink a bit more.

"Where?"

Sigrid could barely hear him, but she guessed at what he asked.

"You're in Erebor, in the medical ward."

"We won," he whispered, forming a small smile.

"Yes, yes. The battle is over and you won."

He kept on smiling but he didn’t say anything else before she saw his face go a bit slack and his breathing evened out. He was asleep again. It probably was exhausting talking after so long.

But he had woken up. And he had remembered her. and he had remembered that there was a battle. She stayed up the rest of the night watching him for any sign that he might wake up again. By the time Oin came in she was exhausted, but it was worth it.

"How is he?"

"He was awake!" She smiled so wide it made her cheeks hurt, "We had a conversation. He drank some water too."

Oin's eyes widened and then a huge grin covered his face.

He proceeded to check on Fili and everything seemed fine. He then left to let the others know, returning shortly after.

"Now, it's time for you to rest," he said, steering Sigrid out of the room and into the waiting arms of Tauriel who guided her back to their room. As they left the medical ward, her tiredness finally caught up to her and she barely made it to the bed. She didn't even change, just flopped down and fell asleep.

Notes:

YAY! He's awake (kind of)! I hope you enjoyed this chapter.

Next update is Wednesday!

Chapter 3

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Sigrid woke up groggily at some point. She had no idea what time it was which seemed to be a recurring theme. She flopped over to her back. Luckily there was a small window in the room and she could see the sky already turning quite dark. It was a bit hard to tell in winter because it was always a bit dark but she knew it was most likely almost dinner. Her father would wonder where she was as she was usually back by now. She sat up slowly and stretched, catching a glimpse of herself in the mirror, her apron and dress were all skewed and her hair was a mess where some of her braid had come out.

No one was around so she bathed quickly and kept her hair down to dry. She had a spare set of clothes that she quickly changed into. She popped by Kili's room first to see if Tauriel was there and found them both.

"Sigrid! Did you hear?!" Kili shouted from his bed.

Tauriel laughed, "Of course she heard, she was with him when he woke up."

"Oh, right," she heard Kili say as she made her way through the sitting room into the bedroom.

"Glad to see you had a good sleep, Sigrid," Tauriel smiled.

"Yes, though Da is going to be worried sick. I just wanted to see if you were here. I need to go send a raven and then get some food. Have we heard anymore about Fili?"

They both shook their heads. “Not since this morning.”

"Also, I already alerted your father to the news about Fili as well as your whereabouts."

Sigrid smiled and relaxed, "Tauriel, you are the best. Thank you."

Tauriel stood, "Would you like me to get you some food and deliver it to the medical ward?"

Sigrid smiled again, "How do you always know what I need?"

Tauriel shrugged, which was such an un-elf thing to do that she must have picked it up from Kili. She smiled at them both and strode out of the room.

"How are you feeling Prince Kili?" Sigrid realized it was probably rude to not ask how he was doing.

Kili laughed, "How many times do I have to tell you to just call me Kili? We're family now after how much you've taken care of my brother when I haven't been able to."

Sigrid felt her stomach flutter at the acceptance and smiled as he continued, "And I'm doing ok. Though I'm tired of sitting. I just want to get up and do normal things again."

"I’m sure you’ll be able to soon,” and Sigrid honestly believed it.

"Well go check on my brother now and try to get him to wake up for longer than a half second."

Sigrid nodded and waved as she left the room. She made her way to the medical ward. Oin was with another patient so she continued to Fili's room. Tauriel brought her some food and Oin stopped in to let her know nothing had changed and that once she was finished eating, they would do the usual nightly routine.

Sigrid ate and then Oin left her to do everything on her own. She'd done it so many times that she didn't really need any assistance and nothing much had changed with his injuries. She spoke to him all the while that she applied the salve and worked the muscles in his legs.

"Fili, you're doing so great. I'm sure any time now you'll be awake again. I know it."

In the past she usually just went about her routine either humming or silently, but since he was possibly more conscious than usual, she felt he needed to know what she was doing and why. She narrated everything - from what was in the soup, to what the ointment was made out of, and the exercises Oin had instructed and why. When she finally finished she washed her hands and sat down in the chair. She sighed and ran her hand through her hair. She realized it was probably unkempt from drying loose and from so much movement. She began to braid it along her hairline and into a simple crown around her head. There was a small mirror on the table and she leaned near to it to tuck in some loose strands and loosen it a bit around her face.

"It suits you," she heard him whisper next to her. She jumped and turned towards him where she could see he had one eye barely open looking at her. He smiled a bit and she beamed.

She took his hand in hers, "Oh, Fili. You're awake again!"

He nodded only slightly, moving his head slowly to follow as she moved to sit beside him, one eye still barely open.

"I'm so glad, Fili. I knew today was going to be a good day."

He sighed and squeezed her hand.

"Do you want some water?" she asked quietly.

He nodded and she got up to fill the cup before helping him slowly drink some. She put the cup down again and returned to her seat next to him. He slowly opened both eyes, blinking against the lights in the room.

"I can turn down the lights for you, if you want."

He shook his head. Eventually he opened his eyes fully and blinked.

Sigrid smiled, they were still the bluest eyes she had ever seen and oh, it was so good to see them again. She felt like she wanted to cry but she pulled herself together. There was no need to cry at every single moment of progress.

He furrowed his brows, "Upset?" he whispered, probably noticing the wateryness to her eyes, despite her best efforts.

She shook her head, "No, just very happy that you are awake. It's been a long wait Fili." She regretted saying it the moment she let it out and bit her lip. She didn’t want to tell him how long so soon after he woke up, but it would come up eventually.

He frowned a bit, creasing his eyebrows, and she knew what he was asking.

Sigrid sighed deeply and rubbed her thumb across his hand, "I'm worried you're not ready for so much information. You just woke up after all."

He blinked but didn't say anything at first.

"How long?" he whispered, though it was more clear than anything else he said, it was with an edge. He was expecting the worst.

"Almost two months,” she looked down at their hands but she heard his sharp intake of air.

She finally looked up to see his eyes wide.

He mouthed the words, "two months," and the look on his face clearly showed his pain and shock.

“You spent about a month in the healers tent on the battlefield and the last 3 weeks in Erebor." How much information was too much, she wondered.

He gently moved his head then, taking in the stone walls of the room. He nodded, then concentrated on Sigrid again. She knew what he wanted to ask but she also knew he probably was hesitant to hear the answer.

"Kili and Thorin both survived. They have been awake for awhile now. We've just been waiting for you."

Whatever breath or tension he had been holding seemed to evaporate and he almost sunk back into the pillows, letting his eyes close.

Sigrid stayed quiet, waiting to see if he had fallen back asleep. After what seemed like forever, he eventually opened his eyes again.

"Two months," he whispered.

"It's ok,” she tried to reassure him, “You've had plenty of time to heal your injuries. Don't be too hard on yourself."

"Injuries," he seemed to mull over the word. Then there must have been a flash of memory that came back and he looked down at the scar. He couldn't really see it with how the blanket was laying. Sigrid was loath to cause him more stress so quickly but he looked up at her. She let go of his hand and carefully folded back the blanket to reveal the red scar running along almost the entire length of his chest.

He gasped, staring down at it then back up at her. Sigrid nodded, not sure what else to say. His hand grasped for hers as she held onto the blanket. She could feel him shaking a bit.

“I think you’re doing too much too quickly,” she moved to put the blanket back and he didn’t stop her.

She sat back on the bed taking his hand in her lap again. She squeezed it gently and smiled at him. He looked down at their hands and then back up at her. He gave a small smile but there was no light in his eyes. He looked like he was far off. He stared towards the wall and closed his eyes.

“Fili?” Sigrid asked, a bit of a worry to her voice.

“You’re right,” he whispered, “too much.” And he fell back asleep, his hand relaxing in hers.

Sigrid sighed and sat back. She sat his hand down and stood to stretch. She waited a few minutes to see if he’d wake though she doubted it. As she watched his chest rise and fall she knew he was definitely asleep again.

Sigrid opened the door and walked out into the main area where she found Oin in a stockroom.

“Oin?” She called, unsure when he could and couldn’t hear her. He turned and frowned.

“Something wrong?”

She must have had a look on her face.

“Oh, no actually it’s better. He woke up again. For a bit longer. We had a bit of a conversation but he exhausted himself.”

Oin nodded, “Too much too fast.” He rummaged around and handed her some leaves. “Make up some tea. He’ll be needing it no doubt. Now that he’s awake the pain will most likely be more intense.”

Sigrid left to make tea. After letting it cool she slowly had Fili sip it, which he did willingly though didn’t wake up.

She fell asleep in the chair for the rest of the night.

---

Tauriel found her early with breakfast. Sigrid ate slowly and chatted with Tauriel. She was sure Oin had probably told everyone but it wouldn’t hurt for Tauriel to make sure Kili knew the updates.

Tauriel left and Oin came in not much longer after. “Think he’ll wake up for me this morning?” he smiled.

Sigrid sighed, Fili had been asleep for at least 12 hours at this point. Oin walked over and gave him a slight shake on his shoulder.

“Fili, lad. Time to wake up!” He said loudly.

Sigrid watched Fili stir but he didn’t open his eyes. Oin looked at her. She got up onto the bed next to him, taking his hand and squeezing it gently.

“Fili, it’s time to wake up. Oin needs to check on you,” she said softly.

Fili stirred some more, squeezing Sigrid's hand lightly. He blinked a bit but eventually looked around, settling on Sigrid’s face. He smiled as their eyes met.

“You’re back,” he croaked out and she reached for the glass of water.

“I never left,” she smiled as she helped him take a few sips.

He looked confused for a moment but then noticed Oin.

He smiled widely, “Oin!” he said a little above a whisper, his voice still hoarse.

“You had us all scared there for awhile.”

Fili nodded.

“Think you’re up for a medical check. Since you’ve been asleep I don’t know if there’s any pain or injuries I’m missing.”

Sigrid stood and he looked up at her squeezing her hand a bit tighter as she moved away, which was probably the most strength he had.

She smiled, “I’ll be just outside. You’ll need your privacy.”

She nodded at Oin and left the room. She went and sat at the table and traced the patterns in the stone as she waited. She could hear a bit of what Oin was saying - asking if something hurt, how it felt to move this or that.

He’d be exhausted after this.

Eventually Oin came out, “he’s all yours again.”

Sigrid was sure there was something behind Oin’s phrasing but ignored it for now, “Any other injuries?”

“Not likely. Some general aches and pain in his body but that’s likely with not moving for two months.”

Sigrid walked back into the room where Fili had been propped up a bit.

“Plan to stay awake for a bit longer then?” She joked.

He smiled, “Oin mentioned food.”

She laughed, “You’ll probably be disappointed.”

Just then Oin came in and handed a bowl to Sigrid before leaving. Sigrid sat down in the chair next to Fili.

“The best, broth.”

Fili groaned. “You were right,” he whispered.

“It’s good for you and will at least fill you up.”

She hesitated. She had never fed him while he was awake, “I’ll have to feed you, I’m not sure you’d not spill on yourself at this point.”

He just nodded. She moved closer to him, scooting next to him on the bed. He moved his hand on his own and rested it on her lap. She smiled and felt the butterflies in her stomach at the motion. It’s something she’d always done but it felt different for him to reflexively do it. She got a bit of broth and fed him it gently.

“It’s also probably good you’re not feeding yourself because you’d probably make yourself sick inhaling it,” She teased giving him some more.

He nodded in agreement. They sat in relative silence, the only sound was the clink of the spoon into the bowl. About halfway through she paused.

“How are you feeling?”

He thought for a moment, “done for now.”

“I can’t imagine what it would feel like to be sick with your wounds still healing.”

He nodded. It was already late morning. As long as there wasn’t a storm outside she would need to go back.

“How long have you been here?” he asked quietly.

She felt herself flush a bit. She didn’t know what he would say to know how much time she’d dedicated.

She smiled, “This time. Or total?”

He seemed a bit thrown off by the question, “both.”

“This time I’ve been here for about 3 days,” she set the bowl down on the nightstand, “When you were in the healing tent near Dale, every day. And since you’ve been in the mountain I come every few days and stay.”

He blinked at Sigrid, his face completely unreadable. There was definitely some shock there but she wasn’t sure if he felt awkward or annoyed or confused.

Finally he just said, “oh.”

She laughed nervously then, “Bilbo had mentioned to Tauriel how you didn’t really have someone, and so she thought of me. And well...I’ve stuck around ever since.” She shrugged, looking down at her hands then back at him.

He was still just looking at her. A small smile and some kind of look in his eyes. But Sigrid barely knew him and didn’t know what his expressions meant. Though she’d like to she admitted to herself. He found her hand and held it gently.

“I’m glad,” was all he finally said. He sighed and shifted a bit.

“Would you like me to lower you back down.”

He nodded, his eyes getting droopy.

“Fili, wait.”

He opened his eyes to look at her.

“I need to go to Dale for a few days. So I might not be here when you wake up next. But I’ll be back as soon as I can.”

He smiled and nodded, squeezing her hand before closing his eyes completely. She shifted his pillows back to a sleeping position and soon enough he was out again. She lingered a bit before heading out, just watching him as he slipped into a deep sleep. She said good-bye to Oin and made her way back to her room for her stuff. She packed it up and went to find Tauriel. She didn’t have to go far, as if on schedule she was just outside the door when Sigrid opened it.

“Ready?”

No, she said to herself, “Yes.”

Notes:

Next update on Sunday! Thanks so much for reading!

Chapter 4

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Sigrid and Tauriel headed to the stables and gathered their horses. The storm had quieted but there was a lot of snow on the ground. They arrived back to Dale and Sigrid first checked in with Bard at his offices, updating him on the situation then set about various tasks and responsibilities that had been paused in her absence. That night at dinner she was finally able to tell Tilda and Bain the exciting updates about Fili. While Bain was a little confused about who Fili was, Tilda immediately wanted to know when she could meet a real prince.

The next day as Sigrid went about her responsibilities she thought of Fili constantly. Wondering if he had woken up, daring herself to wonder if he missed her...but that line of thinking always made her fluster and focus on something else. There was no time for thinking like that, though it did make her thankful that she had no suitors lining up at her door. Winter had dampened all spirits it seemed and word hadn’t gotten out that the new Lord of Dale had an eligible daughter. Come spring though she’d be up to her eyes in them, she guessed.

She couldn't help but feel torn, pausing in her current task to finally sit for a moment with the many options. She wasn’t sure what she wanted exactly, or even what she felt, but she knew it wasn’t being courted by unknown men from distant lands. Lands she’d have to move to, away from her family and the only home she’d ever known. Who was she kidding, she had an idea of how she felt but it could never work...she banished all of it from her mind as best she could and tried to focus on the moment.

That evening it was if her father had been reading her mind. He always had the knack of knowing what she was thinking by just her actions alone. And he always seemed one step ahead of her.

After dinner he pulled her into his study.

“Yes, Da?”

“Sit,” he said gently, “I wanted to talk with you.”

“Is everything ok?” She worried for a moment. Her brain flashed to Fili but she quickly dismissed that. How silly of her that he was always the first thing she thought of.

He sat down across from her at his desk, “Everything is fine, sweetheart. I just wanted to find out how you are doing.”

“Oh. I’m doing fine. I don’t know if I’m doing a good job of being a lady by title but I’m trying my best.”

“You’re doing a great job. The people speak highly of you about your giving spirit and your hard work.”

“But...?”

He sighed, “There is not but. That is true. However, I’ve gotten word about some rumors. The people are wondering why you spend so much time in Erebor. They believe you are being courted.”

“What?” she tried to hide her initial shock, “Fili has only just woken up.”

Bard nodded, “But most don’t know that he hasn’t healed. People know that King Thorin is alive and well and assume the same for the princes.”

“Are they mad about it?” She asked tentatively, not really wanting to hear the answer.

“No, it doesn’t seem so. They just want to make sure nothing is being kept secret.”

Oh. The realization that her privacy wasn’t necessarily a given anymore made her uncomfortable.

“But besides the gossip, I just want to see how you feel. What’s your long term goal Sigrid? Especially now that he is awake.”

He continued before she could answer, “It has done a great good for our ties to Erebor,” he smiled, “that you have been so faithful and helpful in watching over and supporting Prince Fili. King Thorin has written to me a few times to say how appreciative he is of it.”

“I don’t know, truly.” Sigrid hesitated. She had definitely thought about it. But now what.

“I’m sure now that Fili is actually awake word will spread and people will wonder why you continue to go up there so frequently...and unchaperoned... if not for courting sake.”

“But I always bring Tauriel.”

He smiled, “yes of course.”

“Do you think I shouldn’t go anymore?”

“No, not at all. I’m sure Prince Fili will continue to need your support in these next few days and weeks. However, I need you to truly think about this,” he leaned forward, his hands folded, but she noticed he was fidgeting them slightly.

“Is there more that people have said?”

“Not our people exactly.”

“The dwarves? Are they mad?”

“No, no. As I said King Thorin is incredibly pleased. His raven yesterday beat you home and he shared the good news and how much Oin has praised your heart and spirit for it.”

“But?”

“But...he also asked what the future holds in this endeavor. He’d like to speak to me about further strengthening our ties through a marriage between you and Prince Fili.”

“What?”

Not that Sigrid immediately disagreed with the idea but Fili just woke up. And that was a lot to ask Fili to do. What if he loathed her for putting him into that situation? Afterall he had no say in the matter for the past two months. Bard waited patiently as Sigrid fought with herself, staring at her hands as she pictured either outcome.

She finally looked up at him, “What if he resents me for it?”

“You do not have to agree to it if you don’t want to.”

“I didn’t say that,” She barely whispered.

“Just as he does not have to agree to it either,” his eyes seemed to sadden as he looked at her more as a father than a Lord, “And still. He has a long recovery yet. But it has now been brought up.” He unfolded his hands and stood, walking around towards her.

Sigrid stood and Bard pulled her into a hug.

“You should think about it. I need to meet with King Thorin next week in Erebor. I should want to know your thoughts before then.”

He kissed her softly on the top of the head.

“I’m so proud of you,” he said, releasing her.

“I love you, Da. “

“I love you too.”

She left him in his study and headed to her room. She wished she had someone to talk to about this. Just then, Tauriel popped her head in.

“Everything alright?”

Sigrid jumped, “Oh Tauriel. Yes. Everything is fine.”

Maybe she didn’t want to talk about it just yet.

The next days passed and Sigrid felt herself dreading going back up to Erebor. Not because of Fili but because of all of the implications of the courtship and the gossip that she now knew would naturally follow. What would her people say, what did the dwarves think, what would Thorin continue to think? Did Kili think anything of it? She still hadn’t spoken to Tauriel.

She woke the morning she would’ve headed there and decided she needed more time. After all she said as soon as possible. She asked Tauriel if they could postpone until the next morning, finding some excuse in the fact that she had some extra responsibilities that had built up when she stayed extra in Erebor recently. It was a perfectly reasonable excuse but also a partial lie. Tauriel seemingly thought nothing of it and agreed easily. As morning turned to afternoon Sigrid began to feel guilty that she wasn’t on her way to Erebor. She had been so vigilant and now that he was awake she was running away. The whole thing gave her a headache. All she had hoped for was for him to wake up and to talk with him and now she was avoiding going there at all.

The day of course dragged by and she regretted it more and more until finally she went to bed early alongside Tilda and Bain. Bard didn’t say anything, just tucked everyone in as he normally would. She woke up bright and early the next morning and packed her bag quickly. Not that she ever really unpacked it, but she paused as she made sure she had everything and decided to switch out her outfits. Nothing fancy, she didn’t have that many clothes, just something with fewer patched holes. She told herself it was because she was now a lady and should start to act like one in dress as well.

She and Tauriel ate breakfast with everyone before heading out. Bard gave her a knowing nod and a hug which helped ease her nerves a little, whatever she chose it seemed he would support.

“Say hi to Prince Fili for me,” Tilda insisted.

They set out and once on the road with the mountain in front of them Sigrid was once again eager to see Fili. She wondered how many times he had been awake since she left. Maybe he was sitting up fully. She wondered if his voice had come back yet. Her ruminations were so many she barely noticed that they had arrived at the gates. She tried to keep an even pace as they headed first to their room. Then she went with Tauriel to see Kili.

He was beyond excited as he was finally up and walking again, though he had been warned not to overdo it. He had already been to see Fili dozens of times and would go with them down there. Sigrid was happy for him and Fili but also found herself a little jealous that he’d had so much time there without her. She knew she shouldn’t be and quickly pushed the thought away. They made their way to the medical ward as Kili filled them in on what Fili had been up to. They arrived and Oin welcomed them back.

“Good to see you Sigrid, Tauriel. Kili, I’ve seen you’ve brought a whole crew today.”

“I’m not going to miss out on any more time spent with him,” Kili said matter-of-fact.

Oin sighed, “Why don’t you and Tauriel go in then and I’ll talk with Sigrid.”

Kili took Tauriel’s hand and they headed in, the door closing softly behind them.

“Is something wrong?”

“No, nothing wrong. But since you also want to know the medical side, I wanted to fill you in on his progress.”

“Oh, yes, of course,” Sigrid nodded. She had almost forgotten that was part of the reason she was there. Company yes, but also she was still learning from Oin.

Fili had woken up that evening again after Sigrid left and had managed to eat dinner, or at least what dinner was considered for a healing patient. He had stayed up talking with Oin and Thorin had finally been able to come by to visit, though Oin refused to let Thorin talk about business or the injuries just yet. The next day he was also awake twice - around breakfast and dinner. It seemed like he was sleeping around 12 hours in between meals. The same for each day after that.
It was about mid-morning now. Fili had eaten and he had asked for a notebook and pen. Oin had left him with it and wasn’t sure if he was awake or not.

Kili popped his head back out in perfect timing, “He’s awake!” and motioned for her to come. Sigrid suddenly felt awkward. She hadn’t been around Fili with anyone other than Oin really. And now that he was awake would she really have much to say.

Sigrid hung back momentarily until she finally walked into the room and stayed near the end of the bed. Kili had taken over her chair it seemed. Not that she was upset, why should she be?

When Fili saw her he beamed, “Sigrid! You’re back. I’ve missed you.”

Just like that he said it. She didn’t have to wonder or worry. He just said it. And in front of others.

“I missed you too,” She said softly, “I’m sorry I was away longer.”

He smiled, “Lady Sigrid, the hero of the people and the dwarves.”

She flushed at that. “Not quite,” She murmured.

Kili and Fili chatted easily and Tauriel chimed in every once and awhile. Sigrid stayed relatively quiet. Laughing when appropriate and the whole time watching Fili subtly. She noticed he would look to her at certain points and smile.

They stayed away from heavy topics still it seemed, which Sigrid appreciated. Eventually she noticed Fili resting further back into the pillows, his lids heavy. There was a lull in the conversation and she spoke up, “I think we’ve probably worn Prince Fili out. We should let him rest.”

At hearing his title used, Fili’s eyes slid back open and he looked at Sigrid, his brow furrowed as if confused.

Tauriel agreed and led Kili out while Sigrid stood for a moment unsure. Afterall Fili didn’t need to be watched now that he was awake and progressing. Surely she wasn’t needed...or wanted. She turned to leave herself.

“Wait, Sigrid.” She turned back to him. She felt the expectation blazing in her eyes.

They stared at each other for what seemed like forever.

“Stay?” He finally whispered.

Sigrid sighed with relief and moved towards the chair where she sat. He reached out his hand and she took it. He turned his head towards her, he was smiling but so tired.

“Sleep,” she encouraged.

He nodded but didn’t close his eyes immediately.

“Why did you use my title?” he whispered.

“Oh. I just thought, since people were around...I didn’t want to assume.”

He smiled and closed his eyes, “Assume.”

He fell into a deep sleep then.

Notes:

Hope you enjoyed today's update!

See you on Wednesday!

Chapter 5

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Sigrid held onto his hand but let herself sink back in the chair. What was he encouraging her to assume? That they were on first name terms. And what did that mean? That they were friends probably. After all he had used her title. But it seemed not as formal as when she had used his. She knew what she wanted to assume but that seemed like too much. He probably just meant friends. Or something like family. Yes, that’s what it was. She had cared for him like a sister would, like his brother and uncle would have if they themselves had not been seriously injured and unable. She finally gently released his hand and sat back fully in the chair, pulling up her knees towards her chest and wrapping her arms around them. She wasn’t sure why she was tired but she soon fell asleep herself.

Sigrid could hear voices talking, but she couldn't understand what they were saying as they definitely weren't speaking Westron. She hadn't expected to fall asleep and felt a bit guilty about it. She tried to shift without disrupting the people talking, slowly moving her legs to stretch them out towards the floor but as she shifted the wood of the chair squeaked. She heard them stop talking and she peered open her eyes just a bit.

"Good Morning," Fili’s smiling face was the first thing she saw.

"I surely hope it isn't morning already."

"It's not," she heard Oin say and she blinked, quickly sitting up.

She saw Oin there, who clearly had been the one talking to Fili. But then she noticed King Thorin standing just beside Oin. She was fully awake then and sat up straighter, smoothing out her skirts.

"King Thorin!" she bowed her head a bit, "I'm sorry to have fallen asleep!" She squeaked out.

He smiled at her, but dismissed her with a wave of his hand, "Considering how much you've done, I can forgive you for taking a moment to find some rest for yourself."

She nodded and thanked him quietly.

"I'll take my leave now," he said to the room. He walked up to Fili and put his forehead against his, whispering something. Sigrid had seen many dwarves do it and it seemed like a sign of affection. She watched Fili smile at Thorin's words before he nodded at Sigrid and Oin as he left the room, closing the door behind him.

"Have I missed something important?" Sigrid asked the two of them. Oin chuckled and walked out, while Fili just smiled at her.

"Not particularly, Thorin and Oin were just filling me in on some things I've missed."

"Oh, alright," She reached up and felt her hair, which seemed like it was a mess from sleeping. She sighed and gave up, looking at Fili who was still smiling at her.

"What?"

He shook his head, "Nothing."

"How are you feeling?" she crossed and uncrossed her hands in her lap.

"Good."

"Have you been up long?"

"Are you asking if you've been asleep that long?"

"Maybe."

Fili laughed, "No, I only woke up maybe a half hour ago and Thorin was already here talking with Oin. I believe it is about dinner time.”

And as if on cue, Oin came in with a tray of food for both of them.

"Still broth?" Fili whined.

"Yes, you're still healing and until you can start moving again, well, I won't say more on that with Lady Sigrid in the room," and Oin left.

They didn't discuss it any further. He was now strong enough to feed himself, so they ate together, enjoying their time.

Sigrid had a million things she wanted to say and ask but she couldn't decide in what order, or if she was really brave enough to ask.

"How is everything going in Dale?" Fili started, breaking the silence. Sigrid watched as he seemed strained trying to eat as slowly as possible. Luckily Sigrid was purposefully eating slow and so it seemed he was trying to keep pace with her, as much as he hated it.

"Things are slowly getting better. Rebuilding has gone smoothly. Luckily most of the buildings were still intact, just very dusty and dirty, especially after the battle. All of Laketown has moved into Dale and before the hardest of storms hit even some men from other villages south of us came up to settle into Dale. Though it seems like word hasn't spread far with the weather. We've had wonderful help from dwarves from the Iron Hills. Dain has come to meet with my father a few times."

"That's good to hear. Does it seem like everyone is getting along?"

"Oh, yes. I mean, I'm sure there are some naysayers but they know better than to refuse good help, especially at this crucial time. And hopefully in the future will just forget they even had poor feelings. Ties have been very strong, even among the elves."

"Yes, uncle had mentioned that. There are some good, strong ties already...possibilities for more in the future as well..." Fili trailed off the last part, seeming to concentrate more on this bite than he had the others.

Sigrid felt herself grow a bit warm on the tips of her ears. Is that what Thorin had talked to him about, did Fili know Thorin's intentions of arranging their marriage? But before she could ask, Fili moved on.

"So, what will you do the rest of the evening?"

Sigrid blinked at him, not sure she understood the question, "Well...I had planned to stay here if that's ok with you. It's what I do every time I'm here..."

"Oh, right. Yes, I just. Since I'm awake I didn't know if you had other things you needed or wanted to do."

Sigrid smiled, "Even if I did, I wouldn't know what to do or even how to get there."

"Has no one given you a tour?"

Sigrid laughed, "There hasn't really been time, Fili. Plus, most of the mountain was busy with construction and I was not about to get in anyone's way. I know this room, the room King Thorin has provided me, and the kitchen. I can get from the gate to my room and then from my room to two places. And that's it."

"Oh, I'm glad uncle provided you a room. I was convinced you had been just sleeping in that chair and was going to go off on someone about treating you properly."

"Well, I appreciate that. No, he was very kind in providing me and Tauriel the room, though I never really sleep in it anyway. I do just sleep in this chair most nights I'm here."

"You should get proper sleep Sigrid," Fili said, a slight concern in his voice.

Sigrid smiled, "This chair is quite comfortable I'll have you know."

"Where is your room anyway?"

Sigrid shrugged, "Like I said, I know one path from the gate to my room and out. I couldn't even tell you what part of the mountain it is in."

"Is it near anything?"

Sigrid thought for a second, "I guess Kili's room is just down the hall."

Fili choked a bit on his soup.

"Are you ok?" Sigrid jumped up to help him and got him some water.

He took the water, but waved her off, "Fine, fine."

"What's wrong with that room?"

Fili smiled, "Nothing's wrong with the room. It's just where it is. Or at least where I'm guessing it is based on where Kili said he is staying."

"And that is..."

"You're in the royal wing, reserved for guests and dignitaries. Which makes perfect sense, as you are the Lady of Dale."

Sigrid felt herself pale a bit. She hadn't thought at all about where she was staying, she just assumed it was a room like any other.

"Oh, well. That was very kind of King Thorin."

"And expected, you are a dignitary and a guest."

Sigrid shook her head, "I'm just a simple girl from Laketown who happens to have gained a title."

"Don't underestimate your importance Sigrid. And if anyone is deserving of that title, it's you."

"Flattery won't get me to give you any of my food, Fili."

Fili feigned hurt, "that's not what I was doing at all! It was truly a compliment, Sigrid. You are amazing."

Sigrid felt her face flush and she had to look away from him.

"Thank you," was all she finally could muster.

They finished eating and she took their empty bowls and tray out to the main area. Where she took a few deep breaths. It was much easier to be around him when he was asleep. Not that she minded him being awake at all, it was just that now her heart felt like it was going to punch out of her chest with the way he looked at her and the things he said. She was also still lingering on what he had said about future ties. Oin scared her out of her thoughts.

"Oh good, it seems like he's got quite an appetite back. Good to see. Do you feel up to helping with his care? I completely understand if it seems awkward now. I'm happy to take over if you'd just like to sit out here until I'm done.”

"Oh, no. No, it's fine. I'm fine. That's why I'm here after all. I'd not shirk my responsibilities."

Oin looked at her for a moment and then nodded, "Alright, he's all yours then." He went over to a cabinet and gathered supplies, handing them to Sigrid.

She went back in with the tray and pulled the apron from the pile of clean linens, putting it on. Suddenly she did feel awkward. Maybe she should have let Oin do it...

"What are you doing?" Fili asked, a bit of hesitation to his voice.

She paused, she hadn't even thought about asking if he was ok with it.

"Oh, I'm helping out Oin. Whenever I'm here I help with your care. If you feel uncomfortable with that I'm happy to grab Oin instead. I know you're awake now. Yes, I'll go fetch Oin instead."

Sigrid moved to leave, her face growing warm with the thought that she’d just embarrassed herself.

"Sigrid wait! No, I don't mind at all. I just, right I obviously have only been awake when Oin has done it. I just was confused and thought he had roped you into it."

Sigrid laughed. "No, no roping me in. I actually probably wouldn't know what to do with myself otherwise. It's pretty routine now."

She took the jar of the ointment and opened it up, moving towards Fili's chest.

"Are you sure you're ok with this?" she asked, partly asking herself as well as Fili. He nodded.
She began to talk through what she was doing, partly to stop herself from blushing as he watched her and to just focus on the task.

She pulled the blankets back just enough to see the scar. And put some of the goop into her hands, "This keeps it from drying and cracking, which could make it open back up or just put you in pain. It's going to be cold," she stated just as she touched it to his skin. He jumped a bit and she laughed, "I told you."

She gently massaged it in, making sure to not push too hard. When she felt satisfied with it, she moved away and closed the lid, placing it on the bed. She opened a different jar.

"This one on the other hand will be quite warm. It's needed to keep the blood flowing in your limbs and also keep your muscles intact so that you don't lose all strength. I'm sure Oin has told you that you broke both of your legs," She stated as she rubbed the stuff into her hands.

Fili nodded.

"I'm going to start with your arms, then move onto your legs. I'm sure you know what's going to happen since Oin has done it while you've been awake.

He nodded again. Of course he decided this is the moment he wanted to stay completely silent, Sigrid thought. She placed her now warmed hands onto his upper arm, massaging the muscles and rotating his arm at the shoulder, stretching it slowly. They did this in silence and she moved onto his other arm. Still silence. You could've carried the silence, it was that much of a weight in the room. The only noises were both of them breathing.

After she finished his arms, she paused. "Are you doing ok still?"

He nodded. She reined in a sigh, this had definitely been a bad idea on her part. She got some more of the stuff and moved towards the side of his bed, moving the blanket off of his legs. She could feel him watching her and couldn't deal with it anymore.

"So tell me more about you. Where did you grow up? Were you born out of the rocks themselves?" She looked up at him and smiled, hoping he knew she was joking.

He finally smiled then and seemed to relax a bit. She didn't know why he was so stiff. She started to massage his leg and begin movements.

"I grew up in the Blue Mountains, and no, I didn't just spring up from stone," he chuckled, then continued, "My mother is Princess Dis, Uncle Thorin's sister. She is currently in charge of the settlement in the Blue Mountains while we are gone. My father was Vili, he was a miner in the Blue Mountains." The way he used the word was, Sigrid guessed there was something there, but she said nothing and let him continue.

"Then I have Kili, he's 5 years younger than me."

"Have you ever been to Erebor?" she said, moving onto his other leg.

"No, my mother was young when Smaug came. The only stories we heard about it were from Thorin and Balin and Dwalin. Oin and Gloin were here as well, but they don't talk about Erebor."

Sigrid hummed in acknowledgement as she focused on moving and bending his knee. He had gone silent.

"Does this hurt at all?" She said without looking up.

"No, it doesn't hurt. I just feel useless is all."

She threw him a look, "You're not useless, you're recovering. And I'm sure Oin will let you begin putting weight on your legs soon enough."

She finished then, pulling the blanket back down. She took the supplies and left the room, "I'll just wash up and be back."

She didn't wait for his response.

She put the jars back in their appropriate locations and hung up the apron. She then washed her hands. She had somehow made it through that incredibly awkward ordeal. It wasn’t unpleasant of course as she'd done it so many times, but the idea of him watching her had made it so strange and intimate. She felt a small knot form in her stomach as her mind wandered places it shouldn't and then back to what her father had said about the arranged marriage. She took a deep breath and walked back into the room.

Fili had closed his eyes and Sigrid wasn't sure if he had fallen asleep already. But as soon as she sat down he opened them.

"Doing ok?" she asked softly.

"Really good actually."

"Do you want me to let you get some sleep?"

He shook his head, "No, I'm not really tired. I was just thinking."

"Oh? About?"

He shrugged, "Everything really. It's a lot to try to catch up on 2 months of your life."

She nodded and without thinking picked up his hand. It was so natural to do it that she hadn't even realized until it had happened and there was no graceful way to now remove it. He looked down at their hands. Sigrid, embarrassed, went to move it but he held on, squeezing her hand gently. She left her hand in his but didn't look at him right away.

"Have you really been taking care of me like this for the past 2 months?" he whispered.

For a second she wasn't sure if she had just asked the question in her mind, she looked up at his face and it was unreadable, but waiting.

She nodded, "I have," there was nothing else to it. She had been at Fili's side, taking care of him for the majority of 2 straight months. If you include the fact that she traveled up there, it really was a commitment.

"Why?"

She could see the intensity in his eyes as he looked at her, wanting to know an answer. But she didn't know what answer he wanted. Did he want her to confess that she had somehow grown feelings for a prince in a coma, or that she had wanted to get to know him more since he saved her in Laketown. Or did he want her to say it was just because she was kind hearted and like a sister and that he could live his life without feeling burdened to her.

"Because I wanted to."

He could read from that what he wanted. It was the truth, it covered every stray thought without having to single out one of those messy tangles of feelings that were currently winding tighter in her stomach. She looked down at their hands after that, not sure what else to say.

Notes:

Sorry for the cliff-hanger, but I promise it will be totally worth it in the next chapter! We are finally gaining some momentum on our slow build!

See you on Sunday! And thank you again for reading!

Find me on tumblr - https://polymathicdragon.tumblr.com/

Chapter 6

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

"Thorin spoke to me about something."

Sigrid's heart jumped up into her throat and she slowly looked up at him. But he was now looking towards the door.

"What did he talk to you about?" she whispered, not sure if this conversation was going where she thought.

He looked back at her and she held her breath.

"He told me he wrote a letter to your father..." he took a breath and hurried to say the last part, "that he believes that an arranged marriage between us would be mutually beneficial."

Sigrid knew then that it wasn't what he wanted, she could just hear it in his voice.

"I'm sorry," she said, pulling her hand away from him and sitting back in the chair.

He creased his eyebrows, "what?"

"I'm sorry I got you into this mess. I didn't think Thorin would take it this way. I just wanted you to have someone who cared about you. I just wanted to help Oin and feel useful. I didn't expect Thorin would push you into this because of me. I understand that you probably already have someone back home, or that you had other plans and I messed them up by being here."

What she was saying probably didn't make sense. Nothing seemed to make sense. She could feel the tears threatening to come forth, but she pushed them back. They had to have this talk. She wouldn't have him resenting her for King Thorin misunderstanding her intent or forcing his just recently awakened nephew into something he didn't want.

Fili sat back and blinked a few times, "You think I wouldn't want this?"

It was Sigrid's turn to be confused, "what?"

"Sigrid, it is I who should be apologizing to you. Who am I to have such loyalty and devotion from you? And for two months? I just feel like someone steered you wrong, or made you think you had to do this. And I'm sorry my uncle has now all of a sudden obligated you to me, someone you barely know, just because you are such a kind hearted person."

"Fili, no one made me do anything. I wanted to be here with you. I wanted to see you get better. I did all of that because I wanted to. I wasn't lying before."

"Did you know about this conversation between Thorin and your father?"

Sigrid nodded, "I spoke with my da before I came back here."

Fili didn't say anything, clearly expecting Sigrid to say more.

"I don't know how I feel, Fili. But I was afraid you would resent me, for being stuck with me because you had no other choice. Because you were in a coma for the past two months and the world moved on without you. And so you would resent and blame me for it. Because I was a foolish girl who wanted to see you smile again, because I wanted to see the bluest eyes I've ever seen open again."

Fili held out his hand for hers, waiting for her to take it. Sigrid hesitated. But eventually set hers in his. He tugged her hand, pulling her up to sit on the bed. She looked down at their hands. He lifted her chin with his free hand, asking her to look at him.

She looked him in the eyes, he was smiling and had the softest expression.

"Sigrid. I would never resent you or blame you. Do you know that the only thing I remember from the past two months is your voice. I don't remember anything else other than pain, but then I always knew your voice. It was my anchor. It always brought me back. And I thought, if I can see the person connected to that voice one day then this pain is worth it and I can get through it. There were days where I thought I might never hear it again and those were the hardest. But then you'd come back. Like sunshine after days of darkness and rain. And I turned to you, like the flower turns towards the sun, and I'd try. I tried so hard to wake up every time I heard your voice."

He paused to take a breath and Sigrid felt a tear roll down her cheek. He gently brushed it away with his thumb.

"Sigrid. I don't know you. I've been asleep for 2 months. I might never walk again. But I know that whatever it is that I go through, I want you there with me. But I don't want you to do anything you don't want to. There is nothing that would pain me more than to see you stuck in something you don't want. And if you don't want to..."

Sigrid held up a finger to his lips, stopping him from rambling.

She lowered it, but he caught her hand with his free one, so that they were holding both hands.

"Fili, I'll be honest that I don't truly know how I feel. I have a lot of emotions and you're right. I don't know you. I've grown to have feelings for someone who was asleep. But the one thing I know for certain is that I don't ever want to be apart from you for longer than I already am."

Sigrid looked away, "after I spoke to my father I thought about the idea of spring bringing suitors to both our doors. The thought of being courted by anyone else made me annoyed. But the thought of you moving on with someone else made my heart ache."

She looked up at him and he was smiling at her. She couldn't help but smile also.

"Does this mean, Lady Sigrid, that I have your permission to court you."

She smiled, her heart beating frantically.

"I accept, Prince Fili," she grinned as she said it.

They sat there awkwardly. She had never been courted before. Should something specific happen? He was still bedridden in a medical ward. It wasn't the most romantic thing that had ever happened.

He picked up their hands and brought hers to his lips, kissing them softly.

"Traditionally, I would present you with a gift at this time, something I've made myself, to show my dedication to courting you and winning your favor and love. But I've been a bit busy these past two months it seems."

Sigrid couldn't help but laugh, "I'm sure you'll figure out a way to make it up to me."

He smiled slyly and his look became mischievous. Sigrid blushed.

Just then Oin walked in. He looked between the both of them, then at their hands. He rolled his eyes and walked back out.

They both laughed, "let me go let Oin know about your progress, then I'll be back."

"Promise?"

She nodded and left. Oin was at his desk writing down something in his notebook.

"Are you done making eyes at each other?"

Sigrid paused, "You knew then?"

"What?" He asked.

She shook her head, his hearing acting up again apparently.

"Fili is still improving. He had good movement and range of motion. There didn't seem to be any pain."

"I'm glad, we will probably be moving him back up to his own rooms within the next few days."

Ah and now he could hear again, Sigrid chuckled, "I'll let him know."

He nodded and dismissed her.

She bounced back to the room, feeling like finally things were coming together, "Good news!"

He perked up, "yes?"

"Oin says since you've made such good progress that you will be moved up to your own rooms within the next few days."

Fili relaxed back into the bed, "that is great news. As much as I've loved memorizing these stone walls, a change of scenery will be nice."

Sigrid sat back down on the chair. Even though they had seemingly resolved everything, she didn't want to just assume and push her luck. This wasn't like being with boys in laketown, this was official and regimented. Courting was a serious thing and she didn't want to do anything to mess it up and make King Thorin throw her out of the mountain, or worse give Dale and her father a poor reputation.

He looked at her, a smile on his face.

"What?" she said, smiling back.

He shrugged, "just thinking about what I'll make you once I get back to my rooms."

"Now, don't go overdoing it just for my sake. I'm still going to tell my father that I don't want to rush this. You still need to heal, Fili."

He groaned and closed his eyes, "I'm tired of healing, can't I just be done already."

She tutted, "Nope, there's a long road ahead and you can't go giving up after all the work I've put in."

He opened his eyes and she smiled back.

"You're right, that would be incredibly disrespectful to my future wife."

Sigrid's heart stopped dead in her chest at the word. It somehow made it far more real.

He must have noticed her look, "I'm sorry if that was too much too soon."

Sigrid shook her head, "just a bit sobering is all."

He reached out for her hand and she took it more easily this time.

"Are you really sure you are ok with this?"

"Absolutely."

He nodded, then yawned.

"You should rest now." she said, pulling the blankets back up over him.

In a bold move, as she was close to his head, she leaned down and brushed the lightest of kisses on his forehead before leaning back and sitting back in the chair.

He beamed at her before closing his eyes, "see you when I wake up, my lady."

She smiled and he soon fell asleep.

She stood and stretched, pacing around the room a bit until she felt like he was quite asleep. She needed to get out and tell somebody. She walked as slowly as she could through the medical ward, stopping to let Oin know Fili was asleep and she was going to rest as well.

Once she was in the hall, she practically sprinted towards her room. She walked in hoping she wouldn't have to go find Tauriel, but no such luck. Of course! She groaned. She took a quick glance in the mirror and made herself presentable before walking as quickly as possible towards Kili's room. It was getting late, so hopefully Kili was asleep and she could talk to Tauriel privately. She found Kili's room and knocked gently, hoping she wasn't disturbing anything.

"Mellon, is something wrong?" Tauriel asked as she opened the door and saw Sigrid.

Sigrid smiled, "No, no, nothing’s wrong I just wanted to see how you were doing."

"Who is it? Is it Sigrid! Tell her to come in," she heard Kili yell from the other room.

Sigrid sighed, so much for that plan.

Tauriel opened the door wide and Sigrid walked in. She followed Tauriel to the sitting room where Kili was sitting, a blanket over his lap, working on something.

"Hi Sigrid!"

"Kili, you're looking well."

"Getting better everyday. Soon enough I'll be able to leave this room and not feel trapped in here."

"Soon, but not yet," Tauriel stated, smiling.

She sat gracefully down on the couch next to Kili.

Sigrid sat in a chair across from them.

"How is Fi doing?" Kili asked, putting down his project.

Sigrid smiled, "he's doing really well. No pain in the movement of his arms or legs. He has feeling in his legs which is a really good sign. And Oin says since he is doing so well then he should be moved back to his own room within the next few days.”

"Yes! That's amazing news! Then I can actually visit him more often because he'll be so close."

That made Sigrid think, "so where are Fili's rooms?"

"Oh, I'll show you!"

"Kili," Tauriel only said his name, but it was a warning.

"Oh, come on. I have been very good today and only left once for food. I can walk a few steps down the hall. It's good for me to stretch my legs, right Sigrid?"

Sigrid put her hands up, "I'm not your healer, I defer to Tauriel."

Kili made the most obnoxious puppy dog eyes at Tauriel.

She smiled, "yes, let's show Sigrid. But slowly."

Kili pushed himself up off the couch in as slow a motion as possible.

Tauriel smacked him on the shoulder and they both laughed.

Their relationship was so easy and care-free. Sigrid wondered how different it was from Tauriel's life with the elves. Or maybe they also joked just no one outside ever saw it.

Kili led the way, pointing out which doors belonged to who.

"So you see, this is my room. It is part of the royal suite. Thorin's room is further up the hall behind another door, where the King always stays.”

He walked further down the hall, “we are in what are technically family suites. Most of them will be empty until my mum shows up and she will be in these middle ones which are a bit bigger. But as the family of the king will all live down here.”

They passed by Tauriel's and Sigrid's temporary room and Sigrid thought how right Fili had been.

Kili stopped at the next door, "this will most likely be Fili's room."

"It connects to that room just there," and he pointed at their door. Sigrid paused. She didn't know if Kili knew that was their temporary room.

"The rooms Fili and I are in are both built with connecting rooms for their spouses or children."

He pushed open the door to Fili's room, "here it is!"

The first room was a sitting room with a connected study off of it. Just like what Sigrid had seen of Kili's room. Off of the sitting room was the bedroom and the bathroom.

Kili walked over to a wall with a large tapestry, "And behind here," he huffed a bit, pushing the tapestry out of the way. Tauriel strode up and helped him hold it open. "Here is the door that connects. As long as the other side is unlocked it should open.”

He turned the knob and pulled a bit, it didn't give much resistance other than not being opened in over 200 years. A small cloud of dust poofed out and Kili coughed. He opened it wide and they all looked in.

"This is where Sigrid and I are staying," Tauriel chimed in.

"Oh, well that's convenient!"

"Oh?" Tauriel asked.

"Yeah! If Fili is moving up here then it will be close enough for Sigrid to keep an eye on him. Uncle was smart in doing that"

Sigrid wondered then how much Thorin had planned regarding her and Fili before she herself had even realized it. She applauded him for his optimistic thinking, or maybe she should chide him for assuming it would work out in his favor. But either way, it had happened this way.

Tauriel nodded in agreement before the door closed. Kili continued on, "and this is the shared bathroom between the rooms, since the only people using that room would be connected to the Prince as well." Kili smiled at Sigrid, who blushed furiously. Did he already know about the arrangement Thorin was proposing. They left the room then, walking back. Sigrid didn't feel like she should share what happened with Tauriel just yet, especially in front of Kili. She felt like she should talk to her father first. So at Kili's door, she excused herself, saying she should get back to check on Fili.

They both nodded and waved before entering the room.

She headed back down to the medical ward. There was no sign of Oin which she was glad for. She quietly made her way back to Fili's bedside and made herself comfortable in the chair. He was still sound asleep. She sighed and curled up into the chair, watching his breathing, until her own evened out and she fell asleep.

The next morning Sigrid woke before Fili. She stretched and washed her face quickly and made sure she wasn't out of sorts. She went about straightening and doing some menial tasks before Fili woke up. After all she was leaving to head back to Dale this morning. Eventually Fili woke on his own, stretching his arms up. Sigrid thought it was a good sign that he could do that.
Oin soon arrived with breakfast.

“So Kili showed me where your new room is,” Sigrid said nonchalantly as she handed Fili his breakfast.

"Oh? Making sure they are good enough."

"Oh yes, they are very nice rooms."

"And is your room also in the royal wing?" he looked at her, a cocky look on his face.

"As a matter of fact, they are. You were quite right."

He smiled. "In fact,” she continued, “the room I'm in seems particularly well thought out by King Thorin."

Fili cocked an eyebrow, "Oh?"

Sigrid nodded and waited for him to finish the bite he was taking, "I’m in the room attached to yours, actually"

Fili blanched, "what?!"

Sigrid chuckled, "did you know there is a door behind a tapestry that leads right into it."

"That's very...fortuitous."

"I think so," she mumbled, trying to hide how it made her blush.

They ate the rest of the meal both not really looking at each other.

"Although I'm sure your uncle will move me, once he knows that we are courting."

Fili frowned, "you're probably right. I'll just have to convince him then that I need more supervision than that. What if I fall out of bed and can't get up."

Sigrid laughed. "If you fall out of bed, the best you'll get from me is a pillow and blanket where you're laying. I doubt I'd be able to lift you up."

"I'm sure you'd figure it out."

Sigrid stood and collected their empty plates. "We need to do your morning routine. Would you like me to get Oin?" After the awkwardness of last night, and now the fact that they were, or at least, would soon be courting, she suddenly felt like it was far too intimate. He looked at her, his head tilted, "I just thought, maybe since we are, you know, courting, that it might be strange."

Fili thought for a second and then smiled, "Sigrid, I trust you. This may be forward, but the only person I would like touching me is you." His eyes widened at the way that could be misconstrued. He blushed himself, and the words made Sigrid blush.

She sighed and rolled her eyes, "now you've gone and made it awkward."

He laughed out loud, "I'm sorry, I'm sorry. I really didn't mean to. That came out wrong. Really though, it's up to you. I don't want you to feel awkward. But I'm not bothered by it."

She shook her head in disbelief but couldn’t help but smile, “I’ll be right back.”

Sigrid pulled on an apron and grabbed the two jars from the cupboard. She went back to the room and set them down on the nightstand. She opened the first jar for his chest wound. He helped by pushing the blankets back past the scar.

"Remember, cold," she warned.

She slathered on the cold ointment and he winced, "I'll never be ready for that."

She chuckled, wiping her hand on her apron once it was applied. He sat up for her to massage his arms. She rubbed the ointment in her hands and then proceeded. He was a good patient, she had to admit. He only ever grumbled about broth, but likely he would be able to start on solid foods soon enough. She flexed and rotated both arms before moving to his legs.

"Can you bend them for me today?" she asked, wanting to see where his strength was.

He concentrated and he moved both knees up only about a quarter of the way. She had him rest one, while she gently pushed the other knee up further, stretching out the muscles.

"This will be the hardest part, your range of motion and flexibility isn't great right now, "she looked up at him, "But we will get you there," she added, smiling. She finished her task and righted the blanket, leaving to go wash up and put away things.

She stood next to his bed, "I have to head back to Dale now.” She smiled, though she was sad about it.

"Really? So soon?" he frowned.

She nodded, "I told you I only stay overnight. My father will be expecting me. And I have things to talk to him about."

He beamed at that and she smiled back.

"I'll be back before you know it," she added. She went to move away but he caught her hand, bringing it up to his lips.

"I'll miss you until then."

She smiled, and leaned in to kiss him on the forehead.

"I'll see you soon, be good for Oin!" she said before leaving.

She went back up to her rooms to gather her things. Tauriel was waiting as always and they headed out.

Notes:

*FINALLY* :) :)

See you all on Wednesday! Thank you so much for reading, I appreciate everyone who has kudos, commented, subscribed, and bookmarked - it absolutely makes my day!

<3

*Update: I made some art for this chapter as well! https://polymathicdragon.tumblr.com/post/643858381020495872/i-made-some-art-for-my-most-recent-chapter

Chapter 7

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Outside of Erebor the sky was dark despite being morning. It seemed like winter would not be letting up early and still had something to say. They rode quickly back to Dale, unsure of what the weather would bring and not wanting to get caught in it. Orc sightings were down, but that still didn't mean that they weren't around or that other creatures or animals wouldn't pick them off if they were to get stuck outside. They arrived back at Dale and everyone was out about doing their own business. Sigrid washed up and changed and set about her housework that she needed to do. It went by quickly and soon it was time to start dinner. Tilda and Bain were home first, both talking about the storm coming in.

"Everyone is talking about it, they think it will be pretty bad."

Sigrid looked outside. The wind had picked up. She hoped Bard would get home soon, she hated for him to be trapped out in this. The administrative building wasn't too far away but far enough in bad weather. But soon enough he came through the front door. Tilda greeted him eagerly as Bain set the table. Bard greeted each of his children and pulled Sigrid into a hug.

“I'm glad you made it back before this storm.”

"Me too, Tauriel and I rode as fast as we could."

"You're looking happy today, Sigrid."

"Am I?" she couldn't keep a straight face and smiled.

"Good news then?"

"Absolutely, but after dinner."

Bard nodded and left the room to change and see to some last minute business. They ate dinner and Tilda talked about her day with the other children at the makeshift school they had created until something more permanent could be constructed and set up. Bain talked about his training that day with the guards. As much as Sigrid hated that he had decided to join the guard, she was also incredibly proud. He was young enough still that he would be in no real danger yet, she hoped.

"And what about you, Sigrid, how was your stay in Erebor?"

She couldn't help but smile and she was sure that she was just going to spill it all right then and there.

"Kili and Fili are both doing much better. Fili is back on a mostly normal schedule. Everything seems to be well and he has no lingering pain. Oin is worried still about his ability to walk, but that is for future. For now, he is eating well and Oin even says that he will most likely be moved out of the medical ward within the next few days."

"That's great to hear Sigrid," Bard smiled.

"Can we go visit them soon?" Tilda asked excitedly.

"Soon, Tilda," Bard agreed, "but this weather isn't very good for travelling."

"Aw, you let Sigrid travel in it."

"Yes, that's true. But Sigrid is also much older and she has Tauriel. Once the weather clears up, the princes will be much healthier and that will be a much better time to go."

Tilda seemed satisfied enough and left it.

They asked after Bard's day and he had done much the same as always. Trade agreements, disputes, planning of various departments and committees. There were still a lot of missing pieces until they could get Dale running smoothly. They also needed to start preparing for spring and planting season. The future of Dale would depend on having a good planting season and thus a good harvest.

It was a heavy weight on her father's shoulder, and Sigrid hoped that having talked to Fili would make Bard’s conversation with King Thorin easier. Though she wasn't sure what her father would say about it.

Bard didn't waste any time. After they had cleaned up from dinner he called Sigrid into his office.

"I know you spoke about how Fili and Kili are doing. But how are you doing after your most recent trip to Erebor?"

"Surprisingly, I'm doing really great, Da."

"Oh?"

Sigrid smiled, "Fili and I talked things through."

Bard's eyes widened, "Well, I certainly didn't expect that."

Sigrid nodded, "Neither did I, but it just came up. Similar to our conversation about why I was there. He asked me the same question."

Bard nodded, encouraging her to continue.

"And at first we were both apologizing to each other, thinking that the other was upset about being forced into it, but we both realized it is something we want."

Sigrid blushed a bit talking about what Fili had said, "He talked about how he didn't know why he deserved the loyalty I had showed him, but that he didn't want to do anything without me," Sigrid took a deep breath, "and he said that the only thing that kept him going these past two months was wanting to see the person whose voice spoke to him through the pain."

She blushed and looked down at her hands, "He made it sound better than that," she muttered.

Bard sat back in his chair, "Those are some strong emotions from Prince Fili."

Sigrid looked up at Bard and nodded, "They were, but they didn't scare me."

"And how do you feel about Fili?"

"I was honest with him. I didn't know how I felt and it was hard to tease apart what felt right. I told him how we don't know each other, and I grew fond of someone in a coma. But what I told him, and what I'll tell you, is that I know one thing for certain. And that is, that the idea of me having suitors annoys me, but the idea of him finding someone else, both breaks my heart and terrifies me."

Bard just nodded, taking time to think it over.

After some silence, Sigrid added "But I've also thought a lot about where we both are, and the circumstances. Da, he has been asleep for 2 months while the rest of the world moved on without him. I didn't even wait for him in regard to my feelings and that's not fair to Fili, or myself. And I've thought about it a lot and I'd like to do this right. And I'd like us to be allowed to take time. Da, Fili has so much healing left to do. He can't even walk right now and might not ever be able to."

"And so what do you propose?" Bard asked.

"I would like when you talk to King Thorin, that Fili and I are allowed to set our own timeline. I would like Fili to court me, properly, and for an extended amount of time. Not starting until he has begun trying to walk again, however long that takes."

Bard hummed.

"And does Prince Fili know about this."

Sigrid nodded, "He already asked if he could court me and I told him that his health was the most important thing right now."

Before Bard could say anything she added, "And this is beneficial as well, because it gives us time to really know what we are doing. And at the end of courtship, if we have talked and we find that we are not a suitable match, then we will discuss what happens."

"Do you think that will happen?"

Sigrid sighed, "I hope not, but I'd rather be realistic."

Bard smiled, "My Sigrid, always so thoughtful. I'm really proud of you. This was an incredibly big decision to make. I was concerned about telling you about King Thorin's letter and his proposal, but you are an adult now and I would never wish to keep secrets from you - especially regarding your own life and future. But I just want you to understand, I want you and Fili to do this for you - not for anyone else. Not for me, nor King Thorin, nor all of the citizens of Dale and Erebor."

"I understand, Da. And I know in my heart this is the right decision."

Bard stood up and pulled his daughter in for a hug.

"Now I get to be the father, not Lord, and say that I hate to lose my little girl. But I'm still proud of you, and happy for you. But if he hurts you in any way, I will not be pleasant."

Sigrid laughed, "I understand, Da. I love you."

"I love you too, Sig."

Bard pulled away, but kept his hands on Sigrid's shoulders, gently kissing her forehead.

"So, how would you like to let people know."

Sigrid smiled, "First talk with King Thorin, obviously if he is not ok with it, then things might get a little messy."

Bard nodded, "Agreed."

"Then we can discuss what needs to happen. Obviously I've never been courted before..."

"Neither have I," Bard laughed.

"Then we will find out how to navigate this together!"

Bard pulled her into another hug.

"Should we at least tell Tilda and Bain?"

Sigrid beamed, "Yes, though it will get out much faster than we had expected."

"You're right, let's wait until after my meeting with King Thorin. No doubt he will have some sort of contract for me to sign as well as the two of you. We will wait until then."

Sigrid nodded. They spent the rest of the evening together as a family, reading by the fire as a massive storm blew in.

Sigrid woke up the next morning to a white out. You could barely see the mountain, it was snowing so much. It would be hard for her to check in at the clinic or with the school. So she made herself busy sewing and knitting for the day. If the winter continued, more blankets and clothes would be needed, as many of the buildings were still not completely finished. She eventually moved onto scarfs and mittens and socks. Bain and Tilda luckily were content playing or sometimes watching Sigrid and eventually they all ate a quick lunch.

Bard had ventured out as the town didn't rest for a snow storm. The day continued on much the same. Sigrid hadn't seen Tauriel since they returned from the mountain. She hoped her friend wasn't out in the storm. It was hard to keep track of her sometimes. She barely slept, and so there was no need to return to her room at the house often. And she had Legolas still, as well as other elves who had stayed behind to help. It was entirely possible she was also out scouting with Dale's guard. Tauriel seemed unable to rest for long - which Sigrid could appreciate, as she was much the same way. Tauriel and Kili were probably a perfect match because of it, she chuckled to herself. Her mind wandered to Fili and she wondered what other progress he had made.

The next day was just as bad as the first day of the storm and Sigrid began to worry that it might not die down by the time she was going to head to Erebor the next morning. But she threw herself into her tasks anyway. Tilda grew restless the second day, so Sigrid spent more time trying to tame the boredom than much else.

That night, Bard came home looking haggard from the weather.

What news, Da?" Sigrid asked.

"It doesn't look good. They are predicting this storm could last a few more days, maybe a week. Which will put a strain on our resources. Boredom also doesn't do much good for people."

"Is there something we could plan, a way to keep everyone busy but also warm and fed?"

"It depends on what it looks like tomorrow."

"We could try to get out to bring people goods, especially if they are young or elderly so that they don't have to leave."

"That sounds like a good idea," he paused. “I hate to put more on your plate, Sigrid, but would you write down a few ideas and some logistics for if this storm is going to last a few more days."

"Of course."

After dinner was done and cleaned up, Sigrid set to work on some plans alongside Bard in his office. It was enjoyable work, though she hated the reason she was doing it. Ever since Smaug, everyone’s safety was the first thing on her mind and her biggest worry.

Bard penned letters to Erebor and Mirkwood requesting extra resources, while Sigrid worked on compiling a list of those who would be most affected and possible strategies. They stayed up late into the night finalizing a plan that Bard could present to the council in the morning.

The storm somehow only grew stronger the next day, but knowing it would get worse before it got better, Sigrid and Bard got to work while Bain and Tilda stayed at the house - somewhere safe where Sigrid wouldn’t have to worry about them.

Sigrid rounded up volunteers to start with gathering as many necessities as they could, even scavenging in still abandoned buildings for furniture that was beyond repair and could be used for fabric or wood. Meanwhile, others helped clean out what they had guessed might have been a storage building enough that they could hold supplies in a central location.

Each night Bard and Sigrid both came home exhausted, and Tauriel was barely seen at all. This continued for the first few days that Sigrid was starting to believe she’d never see the sky again, and a pit of worry grew in her stomach. They had never had a storm quite like this and it was as if the people of Laketown, now Dale, couldn’t catch a break.

Luckily Erebor and Mirkwood responded kindly, and they were able to get a little extra. Sigrid was helping direct where the supplies were to be stored when a dwarf approached her with a letter.

"Lady Sigrid?"

"Yes, that's me,” she said, barely looking at the person who addressed her.

"From Prince Fili," he stated. To which she turned quickly to face the dwarf who had spoken to her as he held out a folded letter, "I'll get your reply before we head out back to Erebor." He nodded to her and then went to continue offloading crates of supplies.

“Wait! I believe I recognize you, what is your name, sir?”

The dwarf tipped his hat, “Bofur, ma’am.”

“Yes! Well, thank you so much.”

She clutched the letter closer as to not get it wet and moved inside. How could she have forgotten about Fili. She had been so busy. What must it look like for her to agree to be courted and then not even remember. He must be so worried. She hoped he’d understand.

There was a small office in the storeroom that had not been used in a very long time. She ducked inside and opened the letter.

My Sunshine - Sigrid,
It has been many days since you last left the mountain. I worry about your safety, as I have been told there is a terrible storm going on and may continue for many more days. I just hope that you are safe, though I’m sure you are working hard helping those in need. I look forward to seeing you again once the storm ends.

Faithfully yours,
Fili

She smiled and reread the letter.

She looked around the desk for a pen and inkwell but unfortunately there wasn’t one. She’d just have to trust Bofur to tell him she was ok.

She sighed and folded the letter, tucking it in her pocket. She emerged from the office and quickly found the dwarf who had given her the letter, “I don’t have any way to write a return note, but tell him I am safe and I look forward to seeing him as soon as I am able to travel.”

Bofur nodded and moved to walk away, “Wait! Also give my thanks to King Thorin for the supplies. They were much needed and he has our unending gratitude.”

He smiled and bowed slightly, “Of course, Lady Sigrid” and turned, climbing back onto the cart. She watched the cart head back up the road and inevitably back to the mountain.

Part of her wished to be traveling with them, to be somewhere inside and warm from the storm, but she knew her place was with her family and people in a difficult time like this. She helped sort and count food. It wasn’t a lot once it was stacked, but it was better than nothing. They would divide some of it up to just give to families and some they would make into stews or other long lasting dishes that could be distributed to those who couldn’t cook.

She had a good team with her. They were assembled last minute but worthy. She had to remember to discuss with her father about an emergency response group. Citizens who prepared for and led these kinds of initiatives before they happened. They couldn’t keep scrambling like this if disaster was going to keep rearing up. It was amazing to her how Laketown ever ran without half of the things her and her father and others had thought up and created. Though before she had moved to Dale she didn’t think she’d ever used the words emergency or response in a sentence at all, let alone together.

Sigrid spent the next five days dodging weather while trying to keep people alive. Two people had fallen ill but luckily they had been attended to quickly and if the storm let up, would recover. She hated to think what would’ve happened if there wasn’t a group working to make sure people were safe.

She laid in bed one of the nights thinking of Fili. She had been gone for at least 10 days. He would’ve already moved into his room in the royal wing and maybe was even starting to try to walk. Her father’s meeting with King Thorin had also been cancelled until the storm died down. The howling outside picked up and she looked out to still see white amongst the night sky.

This storm would need to end soon. They were quickly losing ground and even though they had supplies, everyone’s spirits were down. They might not make it much longer in these conditions. Just for a moment everything seemed to be falling into place, then the next things had gotten out of control again. As she laid in bed trying to sleep she just hoped for an end to the storm.

She woke early the next morning to much of the same. Everything white as far as the eye could see. Though she did note that the wind had died down which was a positive sign. She worked hard that morning and by lunch was shocked to see that the storm was slowing down. Big soft flakes fell slowly and the sky had opened up to a bright blue in places. She went outside into the courtyard, which was now kneehigh in snow. But she didn’t mind much and stayed on the porch. She looked up at the sky, basking in its clarity.

The roads were most likely still far too deep to travel in. She would have to wait for them to get out the horses and plows and create a pathway back to the mountain.

She made her rounds checking on various families and individuals. Everyone had made it through and were delighted to see an end to the storm. She made sure the two who had fallen ill were warm, well fed, and had medicine. They even seemed to be looking better.

At dinner that night they were finally able to enjoy it with a sense of peace and calm.

Notes:

Update woooo! See you Sunday!

A/N: You'll notice Bard refers to her as an adult (by western definition). I totally vibed with Sigrid as an oldest child in the movies, only to be surprised to find out she isn't. I've made the decision to age her up to 18 to be the oldest (as Bain and Tilda's ages remain the same). I understand it's messing with canon...but the whole story is set post-canon and in an AU, so I hope you'll understand.

Thanks, as always, for reading!

Chapter 8

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Morning arrived and luckily it was another clear day. Bard had decided that he and Sigrid needed some time off after such a strenuous set of days. But unfortunately things never seemed to slow down when you ran an entire city, so by lunch Bard had been called into the offices by no less than 3 different people at the front door.

After dinner that night, they all sat together in the library, trying to relax.

“A raven came from Erebor today,” Bard mentioned once it seemed that Tilda and Bain were distracted playing a game.

“Oh? Is everything alright?” Sigrid asked, suddenly nervous.

“Oh, yes. King Thorin just hoped now that the storm was over that we could meet. He asked if tomorrow may be too soon. I assumed you were going to go to Erebor once the roads cleared and I thought I’d accompany you there.”

“Of course! That’d be great. As long as you feel like you and I aren’t needed here tomorrow?”

“I think we will be ok. Everyone needs a bit of a rest after the stress of the past two weeks.”

Sigrid smiled, “Should I assume that Fili and I may have to meet with you and King Thorin as well?”

“I would plan for it. I don’t know how any of this works, and I’m sure Erebor has plenty of history and rules for how they arrange courtship and marriages.”

“Should Bain and Tilda come with us?”

Bard looked over at them where they were playing, “Maybe not this time. I’m still not sure how any of this will go and I want to make sure we are focused. Bain will be capable of taking care of things for the evening, and they’ll both be busy during the day.”

The night wrapped up the way Sigrid loved the most, Bard read to them from one of their favorite storybooks as they all sat close and curled up around the fireplace. Tilda eventually climbed into Sigrid’s lap, falling asleep, and Bain leaned against her shoulder, his eyes heavy. Bard looked up and smiled, closing the book.

“I think it’s time for bed.”

Bard reached down to Sigrid and picked up Tilda from her lap, while Sigrid helped Bain up. Sigrid and Bain followed Bard up the stairs. The house was still a long way off from being done, but they’d managed to open two of the bedrooms on the second floor for use. The house was actually in better shape than they had initially thought. While it had been fun for a while to all sleep in the library together, especially after Smaug when they all had just wanted to be close, the lack of good sleep had started to wear on Bard and Sigrid especially. Sigrid got Bain to the room he shared with Bard, and then helped Bard get Tilda to bed.

“Are you going to bed?” Bard looked at Sigrid once Tilda was tucked in.

“I think I’ll stay up for just a bit, I’ve been trying to finish a few things. But I’ll be up soon.”

Bard smiled and kissed her forehead, “Alright, good night.”

Sigrid headed back downstairs to the library and tidied up, throwing another log on the fire. She sat down to work on a few projects that were in various states of completion. She also really hoped Tauriel would come back, just so she could tell her about tomorrow. She regretted not talking to her that day with Kili around, or at least asking her for some time alone.

She’d finished one project and was moving onto the next when she heard the back door softly open and close, knowing that it was Tauriel she smiled.

Tauriel came and stood in the doorway.

“There’s still some stew if you’d like me to warm it up for you.”

Tauriel smiled, “You do too much mellon, I can heat it up myself, but thank you,” and she turned and walked back towards the kitchen.

Sigrid continued on with her project, patching up one of Tilda’s skirts that she had caught on some of the debris still on the streets around the house. Tauriel came in with her bowl of soup and sat with her on the couch.

Sigrid let her eat some of her soup before speaking, “How are things going?”

Tauriel smiled at her, “Everything is going well now, I am glad for the end of the storm. I’m sorry I didn’t return to check on you.”

Sigrid waved her off, “no, no that’s fine. You were busy and we were alright. We can’t always assume elves are going to be able to fix everything for us. But you were ok throughout?”

“Oh, yes. I was worried with the weather that orcs may try to use it to their advantage so Legolas and I were out scouting most of the time, but it seems like they have all crawled back to their holes.”

Sigrid felt a wave of relief at hearing that and then a different thought popped into her head, “Have you told Legolas about Kili?”

Tauriel paused in her eating but didn’t look up and Sigrid immediately regretted asking about it as it felt like she had crossed into a sore topic, “I’m sorry, I shouldn’t have asked, I’m sure that is still a tough subject.”

Tauriel took a bite of soup before looking up at Sigrid and giving her a small smile, “No it is ok, it’s not tough because of the reason you may think. Legolas and I have spoken about it and he has come around.”

“That’s great news!”

Tauriel nodded and sighed, “It is, I was worried that he would never forgive me. But, he is leaving…”

Sigrid tilted her head a bit and paused in her work to turn towards Tauriel, “Leaving? To Greenwood?”

Tauriel set down her soup and tucked her hands into her lap, “No, he’s actually leaving from here. It was decided that he would venture to seek out someone in the west. I’m not sure any other details though...this was probably the last time I will see him for quite awhile.”

Sigrid tentatively reached over and placed her hand on top of Tauriel’s, “You’ll see him again I’m sure, and you’ll be parting as friends still.”

Tauriel nodded, taking Sigrid’s offered hand and squeezing it gently, “But enough about that, I know you have something tell me.” She let go of Sigrid’s hand and picked up her soup again, eyeing Sigrid expectantly.

Sigrid suddenly felt nervous all over again, though it was probably already obvious to Tauriel, she took a deep breath, “Fili and I decided to start officially courting.”

Tauriel’s face was unreadable, but kind, “And are you happy about this?”

Sigrid smiled and nodded, “I really am. Nervous of course, but it feels right.”

Tauriel’s face spread into a smile then, “Then I am very happy for you.”

“Thanks, I wanted to tell you sooner but…”

“But Prince Kili would have been overly excited,” Tauriel finished.

Sigrid grimaced a bit, “I’m sorry. I did want to tell you that day, but I just didn’t know if it was right for me to tell you in front of Kili. He’s great, it just didn’t seem my place.”
“I understand. He holds his emotions in his hands, out for the world to see, it is what I like about him. But I understood that it was not the right time.”

She knew that the possibility of Tauriel and Kili having the chance to court was a long way off, so she felt a little bad bringing it up. Then add to that the stress of her banishment and Legolas, “Thank you for understanding, and for being such a great friend. I know you have your own way of handling things, but I’m here for you if you ever need anything, or to talk.”

“Thank you, mellon. You are a great friend. These are really such small trials in such a long life, but they seem to be weighing on me more heavily nowadays.”

Sigrid couldn’t help but smile, “I think Kili is rubbing off on you.”

Tauriel smiled, then chuckled and shook her head, “Perhaps he is.”

She finished her soup and stood, “I’ll see you in the morning.”

“Good night, Tauriel.”

Sigrid heard Tauriel wash the dish then she heard the door open and close. Sigrid sat back and sighed, releasing the tension she hadn’t realized she had been holding. Finally, she gave up trying to work on Tilda’s skirt and went to bed. Sigrid could barely sleep that night. Not only was she excited but she also found herself regularly thinking of all the ways it could all go wrong.

---

After breakfast, Bain was put in charge of the household and Tilda for the day and evening. After finalizing a few things and seeing Tilda off to school, Bard, Sigrid, and Tauriel set out late in the morning by horse to Erebor. The plows had made at least one pathway large enough for a single horse. It was slow going and once they had to stop to move over as a few dwarves came down from Erebor into Dale, most likely to continue the projects they were doing.

Finally they arrived at Erebor but it felt different this time. Not only because Bard was there with them, but because she felt like she had probably missed so much. She assumed she would have to start acting like a visiting Lady rather than Fili’s nursemaid now that they were courting. She couldn’t just go running to his rooms anymore.

Tauriel even seemed more stiff and reigned in.

Unlike anytime before, they were announced at the gate and greeted by Balin, who welcomed them to Erebor.

Sigrid really hadn’t ever taken the time to notice how magnificent the entrance to Erebor was, especially now that it seemed returned to its former glory.

“Lady Sigrid, Madam Tauriel, I’m sure you are eager to see the princes. I believe you know the way while Lord Bard and I head to meet with King Thorin.”

“Yes, thank you,” They said in unison, both giving quick bows.

“We will come find you if you are needed,” Balin added. Sigrid gave her father a quick hug before Tauriel and her headed towards the royal wing. The restraint they both had as they walked as quickly as possible made them giggle and soon they were dashing through empty hallways smiling and laughing. Sigrid hadn’t realized how cooped up she had felt these past two weeks.

They slowed down at the royal wing to catch their breath. Neither were sure where the brothers would be exactly but they assumed they would be together. The only thing that had been separating them was distance and being bedridden, so now there were practically no limits. And they had a lot of catching up to do.

Fili’s room would be most likely as he couldn’t walk so they went there first. Sigrid knocked hesitantly and the door quickly opened to a smiling Kili. “Fili! They’re here!” He yelled. They heard Fili woop in the background.

“Ladies, come in!” Kili opened the door all the way. He nearly jumped into Tauriel's arms as they hugged and she gave him a chaste kiss. She then proceeded to scold him for moving so much, but he just laughed. And her heart wasn’t really in it.

Sigrid made her way to Fili’s room. She wasn’t sure why she was suddenly nervous when she had practically ran here. Tauriel and Kili made a point of not following her as she popped her head into his room.

He was waiting, his eyes glued to the door, his face lit up when he saw her, “Sigrid!”

She couldn’t help but smile. Dropping her bag and walking quickly to his bedside. Disregarding propriety she gracefully hopped onto the bed next to him and threw her arms around his shoulders. Despite the awkward angle, he wrapped his arms around her waist and pulled her in close, practically dragging her into his lap.

She buried her face into his shoulder “I missed you,” she whispered.

He hugged her a bit tighter. “I missed you everyday.”

She finally pulled back but left her arms resting on his shoulders, half of her weight propped on his lap.

“I’m not hurting you am I?” She looked down at the way she was sitting.

He shook his head, “Not at all”

She noticed then that his hair was neat and he had braids, “Your braids are back!”

He smiled, “Yes. I finally had a proper bath and Oin brought the clasps back to me,” picking up the end of one of his braids, where she could see a metal clasp, detailed with some sort of script.

“I had actually mentioned that I could put your braids back in once to Oin but he got all flustered and refused to let me.”

Fili blushed and laughed nervously.

“Oh no,” Sigrid's face dropped, “Oh no. What did I do? Did I offend him?”

Fili laughed, “You’re lucky he didn’t pass out right then and there from sheer shock.”

“What? Why??”

Fili blushed again, “in my culture hair is a very, uh, intimate part of the body. The only people who should braid a dwarves hair are their immediate family, and when they are older, their spouse or intended.”

Sigrid eyes grew wide and she felt herself flush.

“And Oin is incredibly traditional. So just you asking was probably too much for him to handle.”

“Oh my. I must apologize to Oin! What does he probably think of me.”

Fili laughed, “Probably best to just not bring it up. And I'm sure he forgave you after the shock wore off. After all, you aren’t a dwarf and you haven’t been raised around us most of your life.”

“That’s true. But still that’s mortifying.”

Fili smiled.

“So tell me everything I’ve missed. Don’t spare any details.”

“Well to start, clearly I moved,” he gestured to the room around them.

She shook her head, “clearly. And when did you do that?”

“Probably a few days after you left. We actually were going to wait until you came back so that you’d be there to help. And of course I didn’t want you to miss it.”

“Oh, I’m sorry about that.”

“It’s no problem. You were busy battling a snow storm and saving lives.”

He picked up her hand from his shoulder and kissed the back of it before setting it back in their laps where he held it gently.

“So after we realized the storm would keep you, we went ahead the next day and moved me up here. And it turned out it was probably better you weren’t around.”

“Oh? How come?”

“It was quite a struggle and there were some choice words and phrases used.”

“You weren’t hurt were you?”

“No, but I did have enough strength to punch Dwalin.”

“Fili!”

“He deserved it! He was complaining so much.”

She gave him a look and he just shrugged.

“So I moved in and got settled. Kili was given the task of taking over for you since Oin was now needed in the medical ward and up here. I complained that he should’ve just kept me down there until you returned. But Oin said Kili needed something to do instead of complain about not being able to go to the training area. So then Kili complained as well. Although I gave him a hard time. Told him he was doing a poor job compared to my usual handler. I’m surprised he didn’t re-break my leg.”

“Fili! You are the worst. And here I thought you were one of the best patients I ever had!”

“I still am, for you. Kili’s my younger brother, I had to!” Fili smiled and gave his best puppy dog eyes.

“Oh you’re not fooling me with that look, like Kili gives Tauriel. So don’t try.”

Fili scoffed and frowned. Sigrid poked him gently in the collar bone.

“So after making everyone’s life awful because I wasn’t around to keep you in line, then what?”

He faked insult, but continued on, “Oin and I started working on getting my strength back in my legs. Every afternoon, now that I’m awake for most of the day. I now only really need a nap between strengthening my legs and dinner.”

“That’s great to hear!” How is that coming along?”

Fili sighed then looking down at their hands, “it’s not...I mean, it is I guess. But, oh Sigrid. This is going to take forever.”

Sigrid used her hand to lift his chin, “Hey. It’s going to be ok. We knew it was going to be a long and difficult road. But you’ve done difficult things before. And you’ve made it through near death. Plus you have me. It’ll be ok. You’ll see,” she encouraged, smiling softly at him.

He took her hand from under his chin and kissed it gently.

“I’ve really still not figured out what I did to deserve you,” he whispered.

She smiled back at him. She didn’t have anything to say to that so she instead put her hand gently on his cheek and leaned forward, hoping he’d be ok with her intent. She watched as his eyes lit up and he smiled before he leaned forward and met her halfway, their lips meeting in the softest of kisses.

Nothing overly passionate or needy, just a simple first kiss full of promise. Sigrid couldn’t help but think that somehow it just felt right.

She leaned back and smiled at him.

“I look forward to kissing you forever,” he said, running his fingertips gently down the side of her face and tucking a stray hair behind her ear.

“Are you lovebirds done catching up yet?” Kili yelled from the other room.

“Are you?” Fili yelled back.

Sigrid slid off of Fili’s lap and to a more appropriate place on the edge of the bed.

“Touché brother,” Kili said as he and Tauriel came in the room hand in hand and took up two seats nearby. They had clearly been brought in for the purpose of company.

“Anything exciting going on today?” Kili asked. But in a way that said he already knew the answer.

He looked directly at Sigrid and Fili.

Fili shrugged. Sigrid smiled.

“My father is here currently, meeting with King Thorin.”

“Is he?” Kili asked slyly.

She felt Fili shift next to her, “what?”

She turned to look at him, confused. “Did you not know?”

Fili shook his head. They both looked at Kili. “Why didn’t you tell him?”

Kili shook his head. “I didn’t know until this morning. Dwalin told me.”

“And you didn’t feel like that was something you should tell me?” Fili asked.

Kili shrugged. “I figured you knew already. And if not then it would be a fun surprise.”

“Do you see now why I make his life miserable, Sigrid.”

Kili laughed and Sigrid had to chuckle.

“Right, So Lord Bard and King Thorin are talking. What about exactly?” Kili asked.

“I’m not falling for that again,” Sigrid said, crossing her arms.

“No, I truly don’t know. But clearly you two know.”

He eyed both Sigrid and Fili who shrugged.

“And you, my dear,” He said turning to Tauriel, “do you know?”

“I may,” was all she said.

“Fine! Keep your secrets.”

Fili laughed then. “How does it feel Ki?”

Kili stuck out his tongue.

“Fine, I’ll tell you.” Fili finally gave in.

Fili leaned forward and wrapped his arms around Sigrid's waist and leaned his head on her shoulder. It was an extremely intimate gesture and it was both thrilling and a bit awkward with Kili and Tauriel there. She realized she liked his hands around her waist. But it also made it hard to focus.

“Lord Bard and King Thorin are discussing our upcoming courtship and marriage.”

“What?!?” Kili stood up, nearly knocking over the chair.

Sigrid nodded, her smile seemed permanent at this point and she could still feel where Fili’s arms were around her waist, and something in her stomach flipped happily.

“I'm your only brother! How could you not tell me this! I was only joking about the lovebirds thing!”

Everyone laughed and Kili pouted, crossing his arms.

“You are my brother but you are also a gossip. The whole mountain would’ve known and uncle would’ve come after me.”

“How long have you known?” He asked sitting back down. The moment of anger long dissipated.

Sigrid began, “We had only just talked about it the last time I was here before the snowstorm. I believe it has been King Thorin’s plan for awhile, it just happened to work out better than he expected.”

Fili added in, “...and so uncle had spoken to me after he sent the letter to Lord Bard. And Lord Bard had spoken to Sigrid separately. The meeting was intended to happen last week but the storm delayed it.”

“So when’s the wedding?”

“Ki,” Fili’s tone was a warning and Tauriel poked him.

“I can’t walk currently if you haven’t noticed. Plus mum will have a say in this no matter what. So I don’t know why Uncle is bothering to do anything right now. Mum will change it all as soon as she arrives.”

“I forgot about your mother,” Sigrid whispered, the nerves building up all over again.

Fili chuckled, “Well you’ve got time to prepare for her yet. She’ll be here by early spring if she has her way.”

“Truly? She’ll travel in this weather?”

“We are lucky she didn’t show up the moment she found out we were injured in battle. She says she’s waiting for the first thaw, but we know better. She’ll leave as soon as it looks even partway decent.”

“If she were coming with others from the Blue Mountains she would be more willing to wait. But currently she just wants to get here. So there’s only a small group traveling with her,” Kili added.

Sigrid and Tauriel both made eye contact. Tauriel had gone a bit pale and Sigrid felt the same.
An uncle and extended family was one thing. A mother was an entirely different hurdle.

“I can’t imagine what she’ll say when she arrives and you’re barely walking,” Sigrid said.

“Don’t remind me. You’ll be able to hear her all the way in Dale.”

“Well I guess we'll just have to work hard on it,” Sigrid smiled looking over at him.

It was almost lunch time and Sigrid felt her stomach growl, “How have you progressed in food choices?” Sigrid asked.

“Not much better. Still mostly broth. Though Oin allows it to have small bits of vegetables and meats as long as they are almost invisible.”

Sigrid laughed at Fili’s tone.

Kili, Tauriel, and Sigrid headed towards the kitchen. Kili and Tauriel stayed there to eat to avoid making Fili too jealous and Sigrid carried a tray back with her. She had gone with stew as well, though her pieces were still visible in the broth. Oin had also cleared him for a small amount of bread, which she brought with her.

She came into the room and moved a chair over so they could sit closer.

“Good news!”

“It’s clearly not more food,” he said looking at the bowl she handed him.

“You get a little bit of bread. Oin says it’s a day to celebrate since I’m back.”

Fili laughed, “Whatever it takes!”

Sigrid ripped out the softer middle of a portion of the bread and handed it to Fili.

Fili told her about a few other things that happened but for the most part they just enjoyed each other’s company finally. Lunch finished and Kili and Tauriel joined them again. They passed the time telling the brothers about the snow storm.

Eventually Oin made his way in for afternoon strengthening. Kili dragged Tauriel out in quick fashion, whispering that she didn’t want to be around for this.

They closed the door behind them leaving Oin, Fili and Sigrid alone, “Glad to have you back Lady Sigrid.”

“I’m glad to be back.”

“This isn’t going to be enjoyable. So be prepared. Though maybe he’ll be a bit better behaved around you,” Oin eyed Fili.

“I somehow doubt that,” Sigrid smiled.

“You talk as if I’m not in the room!”

“Come Fili, you know the routine.”

Fili sighed and dragged himself to the edge of the bed, where he let his legs dangle.

“I’ve been doing a mixture of stretching, flexing, and strengthening. We don’t want to do this too quickly lest we tear a muscle and have a completely different problem.”

Sigrid nodded and stood on the opposite side of Oin.

She looked at Fili. “It’ll be fine,” she whispered.

Fili shrugged but didn’t acknowledge her words beyond that.

Sigrid followed Oin’s movements as Fili had to lift his legs up and bend his knees. The two of them weren’t really there to help as much as to guide and keep him from letting them fly back down. They moved through a few more motions and Sigrid noticed Fili was sweating from the workout. She felt bad for him. He probably never had to struggle with this before. He was a warrior and had probably never expected to not be able to move or fight the way he always had. She also now understood why he needed a nap afterwards.

Oin was relentless. Which was good for Fili, he wouldn’t get better otherwise, but she could tell Fili was frustrated by how much he couldn’t do. She tried to be the encouragement and buffer between them. Every time he did something better than she thought he’d tell him he was doing well. Or if he began to quit she would tell him to keep going. It went like this for nearly an hour. Until he looked ready to pass out.

Oin stopped them and patted him on the shoulder. Fili flopped back on the bed, letting his legs dangle. Oin set out with a quick nod of the head to Sigrid and closed the door behind him. She was tired just from watching Fili tire.

“I told you it’s going to take forever.”

“Don’t be so hard on yourself. You did amazing today.”

“You’re just saying that because you just got here. I’ve not made any progress in the past week.”

He pushed himself more into the bed and managed to drag his legs up as well, bending them some to give a bit of leverage. He didn’t quite make it to where he wanted to be on the pillows and gave up, laying down with his arms spread out across the bed.

Twice in one day, Sigrid was discarding propriety for the sake of reality. She climbed up onto the bed and laid down next to him. He wrapped his arm around her shoulders and pulled her in, so that her head rested against his collarbone.

“But you are a week more progressed than when I last saw you. And I think that counts for something.”

He sighed, “You’re right. I’m just being grumpy. I wanted you to be proud of me. I had hoped to be farther along before you came back.”

Sigrid pushed herself up on her elbow so she could look at him, his arm still around her shoulder, “Fili, I am proud of you. You’ve done far better than any of us could have hoped for given the circumstances.”

He stayed looking up at the ceiling.

She leaned a bit more until she was hovering over his face. She used her hand to gently move his face to look at her. He resisted moving his head but finally looked her in the eyes.

“Fili, I will love you whether or not you ever walk again. After all, I...” but before she could finish her thought his mouth had found hers and he had caught her up in a kiss. This one had much more urgency to it, she noted, before she leaned into it and kissed him back.

He wrapped his arms around her back and pulled her close as they kissed, the action sending shivers down her whole spine. Eventually she leaned back and he loosened his hold. She folded her arms over his chest and rested her chin on them to look at him.

“I still can’t believe that I’m not in a coma dreaming.”

“You’re not,” she smiled.

“Promise?”

“I promise. I am very much real.”

He closed his eyes and hummed in approval.

“Wait, wait.”

Fili opened his eyes slightly.

Sigrid started to wiggle out of his arms. “As much as I'd love to let this happen and have you fall asleep I doubt it would be good for either of us to be found like this.”

Fili groaned but let Sigrid go. She gave him a quick peck before moving off of him and onto the floor. He sighed and she righted his pillows, then helped drag him up to where he could sleep comfortably.

“I’ll owe you forever after this.”

“Good thing I’ll be around then,” Sigrid smiled.

“Have you thought of what you’re making me for my first courting gift,” she asked as she pulled the covers up around him.

He opened one eye slightly and smiled, “yes.”

She kissed him on the cheek, “ I can’t wait.”

He leaned back against the pillows and closed his eyes fully. And soon he was fast asleep. Sigrid found her bag and went through the not so secret door into her temporary room. She wondered if King Thorin would let her stay there. Fili had mentioned he’d fight for it, but it was still risky. She went to the bathroom and straightened herself out. She went back into Fili’s room where she took up her usual place beside him. Although she was sad to see her chair hadn’t made it. She’d have to ask Oin about it. Afterall she had grown quite fond of it after a month.

She heard a soft knock on the door a bit later. She stood to get it, checking to see first if it had woken Fili, but it hadn’t.

She opened the door to the room. Balin smiled at her, “Oh, Balin. Come in”

“How’s he doing?”

“He fell asleep a bit ago, Oin exhausted him with the rehab on his legs.”

“It’ll be a tough road, but he will get there.”

“Absolutely.”

“Lady, Sigrid. If you don’t mind leaving Fili with Kili and Tauriel, King Thorin and Lord Bard have asked for you to join them at dinner.”

“Should Fili not be present as well?” Sigrid asked, her stomach nervous. She hadn’t expected to be alone with them.

“Fili will have his own chance to discuss with King Thorin and Lord Bard, but they wish to talk with you separately.”

“I understand, thank you.”

Balin nodded and they both left the room.

Kili and Tauriel were waiting in the sitting room.

“We’ll take good care of him, promise!” Kili said

“You’ll do great,” Tauriel added.

Sigrid smiled and nodded at them. She glanced once more at Fili’s sleeping form before closing the door following Balin out. Sigrid was glad that she had made herself look presentable. It would’ve been a bad impression if she had looked crumpled.

They didn’t speak as they made their way down a hallway Sigrid had never been or at least she didn’t remember walking down. She had to trust Balin completely, otherwise she would get hopelessly lost. The first few corridors she tried to keep track, but all the stone and the lamps looked the same. And there were of course no signs. She gave up eventually, focusing instead on things that might be asked of her, or trying to remember to curtsy and act like a lady in front of King Thorin.

They eventually arrived at an impressive set of doors, which were opened by the bald, tattooed dwarf she remembered seeing outside the healing tent in Dale. She wondered if he was Thorin’s bodyguard. He didn’t smile, just nodded curtly at them.

“Thank you,” she said, with a nod of her own.

Balin led the way into a dining room. Her father and King Thorin were already seated. Along with Bilbo. The table was round and only had 2 remaining chairs, which she assumed were for Balin and herself. They noticed the door open and all three stood to greet her.

Notes:

*squeeee* :) :) I hope you enjoyed this chapter as much as I enjoyed writing it. It makes me smile every time.

A/N: You may have noticed I switched the chapter number from 33 to ?. That is because as I've been editing and posting this story, I've come up with more ideas and re-arranged some things. I just really love writing the two of them and even though I had a planned stop for the story, I think they are wanting a bit more. It will probably settle in around 40 chapters or so (if I had to guess).

See you on Wednesday! Please leave a kudos or comment if you can, they make my day!

Translation: Mellon = Friend in elvish

Chapter 9

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“I present Lady Sigrid,” Balin stated.

She curtsied to the room, “King Thorin, Lord Bard, Master Baggins, thank you for having me,” she greeted them all. It all felt so stiff and she knew she had to be making it up, she just hoped no one acknowledged it.

Balin steered her towards a seat next to her father and pulled the chair out for her to sit. She tried to sit as gracefully as she could. She wondered if there were people who ever got used to this. She had to just learn on her own and had luckily found a few books on etiquette in Dale (though after so many decades there were pages missing or moth eaten).

Balin took a seat on the other side of King Thorin, opposite of Bilbo.

After everyone was seated, Thorin spoke, “Thank you, Lady Sigrid for joining us. Please, do not fret. This is not a business meeting, just a chance for us to talk openly.”

She nodded and tried to smile at King Thorin.

A plate of food was set down in front of her, along with everyone else.

“Please, feel free to begin eating,” King Thorin stated.

Bilbo hummed appreciatively and Sigrid smiled. She hoped having Bilbo there would make things feel not so stiff. She had talked with him only a handful of times, but Tauriel had spoken highly of him. And he seemed quite different from dwarves anyway, fussy for sure, but more at ease.

“Lady Sigrid, How have you enjoyed Erebor the past month you have been visiting us?” King Thorin asked.

Sigrid put down her fork. She had luckily been taking very small bites, waiting for him to start asking her questions. She assumed she’d not eat much at this meal.

“Erebor is beautiful, though I admit I haven’t had a chance to see much of it. Though the places I have spent a lot of time in, mainly the medical ward and kitchens, are incredibly efficient. I find myself trying to find the small details in the stone work - whether that is an intricate carving, or lines of some other material. Afterall, when the person you’re caring for is sleeping much of the time, you do find quite a bit of time to look at the walls.” She chuckled, hoping everyone would take her jest lightly.

Luckily Bilbo laughed and agreed, as did her father, though King Thorin merely smiled slightly. Maybe she should stick with being more straightforward. Fili would’ve found it funny. She’d have to tell him about it.

“Well, I’m sorry that you haven’t had much of a tour. Now that Erebor’s renovations are progressing we will have to show both of you around.”

Both her and Bard nodded their heads, “That would be excellent,” he stated.

“As you know, your father and I have met today about the possibility of a marriage between yourself and Crown Prince Fili.”

Sigrid nodded as he continued, “While we believe we have come to an agreement, I had hoped you would appease me by answering a few questions. But please, I hope you don’t feel interrogated, I just simply need to make sure this is an arrangement that will benefit all parties and is suitable for my nephew. I’m sure you understand.”

“I’m happy to answer any questions you may have, your majesty.”

“I was hoping to find out how everyone has treated you, have you felt welcome?”

“Absolutely, I’ve spent quite a bit of time with Master Oin and Master Bombur and both are geniuses in their craft. Master Oin has been incredibly supportive and has also provided me with knowledge I have been able to bring back to Dale regarding medicinal herbs and practices. Prince Kili has also been incredibly kind when I’ve had the chance to speak with him.”

Thorin nodded, Sigrid guessed in agreement. She thought she was doing well. It already seemed a bit more like an interrogation than an informal meal, even though he had said otherwise. She had barely touched her first helping, when her plate was taken away and another dish was set in front of her. Thankfully, everyone was able to eat a few bites before King Thorin spoke again. Sigrid tried to eat a bit bigger portions, knowing she most likely wouldn’t touch it again. Which was sad, because it was delicious.

“I understand that you just left from seeing Prince Fili, how is he doing today?”

“After not having the chance to see him these past 2 weeks, the progress on his recovery is wonderful. He updated me on what he had accomplished while I was gone and I assisted Master Oin in Prince Fili’s leg rehab today.”

“And that went well?” Thorin seemed genuinely interested. Not that Sigrid would think he didn’t, but she didn’t really know Thorin at all.

“I believe so, though Prince Fili is quite hard on himself. I’ve just tried to encourage him through it. But he was disappointed in his progress. It was strenuous for him but he is progressing well.”

“Do you think he will walk again?”

Sigrid paused, that was a loaded question, one she wasn’t qualified to answer.

“I hope so of course, but I dare say yes or no to that question, as I’m not qualified to answer that. Prince Fili has not put any weight on his legs yet, so it is yet to be seen. But I believe in him.”

“And how would you feel if he didn’t walk again?”

Sigrid knew what he was getting at, would she abandon Prince Fili because he might be seen as less capable? Would she find herself with someone else because the Prince couldn’t care for himself? Would she see it as a weakness?

“I would be sad for his sake, though I would not pity him and I would not abandon him. He is strong in so many other ways. And I will tell you what I told him, that I would love him whether or not he walked again, for I didn’t fall in love with his legs, or his ability to run or fight. And though I know those are things that he may find pride in, I also know that he is courageous, caring, and fiercely loyal to those he respects. I would not dare to give up those attributes for the sake of walking.”

It was a bold claim. But it was what she was going to say to Fili before he kissed her and King Thorin needed to understand that she was not going to be bullied or swayed.

She watched everyone, including her father, look at her, then look at King Thorin. Who was looking her in the eyes so intensely, she wanted to look away, but instead she raised her chin high and looked back at him.

“How can you claim to know him so well when you have only spoken with him truly less than a handful of times?”

He was really pushing her. She swallowed, she would go down fighting if she had to, and this might have her jailed or kicked out of Erebor forever.

“If I may be so bold, Prince Fili showed his true nature the day he stayed with his brother in Laketown. Then again when he saved my siblings and I during Smaug’s attack, despite having no loyalty to us. King Thorin, I have spent my life around cruel men and crueler, more despicable leaders. They never possess the traits that I see in my father or that I have seen in Prince Fili.”

She was definitely going to get kicked out or maybe just killed right here. She heard the clatter of someone’s utensil and guessed it was probably Bilbo. But she couldn’t be sure as she was still maintaining eye contact with King Thorin. His look was completely unreadable, which was far scarier than anything she had ever seen.

“That was incredibly bold, Lady Sigrid.” He finally said, sitting back in his chair. The air seemed to be crackling with tension. She thought she should apologize, but she had said exactly what she meant. Apologizing would show a weakness.

She glanced at Bilbo, who looked beyond frazzled, as if he was going to launch out of his chair at any moment. Her father meanwhile was watching Thorin, probably waiting to protect her if necessary. And Balin was just smiling, eating his meal. It was definitely Bilbo who dropped the silverware.

Thorin looked at Balin, “She reminds me of Princess Dis, Prince Fili’s mother, does she not?”

Balin chuckled, “Aye, she does indeed.”

Thorin sighed then. Sigrid had no idea if this was good or bad as she hadn’t any idea what their relationship was like. All she knew was that Princess Dis was going to be here soon and that Fili was going to hear something from her. As if nothing had happened, plates were cleared and the main dish was set in front of them.

“Please, enjoy. I know that Master Bombur put a lot of work into this dish specifically.”

Sigrid’s stomach hurt, but she picked up her utensil anyway. It would be a shame to not eat it just because King Thorin had made her upset. They sat in silence for quite awhile, enjoying far more of the meal. She looked up at her father and smiled at her, and nodded. She could tell she had done the right thing. She wondered if he knew King Thorin was going to ask those questions. As they all slowly finished their plates, Thorin continued.

“I’m sure you understand Fili’s role as Crown Prince of Erebor, Lady Sigrid.”

“I do,” at least she thought she did. She knew it meant a lot of things.

“And you realize that one day, the crown will be his.”

“I do.”

“Lady Sigrid, do you understand your place, duties, and expectations not only as the wife of the Crown Prince of Erebor but also as future queen.”

The words hit her hard. She had definitely thought about what it would be like to be queen when she read fairy tales or told stories to Tilda and Bain. But now that it was said out loud, she knew she couldn’t hesitate.

“In my role I only wish to continue to be my best self. Underneath all the layers of titles and circumstance I will always be Sigrid of Laketown, hardworking and kind. And in my role and responsibilities to Prince Fili and the Kingdom of Erebor I will love and care for all those within its mountain as I love and care for my own family and my own people. I will strive to learn Erebor’s language and its customs, and I understand that, though I hope to never have to, that there may come a time that I have to choose the citizens of Erebor over my own people of Dale. Though I will do my utmost diligence to ensure that strife never happens again.”

She paused, but then added, before King Thorin could say anything, “But I also hope that the same expectation and precedent can be set for Prince Fili. That he will only do his best and also care for and love my people as I will his, understanding that the care of all will benefit all as well.”

She was being far too bold, she finally decided. Shutting her mouth.

King Thorin smiled then, “Far too much like Princess Dis,” he said out loud and Balin chuckled.

“Is that a bad thing, your majesty?”

“Not at all, for I hold my sister in the highest esteem. I turn to her for advice often.”

Sigrid relaxed and smiled.

“I look forward to meeting her.”

“I wouldn’t say that just yet. You will soon be courted by Prince Fili and that is a dangerous position to be in,” he smirked.

Dessert was served then. It seems she had passed the test. Now, she had to believe that hopefully Fili would pass her father’s own test. Her father would not have gone easy on Fili, but after seeing what King Thorin had put her through, no doubt that Fili would have an incredibly tough time. She thought herself lucky she went first.

The rest of the meal turned to idle chit chat about how Dale was fairing after the storms. Bard took the time to make it known that Sigrid had come up with most of the ideas and had even created the emergency response council, which would now be an important part and function of Dale. Balin seemed impressed and asked to know more about that later, which made Sigrid feel better.

Eventually the evening ended. It felt incredibly late, or maybe Sigrid was just exhausted. She knew Fili would’ve been up and eaten dinner already. She couldn’t wait to tell him about everything.

King Thorin eventually stood, “Thank you all for joining me for dinner, it seems like now would be a good time to retire for the evening.”

As they all began to stand and make their way out, King Thorin walked up to Sigrid, “Lady Sigrid, you did admirably tonight. You make your father and your people proud. I look forward to speaking with you again soon,” and he gave a short bow, to which she replied in curtsy.

“Thank you, King Thorin.”

Thorin shook Bard's hand, “Balin will be sure to give you both a tour in the morning, let us meet for lunch afterwards.”

Bard nodded, shaking Thorin’s hand.

Thorin walked towards Bilbo, taking the hobbit’s hand as they left the room.

Balin strode over, “I’ll show you to your rooms,” he smiled and led the way.

Sigrid wondered as they walked if she would be moved or if they had said anything to her father about where her room was actually placed. They took a different route back and soon enough arrived at a door, though Sigrid was so turned around she wasn’t sure if it was actually her room. She thought the stone work looked familiar.

“The Lady Sigrid’s room. She has been staying with Madam Tauriel while she is here. I hope that it is satisfactory for her to continue to stay there, Lord Bard.”

“Oh, yes. That’s fine. I trust Tauriel and appreciate the concern.”

Just then Tauriel opened the door. She bowed to Bard, and Sigrid gave her father a hug before moving towards the door.

“I’ll see you tomorrow morning, Da. I love you.”

“See you in the morning, I love you too.”

Balin gave her a knowing smile and directed Lord Bard down the hall opposite of the door towards Fili’s room. Most likely there was another area for guests.

Sigrid slipped inside with Tauriel and once the door was closed exhaled a huge breath, sliding into the closest chair.

“Does this mean it went well, or poorly?” Tauriel asked, sitting across from her.

“I honestly don’t know, though I believe it went well in the end.”

“Well, Fili is incredibly anxious to see you, so why don’t you tell us all in his room.”

Sigrid nodded and followed Tauriel through the connected door.

Fili and Kili were in intense conversation and so they didn’t notice them enter at first.

“YOU’RE BACK!” Fili and Kili yelled in unison.

Sigrid shushed them with her finger to her lips.

“You’re back!” they yelled in whispered tones.

Fili held out his hand for her to come over. She made her way to him and he took her hand, pressing a kiss to it.

“You have to tell me everything. I can’t believe you left while I was asleep.”

“I had no choice, Balin came to get me!”

Tauriel had pulled up a chair for her next to Fili and they all gathered around in a small circle. Fili stayed holding Sigrid’s hand as if she would float away if he let go.

“So tell us everything,” Kili encouraged, sitting forward, his chin resting on his hands.

“Your uncle is very intense.”

They all nodded in agreement, “He didn’t threaten you, did he? Or upset you?” Fili asked worriedly.

“Oh, he made me angry at one point, but he probably didn’t appreciate my answer either.”

Their eyes all got wide, “what did he say?”

“Should I just start from the beginning?”

“YES,” they all said in unison.

And so Sigrid explained how they had sat to eat and Thorin made it seem like an informal chat. They all laughed at her jest about spending time looking at the walls, just as she had expected. She then explained how it then quickly changed to pointed questions that would gauge if Sigrid was good enough for Erebor and Fili. She could feel Fili rage beside her as soon as she mentioned that he asked if she thought Fili would walk again and how she would feel if he didn’t walk again.

Fili started to fluster about it and she squeezed his hand, “Do you want to hear what I said to him?” she said, looking on at him.

“Yes,” he nodded.

She smiled, “ I told him just what I had intended to tell you before. I would love you whether or not you walked again. Because I didn’t fall in love with you for your legs...”

“Pity,” Kili chimed in and they both threw him a look, “Oh, sorry. Was this supposed to be romantic?”

Tauriel poked him in the ribs.

Sigrid rolled her eyes and looked back at Fili, “As nice of legs as they are, I didn't fall in love with them, or your ability to run or fight. I fell in love with the other things I know you to be - courageous, caring, and fiercely loyal to those you respect. And I would never give up those for the sake of you walking.”

“You truly said that to him?” Fili asked.

Sigrid nodded.

“I still don’t know how I have come to deserve you,” he leaned down and pressed a brief kiss to her lips.

She saw Tauriel put a hand over Kili’s mouth as he went to say something.

“And that’s where it went downhill,” Sigrid shrugged.

They all looked at her, “what happened?”

She chuckled, “I probably insulted him, but he pushed me to it.”

“Sigrid…” Fili looked at her.

“Well, he then of course had the nerve to ask me how I could truly know those things to be true since I have only talked to you less than a handful of times.”

“Oh no.”

“So I told him the truth, that you showed your true nature the day you stayed with Kili in Laketown.”

“You didn't,” Fili said, and Kili had slunk down in his chair, his arm thrown over his face and he was groaning.

“Sigrid, you’re lucky to be alive.”

She smiled sheepishly, “I then said that you also showed your merit when you saved me and Tilda and Bain and that I had spent my life around cruel men and crueler rulers and that they never possessed the traits that you show.”

The whole room was silent as they all looked at her in disbelief.

“He then said that I reminded him of Princess Dis”

“Oh no,” Fili groaned, throwing himself back on the bed.

Kili melted further into the chair, “Shit, Fi.”

Sigrid shrugged and looked at Tauriel, who also looked confused.

“Balin agreed and King Thorin he said it wasn’t a bad thing”

“It’s not a bad thing,” Fili groaned from the bed, “but it means that he thinks highly of you now and I’m never gonna hear the end of how great you are. THEN when mum shows up, he’s gonna tell her and she’s going to go on and on about how she always said I’d marry someone exactly like her.”

Sigrid couldn’t help but laugh. “You two are being ridiculous!”

“You just wait. You’ll see,” Kili sighed.

She shook her head at them both.

Fili eventually sat back up, letting his hand rest on her shoulder. She placed her hand over his.

She stifled a yawn.

“You should head to bed now, we can talk more tomorrow.”

She nodded, standing. He pulled her towards him, resting his hands on either side of her face, and looking into her eyes, “I promise, you will never have to prove your honor or loyalty to me ever again.”

She smiled, “I would do it again and again if it meant getting the chance to be with you”

He kissed her then, and she felt it deep in her bones, this longing to be with him. She would never grow tired of kissing him.

She pulled back and gave him a kiss on the forehead, “You need your rest as well.”

He sighed, “All I do is rest”.

She set him right for the night and turned to see Tauriel and Kili holding hands as they left to return Kili to his rooms.

“Stay with me tonight?” Fili whispered.

She turned back from where she had been watching the door close behind Tauriel and Kili to look at him. A fond smile on her face.

“You can’t ask that of me, because I will always say yes, but you know I have to say no.”

He sighed, “I just hate the idea of you being farther away from me than necessary.”

She smiled, “I know. Plus, my chair isn’t here,” she joked, “I’ll speak to Oin. Once I have my chair back, we’ll see.”

“Is that a promise?”

“No,” she smiled. “I’ll be just next door.”

She gave him another quick kiss and walked away, turning only once to look at him and giving a short wave as she closed the door to her room.

Notes:

This chapter was so fun to write! I really enjoy bamf!Sigrid and hope you did too.

See you on Sunday!

Chapter 10

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Sigrid guessed she would have the room to herself. She doubted that anyone really checked on Kili like they did Fili. She changed and washed her face before climbing into bed. It took awhile to fall asleep as she replayed the day in her head, until finally she dozed off. She woke up early the next morning and wondered if she should find her father and eat with him or go to Fili. But before she had to decide, there was a knock on the outer door.

She went into the sitting room to find Tauriel up and on the couch, “oh, good morning”

“Good morning,” Tauriel smiled. Sigrid had no idea how Tauriel did it, but she guessed it had something to do with being an elf.

She opened the door to find Balin, “Oh good, I”m glad to see you up already.”

“Is my father awake?”

“I have not gone to call on him yet. I figured I should find you first so that you may visit with Prince Fili before joining your father for breakfast.”

“Yes, I appreciate the thought.”

He again smiled with a gleam to his eye. He was really good at his job, Sigrid noted. She left her room properly and headed to Fili’s, Balin alongside her. They knocked and were greeted by Oin, who already had Fili eating breakfast and was packing up a small satchel.

“It’s good to see you Master Oin. Good Morning Fili,'' she smiled.

“Good Morning, Sigrid.”

“Lady Sigrid and Lord Bard will be getting a tour of Erebor this morning after breakfast,” Balin stated.

“That’s wonderful to hear, I only wish I could join you.”

“Soon enough,” Sigrid smiled.

It was an awkward affair, nothing like their interactions even last night. With Balin around though it seemed like things had to be done properly.

“We should be going,” Balin finally said.

Sigrid nodded, “I’ll be back to see you later, Fili.”

“I look forward to it.”

They left and headed to where Bard was staying. It was further down a separate hallway past where Kili’s room was. After finding Bard ready to go, they continued to the same dining room they had dinner in last night. Balin stayed and ate with them as well. Breakfast conversation was thankfully significantly lighter than last night. Breakfast was delicious and Sigrid was happy to have a chance to eat her full. She had been so overwhelmed it wasn’t until this morning that she realized how hungry she was.

Balin gave them a very detailed tour of Erebor, providing historical and artistic facts about each area. Sigrid began to understand the broader layout of the mountain as they moved through it, though she was sure she would still get lost in its endless hallways. Balin highlighted the throne room and the mines as well as the residential area, market district, and financial district. He showed them the guild halls and arts district where the smaller crafting forges were available for anyone’s use. The more Sigrid saw of it, the more she was shocked by how intricate and ornate the entire place was despite its size. She had never expected to see such fine details in the craftsmanship. For most of her life, she had thought the inside of the mountain would be dark and damp but the whole mountain was airy and there was a way in which they were able to make it feel light despite there not being windows. Balin explained that as well, a complex set of some windows and hidden mirrors as well as dwarven lighting systems.

They finished the tour just before lunch at the medical ward so that Bard could see the facilities and meet Master Oin.

“I greatly appreciate you allowing Sigrid to stay here with Prince Fili as well as learn from you.”

“She’s a right smart lass and I was glad to have her. I’m also glad to be able to keep her, if she’d like to continue helping out now that Prince Fili is recovering.”

“I would love that opportunity Master Oin, thank you.”

“Now, Lord Bard, we have a meeting with King Thorin,” Balin looked to Oin, “Master Oin, I know you must be attending to Prince Fili, can I leave Sigrid in your care so that she may continue to help.”

“Aye, that works for me.”

“Lord Bard, does that suit you?”

Bard smiled, “Of course, Thank you for being so considerate.”

Sigrid hugged Bard and watched as they left. She was left standing with Oin.

“You go off now.”

“Oh, you don’t need to see Fili?”

Oin shook his head and winked.

“Oh! Alright, I’ll be going then,” Sigrid turned to leave,“Oh, wait.”

“Hm?”

“I had meant to ask you, is my chair down here still, the one I sat in with Fili?”

“Oh, aye. It must be. Haven’t touched it. I’ll have one of the lads come grab it and move it up there.”

“Thank you, Oin.”

Sigrid made her way back to Fili’s room. She knocked and heard him yell “Come in!”

There was no sign of Kili or Tauriel.

“OH! I wasn’t expecting you,” Fili beamed.

Sigrid crossed the room and sat on the edge of the bed, “Balin let me sneak away, saying that Oin and I were coming up.”

“He’s clever that way. But where is your father?”

“He’s meeting for lunch with King Thorin. We will probably be leaving the mountain after lunch, so I won’t be here to help this afternoon.”

Fili frowned, “But you’ll be back like usual?”

“Of course, as long as no snow storms keep me.”

“I surely hope not.”

“So I was thinking, after King Thorin mentioned Princess Dis...”

“Yes?”

“Have you told her about me yet?”

Fili smiled, “I’ve told her that I have someone wonderful and kind taking care of me that I intend to court.”

Sigrid narrowed her eyes at him, “But you haven’t told her really who I am.”

Fili cowered a bit, “No.”

“Are you ashamed of me?” Sigrid didn’t want to believe it but she felt suddenly hurt by the idea.

“WHAT! NO, no. That’s not it at all,” he said taking her hands in his and kissing each one.

“Absolutely not. I just know my mother and some things are best said in person. It’s easier to quell the fire that way.”

“So you just expect to shock her with the daughter of man when she expects some sweet dwarf lass to be at your beck and call.”

“It won’t shock her, but uncle will set her straight.”

“You don’t think he’d tell her ahead of time?”

Fili’s face dropped. “I hadn’t thought about that.”

Sigrid chuckled, “either way, I guess you’re probably going to hear about it.”

“Oh most definitely.”

“Do you think she will like me?”

“Oh, absolutely.”

“What makes you so sure?”

“Because she’ll appreciate your spirit. She’s big on caring deeply for others. After all, when they fled Erebor all they had was each other. And they had to have courage but also trust each other. They built up the settlement in the Blue Mountains with hardwork and sacrifice. She’ll see all of that in you and love you. The fact that you’re not a dwarf will be only a minor issue until she figures out how amazing you are.”

Sigrid ran to get them lunch from the kitchens and they enjoyed the meal together. Tauriel showed up not long after.

“Your father’s meeting is almost finished. We will meet him and head out soon.”

“Please don’t be too hard on yourself this afternoon,” she pleaded.

“I’ll try to remember what you said,” he offered. Sigrid hesitated only briefly before kissing Fili goodbye.

They met her father near the front gates where he was waiting with Balin and King Thorin.

“I assume we will see you in the coming days Lady Sigrid.”

“Yes, of course.”

Thorin nodded.

“Then we will see you both late next week. Lord Bard and I would like to meet with Prince Fili as well.”

“As is only fair,” Bard added, smiling at King Thorin.

“Yes of course.”

They bid their goodbyes and left Erebor. The sun was shining and it seemed like the storm had fully passed. The road was almost fully plowed so they found no difficulty traveling to Dale.

“So you will be meeting with Fili next week, Da?”

“It’s only fair Sigrid.”

“I agree, but I hope you won’t be too harsh on him.”

Bard shook his head, “after the way king Thorin treated you, not likely. I’m sorry Sigrid. He’ll have to go through the same paces. And I intend to make it difficult.”

“Did you not know he would ask me that?”

“We had discussed his questions, though he had not explained to me that he would be so…”

“Undiplomatic?” Sigrid filled in for him as he struggled to find a word that wasn’t a swear she assumed.

“Something like that,” Bard shook his head, “Although he did apologize to me today for his tone. He had not intended to.”

“Did you accept his apology?”

“Of course, another war would do us no good. But I did remind him that his nephew had yet to explain to me his loyalty and dedication to you.”

Sigrid smiled. They arrived home and Tilda and Bain greeted them excitedly wanting to know everything. Sigrid finally told Tilda and Bain about the impending courtship. Tilda squealed so loud, “You’ll be a princess just like in my books!”

The next few days went by quickly. Sigrid attempted to find out the questions Bard planned to ask Fili but he wouldn’t budge, claiming that she had not had a chance to prepare and neither would Fili. Her father was completely right, but she had faith in Fili.

---

She returned to the mountain with Tauriel to find not much had changed since she was last there. Which she was glad for. She was also excited to find that her chair was finally in its rightful place.

Though the normally cheery Fili seemed entirely put out.

“Why the long face my dear?” Sigrid asked as she settled into her chair.

Fili sighed, “I spoke with my uncle.”

“Ah. So you know about next week?”

Fili nodded, “He explained his expectations of me and to not let him down.”

Sigrid smiled, “and I know you won’t let either of us down.”

“Ugh. He said that too. Don’t disappoint your future wife and queen,” Fili stated in his best Thorin impression.

“Well you certainly know his tone,” she smiled, “and you won’t.”

“I asked him why he had been so harsh with you. He said he just wanted to be sure. That this wasn’t a childish game and that it could be hard for you to transition into the role and into the mountain. Especially after just having your entire life flipped upside down.”

“It’s thoughtful when he puts it that way,” Sigrid could appreciate Thorin’s apparent thoughtfulness after the fact.

“It does make sense.”

“But he also set a precedent.”

“I’m going to be dragged through the mud aren’t I?”

“More than likely. My father did not take too kindly to it.”

“I don’t intend to lose you, so I won’t disappoint.”

Sigrid smiled, “I’m glad.”

---

The afternoon began but Oin still didn’t come.

“I wonder why he’s late,” Sigrid stated.

Fili shrugged.

Soon enough Oin entered wheeling in a rather strange chair.

They both looked at it.

“Oin, what is this?” Fili said cautiously.

“My own invention. I’ve been working on it for weeks now. Unsure if we may need it or not. But it seems 100% likely.”

“And what is it?” Fili asked again. A hint of concern in his voice.

“I’m calling it a wheeled chair. I knew there may be some things you may have to attend before you were completely well. Though I didn’t expect so quickly. This was a back up plan. But it is now the main plan.”

“And what does it do, Oin?”

“You sit in it and it allows you to move around of course!”

Sigrid gaped, “that’s brilliant Oin.”

“It is not brilliant!” Fili flustered.

“And how else do you suppose you will get to this meeting with Lord Bard and King Thorin?” Oin asked incredulously.

“I will be dragged there before I will be pushed around like a useless invalid.”

“Fili!” Sigrid raised her voice and turned towards him.

He looked at her, anger clear on his face.

She softened, “I understand that you are upset by your current situation. But you aren’t giving it a chance. Think of the freedom, Fili. And nothing was said about you being pushed. I’m sure you would be able to work it yourself which would provide your arms the much needed workout.”

Oin nodded enthusiastically in agreement.

“I’m still not using it,” he said, crossing his arms. Though the rage was gone, it was replaced by something else entirely that Sigrid could only surmise was sheer stubbornness.

“Oin, can we have a moment?” Sigrid asked.

He nodded and left without a word, closing the door behind him.

Sigrid turned fully towards Fili, who refused to look at her.

“Fili, you’re being unreasonable.”

He scoffed, “unreasonable!? You’ve both basically given up on the idea that I’ll ever walk again and I’m the one being unreasonable.”

“Fili that was not Oin’s intention at all. Nor was it mine in seeing the potential for this. Don’t you want to be able to continue living?”

He didn’t answer.

“Fili, you may never walk again. If something is already available to give you the chance to leave this bed, why would you not jump at the opportunity.”

He didn’t look at her, “You already believe I won’t walk again and you’re just trying to get me to give up so that you don’t have to keep taking care of me.”

Sigrid felt angry, but more so she also felt hurt. How could he believe that, “Excuse me?”

She watched him tense. He knew he had made a mistake. But he said nothing. She had to keep it together. But she also didn’t have to take this. Not after everything she’d gone through the past 2 and a half months.

“I will give you 3 seconds to decide if that is what you would like to believe before I walk out that door.”

He didn’t say anything.

“1”

She stepped away from the bed and she watched him start to shake.

“2”

She couldn’t believe he would give up everything for this line of thinking. She knew that if she walked out that door. It would take more than he could offer to get her to come back.

“I truly hope you enjoy spending the rest of your life with only your pride,” she said shakily, as the tears gathered at the corners of her eyes. She waited far longer than she should have.

“Fili,” she whispered, her voice desperate. Unable to believe that this would be it. Not the battle, not his injury, or his coma, or the difference between their cultures.

She felt the tears roll down her cheeks and she closed her eyes.

She took a deep breath, and opened her mouth.

“Sigrid! Sigrid wait!”

She opened her eyes. He had pulled himself to the edge of the bed, he was reaching out to her but she had purposely moved just out of reach.

“Sigrid, please. I’m sorry. I’m so sorry,” his face was all shame and hurt but so was she.

She didn’t move closer, she folded her arms around herself, “Fili, how could you?”

“Sigrid. I wasn’t thinking. I had myself convinced that I didn’t deserve you. That there was no reason anyone could ever give so much when I had given absolutely nothing.”

“Why don’t you understand that I love you?”

“But why?”

“What do you mean why you daft dwarf?! Haven’t I spent the last 2 and half months showing you? Did you not hear anything I told King Thorin when he asked me why?”

“I messed up Sigrid. I’m useless. I can’t give you everything you deserve. And I don’t know if I ever will be able to. And now you’re stuck with me!”

She wiped the tears away from her eyes and stared at the ceiling.

“Fili. I cannot show you or tell you anymore how much I love you and care about you. I’m going to go into the other room to sit and when I come back I need you to have decided here and now whether or not you love and care about me.”

“Sigrid.”

“Fili. I’m not doing this unless you want to do it too.”

She turned and walked through the secret door to her room. Which luckily was empty. She pulled the door closed and locked it. Remember what Kili had said.

He heard him yelling her name.

Then she heard Oin come back in. She slid down the door and buried her face in her hands. She could hear them yelling and something fell over before it quieted again. She sat there against the door for what felt like a long time. But she didn’t care. She needed time to think and to breathe. She knew this was going to be hard. But she hadn’t accounted for his pride. And how could she have? He was asleep for nearly two months. Maybe she had overestimated him. Maybe Thorin knew about his pride and was hoping she would as well.

Stubborn prideful dwarf she cursed.

There was a soft knock on the door. But not the one she sat against. It was the inside door to the room. She stood and tried to make sure her eyes weren’t wet. She opened it to find Tauriel.

Tauriel didn’t even wait to be let in but walked in and wrapped herself around Sigrid. Which only made Sigrid start crying again.

“I just don’t understand,” Sigrid finally said through shaky sobs, “just before this he was saying how he wouldn’t do anything to lose me then he goes and acts like this.”

Tauriel didn’t say anything. There was nothing to say. The only one who knew the answer to helping Sigrid understand was Fili.

She wiped her eyes. “I need to see him. I need to know.”

Tauriel released her, “Kili is speaking to him now.”

“Did Oin come find you?”

She nodded. “This was after Oin punched him I believe.”

“Oin punched him?”

Tauriel nodded.

Sigrid didn’t feel like laughing but she wished she would’ve seen it.

There was another knock on the door.

Kili poked his head in, “Lady Sigrid?”

“Yes, Prince Kili?”

“My idiot, undeserving brother would like to speak with you.”

Sigrid nodded. She had to appreciate Kili for his candor.

Tauriel looked at Sigrid, “are you sure?”

“Yes. I need to.”

She walked out the main door, not wanting to use the secret one anymore.

Kili and Tauriel stayed in the sitting area. “Just holler if you need us,” Kili said, “and don’t let him get off easy,” he added.

Sigrid nodded and walked into the bedroom, closing the door behind her. Fili was sitting on the edge of the bed, his legs dangling down, his feet nearly touching the floor. A chair was knocked over. Though the wheeled chair remained where Oin had left it. He didn’t look up at her right away and she noticed he was bleeding from his face but he didn’t seem to care. She resisted the urge to move towards him and take care of it.

“Fili,” she said, getting his attention.

He looked up at her, his eyes already beginning to swell. Oin hadn’t held back. He deserved it, she thought. She’d also need to thank Oin.

“Sigrid,” his voice cracked.

She walked to him slowly and stood in front of him. Close enough that he could reach out to touch her but neither of them did.

He sat up and looked at her, holding her gaze. She looked at him the way she looked at Thorin that day. Strong willed and ready to fight for what she believed in, her chin held high.

“Have you made your decision?”

“I have,” he tried to sound confident but his voice wavered.

“Are you sure?”

“Yes.”

“And that is?”

She felt her stomach tighten. Worried that he truly was ready to give everything up. To let her walk away.

“Sigrid,” he took a breath then reached out for both of her hands. She let him take them, “I don’t understand why you love me. I know everything you’ve done and I heard everything you said. I just have never believed that I would live to see Erebor let alone live to reclaim it. And I had never believed I would find someone I loved so much who also loved me. And when I did dream of it, it never included me being so dependent on them. You deserve more Sigrid. And I can never make up to you all that you’ve done for me. And now even worse. I can never make up for hurting you and disrespecting you like I did today and I’m sorry. But if you could find it in your heart to forgive me, I would never ever doubt you or anything you do ever again.”

Sigrid sighed letting out the breath she had been holding. She was suddenly so tired.

“Promise me that you will never put your pride above anything again.”

“I promise.”

She sighed. “We can’t go back to how we were, not yet.”

“I know. And I would never expect you to. I need to earn your respect back and I will do everything to show you that I’m a worthy husband.”

Sigrid let the tears fall, “I forgive you.”

“Oh Sigrid,” Fili finally broke. And she could see the tears before he pulled her into his arms. Wrapping himself around her.

“I thought I had lost you forever. I can’t believe I almost let you go,” he whispered into the hollow of her shoulder.

They stayed there for a while before she pulled back. The blood was starting to dry and both eyes were definitely swollen.

“We need to get that looked at.”

“I think Oin said something about putting me back together only if I made this right.”

“Let me go find him,” she moved away.

Fili let her go easily. She wanted it to go back to the way it was. She wanted to kiss him and feel at ease. But she couldn’t let that happen. She had to steel herself until he had proven to her that he wasn’t just saying things.

She walked out to find Kili and Tauriel.

“I forgave him. But I need to go find Oin.”

“I can go!” Kili offered.

Sigrid shook her head, “I need a bit of time. Just stay here with him.”

Sigrid headed out without another word. She couldn’t decide if she wanted to tell her father. She should because King Thorin would absolutely be hearing about this, she had no doubt. And she knew Fili would have a black eye still by the time they all met. It was best to come from her.
She finally arrived at the medical ward. She found Oin in his office, writing in his ledger. She knocked loudly. He looked up, a fierce look on his face, but that softened when he saw her

“Lady Sigrid. Are you coming to say goodbye or does he deserve to be put back together?”

“He deserves to be put back together.”

“Are you sure Lady Sigrid? He slighted you something awful. It might do him well to lose an eye for it.”

“No, no. That won’t be necessary. There will be other ways.”

He grumbled something under his breath that Sigrid couldn’t understand and packed up his stuff.

“Thank you, Master Oin.”

He placed a hand on her shoulder and shook his head. “He’ll be expecting a lot worse when others find out.”

They headed back up to the rooms where Sigrid waited with Tauriel in the sitting room while Oin cleaned and most likely stitched up Fili’s face. There wasn’t much to be done about the swelling and black eyes other than a compress. It was entirely possible he also had a broken nose, but Sigrid couldn’t be sure.

Oin returned and gave Sigrid and Tauriel a nod before leaving.

Kili eventually came out as well. “Would you like Tauriel or me to be in there with you?”

Sigrid shook her head, “thank you, though.”

Kili nodded, “We will be right here.”

Sigrid went to see Fili. He was laying back in bed, a compress draped over his nose and eyes.

Sigrid didn’t feel like sitting in her chair, so she stood next to the bed instead. He moved the compress and looked at her.

“Will you go back to Dale now?”

“Not right now. I don’t want to talk to my father about this just yet.”

“You’re going to tell him?”

“As much as he needs to know.”

“It won’t make next week any easier.”

“It won’t.”

Just because she forgave him didn’t mean she needed to coddle him. She now hoped her father dragged him through mud. To at least show her she hadn’t made a mistake in forgiving him.

“I won’t disappoint you. Not again.”

She nodded.

“I’m going to head to bed. But I’ll see you in the morning before I head out.”

Fili nodded. “Good night, Sigrid.”

“Good night, Fili.”

She walked out into the sitting room and let them know she was headed to bed. She walked to her rooms and didn’t even bother changing before getting under the covers. She fell into a restless sleep for most of the night until finally falling into deep sleep.

Notes:

*Covers face with hands, peers through fingers* I'm sorry! They'll come around, but it can't all be sunshine and kisses.

I hope you enjoyed this chapter!

See you on Wednesday!

Chapter 11

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Sigrid woke tired and her eyes were puffy. There was dried blood on her dress that she hadn’t even noticed last night. She sighed and pulled it off. Washing up and changing into her other outfit. She stuffed the bloody dress into her bag. She left through the main door and went to Fili’s room. She knocked lightly and was glad to find Tauriel there.

“Did you stay here all night?”

She nodded, “and Kili is inside with Prince Fili.”

“Thank you. I don’t know what I'd do without you both,” she flopped into a chair.

“Of course mellon, will you be ready to return to Dale once you say goodbye?”

Sigrid nodded.

“I believe he is already awake.”

Sigrid stood and went to the door, knocking lightly.

She heard a chair scrape against the floor as it was pushed back and Kili opened the door.

“Thank you, Prince Kili. For everything.”

“Anything, Sigrid. Remember, you’re family now.”

He gave her shoulder a squeeze and let her walk into the room, closing the door behind him as he walked out.

She could tell immediately he hadn’t slept. That same notebook she remembered him having just after he woke up was open on his lap. He was staring up at the ceiling, but looked at her as she walked up to the bed. One eye was still quite swollen and the other was red and puffy.

“Good morning, Sigrid,” he said softly.

“Good morning, Fili.”

She went ahead and sat on the edge of her chair and reached out for his hand. Small steps. This is what she had done while he was asleep. It was a good place to start again.

He looked at her, then at her hand. And gently placed his in hers.

“Did you sleep at all?”

He shook his head.

“It seems we’ve gone from sleeping all the time to no sleep. I doubt either is healthy for you.”

Fili didn’t even smile at that, just sighed deeply.

“I’ve seen this notebook before,” she said, glancing at it. The characters were unfamiliar. Even if she wanted to read it, she couldn’t.

“It’s a journal of sorts. When I finally woke up I asked Ori to get it for me. Oin mentioned he didn’t know the amount of brain damage I could have and I was worried I wouldn’t remember things so I started writing everything down.”

“Everything?”

He nodded. “I started with everything I could remember about the quest and the battle. There were a lot of missing pieces from the battle. I wrote about what I could remember while I was asleep. And then I wrote about every moment I was awake. Kili has been helping me fill in some of the details I’m missing.”

“And what do you remember about me?”

“Everything, I think,” he smiled softly. “I remember Laketown and Smaug. I remember leaving you on that lake shore, wondering if I’d ever see you again.”

Sigrid remembered that day. She was so desperate to find her father and Bain she hadn’t even realized Fili had left until it was too late to thank him.

“And I remember the first time I heard your voice.”

Sigrid closed her eyes as Fili continued.

“It was so far away back then. But I knew it was somebody important. But I couldn’t remember your face. Or how I knew the voice. I just knew I needed to get closer. It was like I had fallen deep into the mines. And your voice was just a faint echo high above. And I spent every day climbing higher. And then when I finally felt like I was reaching you. That I could see something in the darkness. Your voice disappeared.”

Sigrid opened her eyes to look at him. “The first time I wasn’t with you was when they moved you to the mountain.”

“And that’s when I remember hearing other voices for the first time. Deep ancient voices. That seemed to be coming from the darkness - around me and below me. But there was nothing above. And I stayed there trapped and I started to give in...and then I heard it again, your voice sounded so clear for the first time. And an image of something flashed in my mind. It was you on the lakeshore, yelling. But I couldn’t see you clearly. I could just hear your voice. And when you said my name it was always the loudest.”

He held up the notebook.

“And I knew all of this. I had written it all down. I feel it in my very bones that Mahal sent you to me. Yet I almost threw it all away. And for what, my stubborn pride?”

“Fili,” Sigrid started though she didn’t know what she was going to say. It just felt good to say his name.

“Uncle came by late last night. He had found out what happened,” Fili sighed. “I honestly thought he was going to kill me, the way he glared at me, the look of betrayal.”

Fili shuddered, “I remember that look. From just before the battle. Good things didn’t follow. But then he just looked ragged and worn down. And he sat here with me...and he couldn’t believe I hadn’t learned from his mistakes. That you couldn’t be so blind to not see the one person in front of you trying to save you. Because when you throw it all away, there’s never a guarantee you’ll get it back.”

Sigrid didn’t know what had happened to King Thorin but she assumed he meant Bilbo. She remembered watching how Thorin was around Bilbo, how much reverence was in his eyes every time Bilbo talked. Yet also so much caution, as if some spell would break at any moment.

“He said we were lucky. That the people who loved us...that we didn’t deserve...were so gracious to have forgiven us.”

Sigrid bit her lip, finding it hard to look at Fili. She instead looked at their hands, she gently rubbed her thumb along the back of his hand like she had when he was asleep.

“Do you truly forgive me, Sigrid? I don’t want you to say it just because…”

“Yes, Fili. I truly forgive you. I knew this was going to be difficult but I should’ve taken a step back and given it more time, instead of pushing you,” she said looking up at him.

He shook his head quickly, “You did nothing in this, so don’t believe that for a moment. I needed to step it up.”

Sigrid sighed, “Fili, I had two months to think things through and I gave you barely a few weeks.”

“Still, if I had been thoughtful I wouldn’t have brought up the courting so soon and I would have told Thorin that he was wrong to push it. I have to take responsibility for this, Sigrid. I’m the Crown Prince, I can’t make mistakes like this. I can’t take these kinds of risks.”

Sigrid nodded as he squeezed her hand continuing softly, “And I'm sorry you had to suffer through this with me.”

Tauriel knocked on the door, “Come in,” Fili sighed.

“Prince Fili,” she inclined her head, “Lady Sigrid, we should head out.”

Sigrid nodded and stood. Fili was more hesitant in letting her hand go. He quickly brought it to his lips and kissed her hand. “I’ll see you next week when you arrive with your father. I will do you proud, my sunshine.”

Sigrid smiled, and leaned down to place a kiss on his forehead before turning and leaving.

They reached the stables where King Thorin was waiting for them. Sigrid curtsied and Tauriel bowed. King Thorin approached Sigrid hesitantly, “Lady Sigrid,” he took a breath. “I would like to apologize for the actions of my nephew yesterday.”

“All has been forgiven, your majesty.”

“Yes, so I’ve heard. But affairs of the heart do not mend so easily. I wished to tell you that should you and your father decide this arrangement is no longer beneficial, myself and the Crown Prince will understand.”

Sigrid wasn’t sure what to say. She knew her father would be angry, but she hoped he wouldn’t dismiss the idea completely.

King Thorin produced a letter from his coat, “I have written to Lord Bard, if you could find an appropriate time to give this to him, it would be appreciated.”

Sigrid took it and tucked it safely into her jacket.

“I thank you, Lady Sigrid, for your loyalty to the kingdom of Erebor. And I hope that we have not tarnished our reputation irreparably.”

He gave a quick bow then, which she returned, and walked away.

Tauriel and Sigrid mounted their horses and headed back to Dale.

No one was home when they arrived. Everything had gone back to normal since the storm had passed. Tauriel took her leave, leaving Sigrid alone with only an empty house and her thoughts. She sat at the dining table for a few moments, then went to fetch the dress she needed to wash. She hated for anyone to find it and think it was her blood. She was luckily able to get it all out.

She spent the rest of the day picking up and cleaning the house. Even though it was clean, she found herself wanting to do anything but sit or leave or the house. She had no interest in entertaining anyone. She would occasionally check that the letter was still in the pocket of her dress. She wanted to know what it said, but she didn’t dare break the seal. She felt like it would be best to tell her father what happened first, then give the letter after.

When the door opened later that afternoon, she expected it to be Tilda back from school. She didn’t expect her father.

“You’re home early!” she said, caught off guard.

He hadn’t looked at her yet, he was taking off his boots and hanging up his coat in the hall.

“Meetings went well today and many are still trying to get settled after the storm. I’ve been trying to have earlier days as we try to get out ahead of spring.”

“That’s great to hear,” was all she said back, finally coming out of the kitchen to meet him. She tried to plaster on a smile.

He looked up at her and immediately frowned, “What’s wrong? What happened?”

She bit her lip, “Nothings wrong...anymore.”

He walked up to her quickly, putting his arms on her shoulders and looking at her, “Are you hurt, did something happen on the road?”

She shook her head, he paused, “What happened in Erebor?” he said, his tone deepening.

She sighed, “Something happened. But I’m not hurt. No one harmed me, Fili and I just had a fight.”

“A fight?”

She nodded.

He guided her to the dining table and sat next to her, their chairs facing each other.

“What kind of fight?”

“Oin and I were trying to help him with walking, Oin had built this contraption that would help him move on his own. And he got upset. He then told me that I never believed he would get better and that I just wanted him to give up so that I could stop having to take care of him.”

“He said that to you, truly?”

Sigrid nodded, “And I handled it poorly and we nearly broke off everything when he wouldn’t tell me if he cared for me or not.”

“After all you have done, that arrogant, prideful…” Bard made to stand.

Sigrid pulled him back down, “I know Da, he messed up. But we talked through it, and I forgave him.”

Bard shook his head, “Sigrid, you don’t have to do this. He clearly doesn’t understand or respect you.”

Sigrid sighed, “He does Da, he just. He hasn’t had any time to actually get better or figure things out.”

“But that’s not your fault, Sigrid.”

“I know, Da. He knows and he wouldn’t even let me take any responsibility for anything.”

“As you shouldn’t.”

Bard did stand then, he paced a bit near the chairs, “And what did King Thorin have to say. Did he even put his nephew straight?”

“He did, and he apologized to me.”

Sigrid pulled out the letter, “He also wanted me to give this to you.”

Bard took the letter and sat back down, unsealing the wax and opening the letter.

She watched his eyes scan carefully through the document.

Once he was done, he slid the letter to Sigrid, she scanned it quickly.

King Thorin apologized for the Crown Prince’s actions. He also took full responsibility and blame for the entire thing. He apologized that he should have been caring for and treating the Crown Prince as his nephew during this difficult recovery time, but was blinded by the need to secure Erebor and its allies. It was his fault that things were done too quickly and both the Crown Prince and Lady Sigrid were not given adequate time. If Lord Bard wished, he would dissolve the entire thing immediately and hoped that they could remain trade partners and allies. He was willing to pay for his and the Crown Prince’s mistakes in gold should Lady Sigrid choose to walk away to show their true sorrow in losing such an admirable and loyal woman.

“Wow,” was all Sigrid could say.

Bard nodded, “Sigrid, what do you want to do? You don’t need to do this for anyone but yourself, if that is what you truly want. And if you decide not to, I will support you.”

“Da, I know that what Prince Fili did was wrong, but I still feel in my heart that I could not bear to be with anyone but him, nor to see him be with anyone else. I love him Da, as much as it doesn’t make sense.”

Bard sighed and leaned forward to gently kiss her forehead, “Alright. If this is what you wish, but it is not without consequences.”

Sigrid nodded.

“I’m pushing back the meeting another week, though he’s lucky I don’t push it back a month. Prince Fili and King Thorin need time to contemplate this whole ordeal. And you,” he looked at Sigrid, “will not be returning to the mountain until I do.”

“Da,” she started.

He shook his head, “Prince Fili clearly needs to spend some time alone thinking through everything as well as working on his recovery without a crutch. It is for the best Sigrid, he has been far too dependent on you and needs to take some time to figure things out on his own.”

Sigrid nodded. Her father was right.

Bard stood and went to his office. He returned with a letter and headed to the door. “I will have this letter delivered to the mountain tonight with our decision.”

She nodded and he left the house.

She leaned back in the chair and pressed the heels of her palms to her eyes. She eventually stood and started work on dinner. Tilda soon burst in, followed not far behind by Bain.

Bard eventually returned and there was no more discussion of Princes or Kingdoms. The letter was delivered and a raven arrived the next morning to say that the King and Crown Prince had accepted the offer and they thanked them for their graciousness.

---

Sigrid wondered if Fili was utilizing the wheeled chair that Oin had created. She truly thought that it was a remarkable piece of ingenuity. If it worked, she would like to see the cost of making them for a few of the citizens of Dale, who had a hard time getting around. She didn’t know how it would work on the paved stones of Dale, but if carts could make their way, then surely a smaller personal cart would as well.

The next two weeks dragged on, but Sigrid found herself diving into new projects and found that everyone seemed more lively and energetic as the first feelings that winter was slowly ending. Sigrid joined her father at council meetings and helped to solidify the emergency response council. She also created a council to work on plans for the school and the market and arts district. She threw herself into work. And when she got home at night she thought of Fili, and hoped he was doing well, wanting to tell him everything going on in Dale. She hoped he would get to see how much Dale had progressed soon.

The morning finally arrived that they would head back to Erebor. Tauriel had been back there a few times and had brought back news to Sigrid about Fili’s progression. It seemed all positive. The 3 of them set out to Erebor. It was a mild day for the end of February. Already the ground had thawed enough that they could see the fields were being tilled as they rode. The planting had also already been started almost a month prior in greenhouses that Bilbo had designed.

Sigrid was nervous. She wondered if the butterflies in her stomach would ever subside. They arrived at the gate and dismounted, their horses being led away by the dwarves who ran the stables. Balin was there to greet them and walked with them through the main gates of Erebor. As they approached the main entryway in front of the throne room, Sigrid froze. She could see Fili there next to Thorin. Balin announced them and Bard and Sigrid bowed. Sigrid couldn’t wipe the smile that was plastered on her face at not only seeing Fili, but seeing him out of his room, dressed like a Prince, sitting in his wheeled chair. Thorin stood proudly next to him.

“Lord Bard, Lady Sigrid, I am incredibly pleased to see you in Erebor once again,” King Thorin said, approaching them. Sigrid’s heart fluttered as she watched Fili navigate himself over as well with ease. She wanted to reach out and hug him, and the attempt at keeping herself restrained was barely getting her by.

“We are... excited to be here,” he looked down at Sigrid, who smiled and nodded.

“Lord Bard, if I may,” Fili started,” I wanted to apologize to you now in person for my behavior towards Lady Sigrid when she was last here. It was dishonorable and disrespectful.”

“I look forward to you proving that your apology holds meaning in our meeting this afternoon, Prince Fili.”

“Of course, I do not plan to disappoint you or Lady Sigrid.”

Fili smiled at Sigrid and she nodded and smiled back. Having clasped her hands tightly in front of her to keep from reaching out for him.

“I’m sure you would like to get settled, Balin and Prince Fili will show you to your rooms. I must excuse myself to attend a council meeting. I will see you at lunch.”

King Thorin excused himself to the throne room behind him while Balin walked ahead with Lord Bard and Fili and Sigrid followed behind.

She rested her hand on his shoulder and squeezed it gently. She just wanted to be alone so she could ask him all about it. It was so amazing to see him out of a bed for the first time since the battle.

Balin showed Bard to his room promising to return in an hour for lunch, then continued on with Prince Fili and Lady Sigrid. About halfway there he paused, “I believe Prince Fili knows the way to your room, Lady Sigrid, if you would excuse me.”

He bowed and turned to leave.

Fili and Sigrid went the rest of the way to the room where she opened the door and held it open for Fili to navigate his way in. She closed the door and smiled at him.

“Sigrid,” all he had to do was say her name and she took the two steps to get to him and wrapped her arms around his neck. She had told herself to take it slow, but now in his presence she couldn’t resist.

He wrapped his arms around her waist and pulled her gently into his lap.

“Well isn’t this convenient” Sigrid laughed.

“I should’ve listened to you. I should always listen to you,” he said, giving a quick kiss to her neck as they were close together.

She shivered from the new sensation and leaned back just enough to be able to kiss him properly.

“I missed you,” she murmured into the kiss.

“I missed you as well.”

Finally they broke apart, “I’m not hurting you am I?”

“No, not at all.”

She smiled, “Now, tell me everything I’ve missed, because clearly it's a lot.”

Fili laughed.

“Also, you look great. I don’t think I’ve ever seen you wear something like this,” she said, running her hand over his shoulder.

He looked down, “I haven’t ever. We never wore anything like this in the Blue Mountains and then on the quest you saw me in traveling clothes.”

“Well it suits you.”

He pulled her in for another kiss.

“Now tell me,” she smiled, “Wait, first, what are these?” She said, pulling at his hands. She had noticed he wore fingerless gloves on both hands that looked made of leather.

“Oh these are great! They help cut down on tearing up my hands.”

Sigrid frowned.

“Yeah, we noticed after the first couple days I had awful cuts and burns on my palms from pushing it around and also slowing the wheels down by hand. We wear a similar thing under our bracers, so we just modified them by cutting off the excess.”

“How interesting! So when did you first start?”

“I tried it out the day after you left. It was awful at first. I hadn’t realized how much strength I had lost in my arms as well. This probably would’ve been a simple task before the battle, but I’ve had to really work hard at it. It was also incredibly clunky and hard to maneuver, so Oin made some modifications. This is a second version, it’s lighter and more compact and easier to steer. Which means making it around the millions of corners in this place has been much better.”

“Have you been using it since then?”

“Everyday! I wake up like normal and will eat with everyone else. I’ve attended council meetings and seen the repairs to the mountain. I usually still take a nap in the afternoon after my workout, but then am fine again until I go to sleep for the night.”

“How are workouts going?”

“Better. I can now go to Oin in the medical ward and that has helped. I also have been going to the training facilities and strengthening other areas as well.”

“Fili, that’s wonderful! I’m so proud of you.”

“I don’t know why you stayed in Dale, but I think it was good for me. I needed to do it myself, I needed to get out of my own head about it.”

“That was my father’s choice. He said the same thing, you needed to not depend on me so much.”

“Your father is a good man and a good leader.”

Sigrid smiled.

There was a knock at the door.

She stood and answered it. It was Balin coming to fetch them for lunch.

Sigrid couldn’t believe it had already been an hour.

They made their way to Bard and headed to the dining room. King Thorin and Bilbo were already there. Kili, Tauriel, and Oin were also joining them it seemed, alongside Balin. A chair was pulled out for Sigrid, with Bard sitting on one side of her, and Fili the other. She watched as Fili easily and seamlessly pulled out the chair, pushed himself out of his wheeled chair and into the seat as if he had been doing it forever. Balin pushed the wheeled chair out of the way before seating himself next to Fili at the end of the table, opposite Thorin.

Lunch was a fairly casual affair. They spoke about how Dale was coming along, what the spring and summer might hold. Sigrid was honestly surprised that Tauriel had been invited. She would have to ask her friend if King Thorin had finally accepted the fact Kili and Tauriel would be together. He had flat out refused the moment he had woken up, but she hoped that this would prove beneficial to relations with the elves as well.

She and Fili would occasionally find each other's hands under the table throughout lunch, and she couldn't help but smile every time she felt his hand find hers. She wondered what her father had planned for the meeting this afternoon.

Notes:

Can't keep our two lovebirds separated for too long! It's almost Fili's time to prove himself.

See you on Sunday for the next chapter!

Chapter 12

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Soon enough, lunch was over.

Everyone headed out into the hallway, except Balin, Fili, Bard, and Thorin.

Sigrid turned, “Oh, is this happening now then?”

Bard nodded.

“Tauriel and Kili will make sure you find your way back to your room, we will find you once we are finished,” Balin stated.

Sigrid nodded her agreement but felt her stomach tighten nervously, “alright.”

She curtsied, “King Thorin.”

He inclined her head towards her.

She gave her father a quick hug and gave him a look and he just smiled at her.

She turned to Fili, “Prince Fili,” she curtsied. “Good luck,” she mouthed as she turned to walk away.

The door was shut behind her. She would’ve sat outside listening but Dwalin gave her a look and moved to stand in front of the door. She sighed and walked with Tauriel and Kili back to the room.

“He’ll be fine,” Kili promised as they arrived back at the room and sat together in the sitting room.

“You don’t understand, my father will not go easy on him.”

“If anyone can handle it, it's Fi. He was made for this,” Kili sprawled on the couch, his head in Tauriel’s lap.

Sigrid waited for the day that Fili and her could be so comfortable.

“Has King Thorin agreed to your relationship finally?” Sigrid asked, hopeful for them.

Tauriel smiled, but Kili didn’t look so convinced, “In not so many words. But he’s not against the idea. I think he doesn’t want to make Mum mad. It’s really her that will be the final say. But she’s going to love Tauriel. And besides, after all Tauriel’s done for me, she can’t say no.”

Sigrid smiled at the thought of the four of them running around Erebor, planning their weddings and lives together, it was an unexpected but happy future that she now wished to happen.

“Do you know if she’s left the Blue Mountains?”

“Not yet, but I wouldn’t put it past her to surprise us all by showing up.” Kili sat up, “So what do you think they’ll ask him?”

“I’m sure similar to what I was asked, but also how does he plan to prove himself after what happened. How will he support Dale? I honestly don’t know, my Da wouldn’t tell me.”

Kili hummed, not saying any particular thought he had about it, and changed the subject.

Tea was served at some point. They talked about archery, now that Kili was well enough to begin light training again with Tauriel. They both agreed to show Sigrid how, adding to all her skills she was slowly learning. Kili told them stories about their time in the Blue Mountains and regaled them both with the entire story of the quest. He waxed poetic about how he fell in love with Tauriel the moment she threw her knife over his shoulder killing the spider.

Sigrid laughed and smiled and genuinely felt at ease for a while.

There was a knock at the door eventually, which Sigrid answered.

It was Balin, “King Thorin and Lord Bard request your presence.”

“Of course.”

Sigrid looked back at Kili and Tauriel who gave quick waves before the door closed behind her.

She followed behind Balin silently, afraid to ask any questions.

When the door opened to the dining room, Sigrid found the three of them talking casually, which she hoped was a good sign.

“Lady Sigrid,” King Thorin greeted her, “please take a seat. He gestured to the chair next to Fili.

Her father and King Thorin now sat opposite her and Fili and Balin took up a spot on the other side of Thorin.

Her father smiled at her so she knew that this was going to go well.

She looked towards Fili. He was smiling though he looked a bit haggard.

Once she was seated, Fili found her hand under the table and squeezed it gently. She squeezed back.

“Lady Sigrid,” Thorin began, “your father has questioned Prince Fili and deemed him worthy of your hand in marriage.”

Sigrid smiled and squeezed Fili’s hand, looking at her father. “Thank you, Da.”

“Don’t thank me, thank Prince Fili. He showed me that his apology truly held weight and that he will love, protect, care for, AND respect you the way that I expect from your future husband. As you yourself stated, I found he possesses traits that I myself also value and make me trust in the merit you’ve given him.”

King Thorin continued, “and you as well, Lady Sigrid, have shown true quality and proven to me consistently for the last 3 months that you are an admirable and hardworking woman who will honor and protect the kingdom of Erebor now and as future queen.”

Sigrid blushed a bit and it was Fili’s turn to squeeze her hand.

“We both fully support your courtship and marriage and look forward to connecting our kingdoms and citizens.”

Lord Bard nodded along in agreement.

“Since it has been a long day for everyone, we will sign the contractual part of the courtship and pre-marriage agreement tomorrow morning if that suits everyone,” Balin stated.

Everyone in the room nodded in agreement.

They all stood and Sigrid went to hug her father.

“You didn’t let him off easy did you?” She whispered.

“Not for a second. I’m sure he’ll tell you all about it.”

Sigrid nodded and smiled. She bowed to King Thorin.

“You go ahead, Sigrid. I’ll meet you for dinner this evening,” Bard said.

Sigrid and Fili left. As soon as they were away from the door, Fili maneuvered quickly down a hallway, grabbing Sigrid with him. He pulled her to him and they kissed deeply right there in the hallway, though no one was around to witness it.

Sigrid stood up still holding Fili’s hand, her breath shaky.

“I couldn’t wait until we got back to do that,” he smiled.

She beamed, “I love you.” She didn’t question whether or not it was too early, and she tried not to overthink it.

“I love you too,” he returned easily and she felt her heart skip a beat.

They continued back to the rooms where Kili and Tauriel waited anxiously.

Kili jumped up off the couch where he was half asleep when they came in.

“Tell us everything!”

“Is everything worked out?” Tauriel looked worried.

Fili nodded, “Yes, Lord Bard and King Thorin have agreed to let us court and get married.”

Kili whooped and Tauriel clapped her hands together.

“We are so excited for you both.”

“Now tell us what happened!” Kili sat back down on the couch next to Tauriel, anxiously waiting.

Sigrid sat down in one of the chairs and Fili set himself next to her, stretching out his legs in front of him, where they had been resting on the footrests of his chair.

She reached out for his hand, which he took eagerly.

“Some of the questions I expected and had planned for -- how would I support Dale, what do you know about Sigrid, explain to me what happened the other day, how will you support her learning the language and customs of Erebor...” He took a deep breath, “The other ones though, your father really wanted to test me.”

“What did he ask?”

“The single hardest question he asked,” Fili shook his head, “we haven’t talked about it yet, but I’ve thought about it a lot. And it’s one thing that scares me the most.” He looked Sigrid in the eyes.

“It was one thought that I couldn’t shake the other day when I pushed you away.”

Sigrid nodded waiting.

“He brought up the fact that men only live a third of our own lifespan,” Fili looked away to the floor, “he asked how I would handle the fact that you will age faster than I and pass long before my own eventual passing.”

Everyone in the room took a collective breath.

“Oh, Fili,” Sigrid whispered. She had honestly never thought about it. She knew Fili was much older than her in years. Though still treated much like her in dwarves eyes. She didn’t particularly like to think about death and mortality. Especially as her mother had died so young and in childbirth no doubt. Sigrid realized Fili didn’t know that, but her father did.

“I told him that I would never stop loving you,” he looked at her then, “that I would care for you as you have cared for me. I’d never abandon you. And when you do pass, there will be no queen who sits on the throne of Erebor until my heir takes over. And that our children and grandchildren and citizens of Erebor will always know your name and your spirit.”

“Fili, you must know something, which I know is why he asked that question.”

He looked at her. She took a steadying breath.

“I’ve never seen two people so in love as I did my mother and father. As you’ve probably noticed, she is not around,” Sigrid never spoke about her mother out loud. She even avoided talking about it with Tilda and Bain because it still hurt too much. “My mother died after giving birth to Tilda, from complications from the pregnancy and birth.” Sigrid looked at the floor, “It took my father many years to smile again and I know it still pains him today. We are fragile people, Fili.”

Fili took her hand and kissed it. “The risk is great, but I would rather live one lifetime loving you, then never have the chance to love you.”

Sigrid smiled and leaned down to kiss him.

She could hear Kili quietly ask Tauriel if she’s thought about his death. “Of course, my love. But let us not speak of it now.”

Typical Kili broke the somber mood, “I’m starving! We should find some dinner!”

Everyone appreciated Kili in that moment and they all headed out. Sigrid remembered that her father wanted to get dinner though, so instead of heading towards the kitchens they headed to see first if Bard was in his room, he wasn’t, so they headed back to the dining room.

The door was open and Balin was there, “Perfect timing. King Thorin and Lord Bard should be back soon. But they had requested you all join them for dinner.”

Dinner was an easy affair. Bilbo had come before Bard and Thorin had returned and congratulated Sigrid and Fili.

After dinner, the four of them returned to Tauriel and Sigrid’s room. They spent the evening talking and shared some late night dessert from the kitchens that Kili managed to get from Bombur.

Eventually Tauriel escorted Kili back to his room and Fili and Sigrid kissed and left for their own. Back in her room, and alone for the first time, Sigrid finally sat down on the bed, taking in all the events of the day. She changed into her nightgown and brushed out her hair, plaiting it simply down her back. She rummaged through her bag and at the very bottom pulled out a journal. It wasn’t for her. It was her courting gift for Fili. She ran her fingers over the leather and felt the carving. She remembered how he talked about giving her a courting gift and if there was going to be a time for it, it would most likely be tomorrow. She wasn’t sure if she was supposed to give one as well, but she had spent the last two weeks learning how to make it just in case. She had learned how to bind the pages from the new librarian, former bookkeeper for the master, and had found a leather maker to show her how to carve it.

It had a few mistakes and some of the pages were a bit lopsided, but she had made it by hand. She was skilled in sewing and knitting but she hadn’t wanted her first gift to be a blanket or mittens. Although she already had an idea for a quilt for a future gift, she would’ve never found all the supplies she needed in the past two weeks or found all the time necessary for a project the scale she wished to make. No, that would be for another present at another time. She tucked the journal back into her bag for safekeeping.

She laid back in bed, staring at the ceiling. She was tired, but she felt restless. She had spent so few nights on this bed while she was in Erebor. It felt strange not to be next to Fili, watching his slow breathing and eventually falling asleep to the rhythm of it. She knew it’d be inappropriate to do that still. He no longer was in danger of dying during the night, which was partly why she always stayed near, and there was no need to wait for him to wake at any time. But the connection had been severed so quickly, how she always held his hand as she fell asleep, and now to be torn apart from that for the sake of what was ‘proper courtship’.

She sighed and slid out of bed, a thought forming in her mind. She stood next to the secret door for a few moments, listening for any sounds or voices she heard none. If he was asleep she would just be checking on him then she would go back to sleep in her own bed. And if he was awake, well, she still was just checking on him. Afterall, wasn’t that what she had done for months now? No one had told her to stop yet. When she finally was sure no one else was in there with him, or would discover her door, she slowly and as quietly as possible clicked the lock open. She lifted the handle and pushed gently. If he was awake, no doubt he would see the curtain move.

She opened it just enough so she could slip through and poked her head around. The lamp at his bedside was still lit and he sat up writing in his journal. It was such a nice sight, his brow slightly wrinkled in concentration as his hand moved quickly across the page. Maybe it was better she left him alone, she’d just go back to bed.

She had misjudged the small space she had made for herself though and bumped into the wall, hitting her head slightly. She made a small noise of pain, though it passed quick enough. Except he had heard her.

He looked up and smiled, noticing the door open, “Sigrid?”

She hummed in acknowledgement as she rubbed the back of her head.

“Are you ok?”

“Yes, I’m fine. I was actually checking on you, but seemed to make a mess of it all. I’m sorry I bothered you.”

“No, wait Sigrid. Please come in.”

She pushed the door open a bit more to move more gracefully through it, then slid it back shut.

She rubbed the back of her head absentmindedly with her hand as she walked towards the bed.

“Are you hurt?”

She shook her head, “Just didn’t realize how close I was and bumped it a bit is all.”

He didn’t look convinced and pulled her close, turning her so that he could examine her head.

“Alright, it doesn’t look like you did anything.”

She turned back around and smiled, “Thank you for checking.”

“Of course. So you were just checking on me?”

“Yes, I wanted to make sure you were ok after today. We didn’t really get a chance to talk alone.”

She sat on the edge of her chair, which she noticed was still in the same spot, as if it was just waiting for her to come back.

He smiled, “I’m a little bit in shock about all of it still, but it’s a good feeling.”

He took her hand, “Oh, Sigrid, your hand is freezing.”

She hadn’t noticed really, but she suddenly realized she was cold.

“Is the fire going in your room?” he said, concerned.

She thought about it, she hadn’t thought about building it back up and shook her head, “I don’t think so.”

He tutted, and threw back his covers, “Well come here then and warm up first, then we will get your fireplace started.”

She hesitated. He was shirtless and she just had on her nightgown. What if someone saw them? She looked towards the door.

He noticed, “You don’t have to, but I promise no one will come in.”

She looked back at him and let him guide her under the covers. He wrapped one arm around her shoulders and she rested her head on his shoulder and chest.

She hummed, “you’re so warm.” She snuggled closer to him and he laughed.

He gently closed the journal and set it off to the side, pulling her in. He kissed her gently on the top of the head.

She kept her hands tucked close to her body, not wanting to make him uncomfortable by touching his bare skin. She’d never been this close to him with his shirt off except when she applied the ointment Oin required. And aside from that one time she touched the scars on his arm. Now that she was even closer she could see a lot of scars now, all over his chest.

“You have so many scars,” she whispered, not really intending to say it out loud.

“Oh, yeah. They’re very surface level, but I never really took care of them properly to keep them from scaring.”

“Do you remember how you got them all?”

“Some of the bigger ones yes, but these” he pointed to a couple smaller ones, “were just random training injuries, or things that happened that I didn’t notice until later. I’m not really someone you would call cautious.”

Sigrid chuckled, “I’ve noticed.”

“Do you have any scars?” he asked, a bit hesitant.

“Not like these. A few random ones on my hands where I’ve nicked myself with a knife or sewing needle. A few scraped up knees…” she was trying to remember, “Oh wait, yes. I always forget about it because I can’t ever see it.”

Sigrid sat up a bit and held out her right arm in front of her over Fili’s chest. She twisted it a bit trying to find the best angle.

“It starts just there”, she pointed to a place where her forearm met her elbow, “and runs along my elbow and up the back side of my arm.”

Fili held onto her arm gently, “I see it,” and traced the white scar with his finger. It was a strange sensation. She settled back where she had been. Though Fili still held onto her arm gently, so she rested it across his chest.

“What happened?”

“I was on Da’s boat. Mind you, the one and only time I’ve been on it, and all because of this scar.”

Fili chuckled.

“I went out to help him one day because his usual guy wasn’t available and he couldn’t do it himself. We had managed the entire morning with no incidents. I can’t quite remember what happened because it all happened really fast. But we were unloading at the docks, almost done. And somehow I was in the way and a fish hook, you know one of the larger ones, it just caught me just right and sliced my arm right open. It luckily wasn’t too deep but there was blood everywhere.”

“I bet your father was upset.”

“Oh, at first he was just of the tough it out mindset, but that lasted for a moment until he saw all the blood, then he went pale and was super worried. I ended up ripping the entire end of my dress apart to tie up my arm.”

“Smart thinking.”

“By the time I got to the doctor, it was soaked through and I needed 30 stitches.” Sigrid shrugged, “And he never let me on his boat again.”

“It never really healed properly because it's terribly difficult to keep your arm straight when you are caring for a toddler and a child and doing other housework.”

“You do so much for everyone, Sigrid,” Fili pulled her in close again.

“Sometimes you just have to.”

“I’m going to spend my life making sure you don’t have to,” he whispered into her hair.

She looked up at him and smiled, “You’re going to have a hard time stopping me,” she said in jest.

“Challenge accepted,” he smiled down at her, leaning in to kiss her.

She pushed herself up gently to meet him, taking her hand from where it rested across his chest and running her fingers over his jawline.

He turned slightly, so his chest was in line with hers and wrapped his free arm around her waist, his hand splayed out across her back.

She scooted closer to him, deepening the kiss. He paused for a second and then she felt him smile into the kiss. He pulled away just slightly and kissed the corner of her mouth and her jawbone, slowly moving towards her neck. She turned her head slightly, giving him better access and let her hand trail down his neck and to his chest and then back up to his shoulder.

He gave a soft moan into her neck as he kissed it gently.

He leaned back and looked down at her, one of his braids hung loosely in front of his face. She reached up and ran her fingers across his temple and in one motion tucked the braid behind his ear.

“I love you,” he whispered to her.

“I love you,” she replied and leaned in to kiss him again. She let her hand wander to the back of his neck and slightly into his hair. His hand ran across her back and found her hip, where he softly ran his thumb along the side of her waist.

They stayed there like that for a while, enjoying the soft touches and lingering kisses. She found herself wishing for more, but knew better. More could lead to trouble in this moment. At one point as her hand roamed over his chest, she felt her fingers graze over the top half of his scar.

He took a shuddering breath and leaned back from kissing her.

“I’m sorry,” she started,

“S’ok. it’s just sensitive. I think the feeling is finally coming back.”

“Could you not feel anything there before?”

He shook his head, “only the temperature, like the cold stuff you would put on it, but I could never actually feel you put it on.”

Sigrid leaned back a bit to see the scar, and Fili obliged by rolling back onto his back.

It was still quite pink, but was starting to turn white around the edges.

She didn’t reach out to touch it again, but instead snuggled back up next to his chest, giving his shoulder a kiss.

“I’m glad you decided to come check on me,” Fili whispered

“I am too.”

“I’d love for you to stay forever.”

“But I can’t.”

“Let’s go get that fire started.”

Sigrid nodded and pushed herself up, but not before leaning forward and kissing him again.

“You’re not making this easier,” he said when she pulled away.

She smiled and slid out from under the covers.

The room was chilly outside the sheets.

Fili flipped the covers up and slid onto the edge of the bed.

He was only wearing loose trousers and Sigrid quickly looked away, spotting his wheeled chair just at the foot of the bed. She pushed it over.

He slid off the bed and stood leaning most of the weight against the bed with his hip, but he was standing.

“Fili!”

He looked at her confused, “What’s wrong??” he asked as he took the chair from her and sat down.

“You didn’t tell me you can stand!” she whispered loudly.

He smiled, “I don’t know that I would count that as standing.”

She rolled her eyes, “Fili, that’s fantastic.” She smacked him on the shoulder, “you should’ve told me!”

He smiled, “Maybe I wanted to surprise you.”

“Well you did, and I’m so proud of you.”

She walked in front of him and opened the door, checking to make sure Tauriel wasn’t there, she wasn’t, and then held it open for him.

As she had suspected, the fire was completely cold.

Fili looked at her and shook his head, “it’s freezing in here.”

“I realize that now,” she chuckled.

“Luckily there are still some embers in here, hand me some of that wood,” he gestured to a basket on the opposite side of the fireplace.

She gathered some up and set them into the fireplace. After a bit of kindling and some poking, and eventually a match, the two of them got the fire lit. Fili gently pulled Sigrid into his lap as the fire slowly built. He wrapped his arms around her, keeping her warm.

“Are you always this warm?” she asked.

“Pretty much, I mean I get cold if I’m outside in the snow, but for the most part my body runs pretty hot.”

“I’m glad, I always am cold, especially my hands and feet.”

He quickly took her hands in his and held them against his chest.

Soon enough the fire was at a good size and the room had started to warm.

“We should sleep now,” Sigrid said, yawning.

Fili smiled, releasing her hands, which were now nice and warm.

She stood and walked with him to the door, which she held open. She leaned down and kissed him.

“Good night, Fili.”

“Good night, Sigrid.”

He went through and pushed the door closed silently behind him.

She climbed into bed and fell asleep quickly and restfully.

Notes:

We are roughly a third of the way through this story! Thank you all for being on this journey with me! Please leave a kudos or comment if you can, they make my day!

And remember you can find me at https://polymathicdragon.tumblr.com/

Next update on Wednesday!

Chapter 13

Notes:

Hello! Let me just say quick that I am so sorry for the delay! This week was just really off for me and it wasn't until this morning that I realized I totally missed the Wednesday post! More from me at the end, enjoy!

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Sigrid woke the next morning excited about the meeting with King Thorin and her father. Though she was still nervous that something could go wrong. She was especially worried that she would make some error, having no real idea what was involved in a courtship. She had read so many fairytales to Tilda and Bain over the years, but now that she was in it, she wished for it all to be easy.

Sigrid had brought along her best dress, though she imagined it was still far from the dresses of real princesses, it was her favorite. It was a dark blue color with lace around the neck and wrists and she had found it a few months ago while cleaning out their new home in Dale. She had been surprised that it had fit with only minor alterations needed. And it was in surprisingly good condition. She left her hair down in loose waves, unsure of any customary hairstyles she should be using.

A small tray of breakfast had been left and she ate carefully to avoid any spills. The journal for Fili sat next to her. Knowing she’d wear the dress she had made a simple pocket in the folds of the dress to hide it.

She gently tucked the journal in the pocket just as there was a knock on her door. She opened the door to see Fili there, also dressed in blue. She wondered if maybe she shouldn't be wearing the color, but the way he looked at her made her suddenly not care.

“Sigrid. You look beautiful,” he took her hand, “I’ve never seen this dress before, is it new?”

She smiled, “new for me, I found it in a trunk in our house, left from years ago.”

“It’s perfect,” he smiled.

“Plus, we match,” she smiled back, closing the door as they walked down the hall together.

“It’s remarkable that you would choose to wear that dress today, after all, this blue is the color of the royal family.”

Sigrid blinked, “you’re joking.”

Fili chuckled, “I would never. It’s Durin blue, those descendants of Durin who rule over Erebor wear this color.”

“Should I change then?”

Fili shook his head, “I think it is a very good sign that you chose that color. And I think Balin will appreciate it as well.”

They arrived at a different room than the one she had been in for so many other meetings. This seemed more like a council room as stone statues made up each of the pillars.

“Past Kings,” Fili whispered, noticing Sigrid looking at them.

King Thorin and Lord Bard had already arrived and so had Balin, as well as Ori, who was the official scribe.

They were all seated and King Thorin started.

“Today, we will be discussing the courtship and eventual marriage of Crown Prince Fili of Erebor and Lady Sigrid of Dale. Lord Bard of Dale, and I, King Thorin of Erebor have come to an agreement that mutually benefits all parties. We will now discuss the agreement so that all concerns can be brought forth.”

Balin stood and unrolled a rather large parchment and began to read from it, meanwhile Ori quietly, but quickly, took notes.

“From this day forth, February 27, 2942, the Kingdom of Erebor and the City of Dale recognize the courtship of Crown Prince Fili of Erebor and Lady Sigrid of Dale. Courtship shall last as long as the couple see fit, lasting no more than one year from this date and culminating in a marriage in the traditions of both men and dwarves.

Courtship will require that each of the above mentioned courting parties spend time at the others home to learn the customs, language, and traditions. Through this courtship, the Lady Sigrid of Dale will be authorized to learn the ancient and spoken language of Khuzdul as well as the unspoken language of Iglishmêk. A minimum of three courting gifts will be exchanged, to be made by the individuals own hand using their own skills and talents, and each party must verbally accept the gift. If any gift is not made by the individual and/or is not accepted, then the courtship will be halted and reconsidered by both parties.

Should either party wish to end the courtship there will be no further exchange of gifts and those gifts already received will be returned to the original maker. Furthermore, no payments will be made to either party by their representative people and government. If the courtship should end, the Kingdom of Erebor and the City of Dale shall remain trade partners and allies. Should the courtship end, the Lady Sigrid of Dale must immediately stop all study in the Dwarven languages and not use them henceforth with either Dwarves or non-Dwarves. Continued unauthorized use will result in punishment deemed appropriate by the King of Erebor.

Should courtship continue, the courting party will arrange a wedding date(s) in the traditions of both men and dwarves. The marriage will henceforth recognize the Lady Sigrid of Dale as the Crown Princess of Erebor in title only as related to Crown Prince Fili. Lady Sigrid of Dale, as Crown Princess Sigrid of Erebor, shall have no claim to the throne in the event of Crown Prince Fili’s death or in the event of a dissolution of marriage initiated by either party.

Upon successful courtship and with a wedding date secured this contract will be reviewed and amended for the addition of recognizing a successful courtship and the marriage of Crown Prince Fili of Erebor and Lady Sigrid of Dale and outline all rights, responsibilities, and stipulations required by the Kingdom of Erebor and the City of Dale.

This includes that the marriage of Crown Prince Fili and Lady Sigrid of Dale shall be consummated within 3 months of the ceremony, otherwise the marriage will be considered null and void. Should the marriage be considered null and void the Lady Sigrid of Dale shall renounce the title of Crown Princess of Erebor and there will be no further exchange of gifts and no payments made to either party by their representative people and government, and the Kingdom of Erebor and the City of Dale shall remain trader partners and allies. Exceptions to this will be made if either party can claim negligence on the part of the other party, from which an official complaint will be made to the appropriate government and should the complainant be found in truth, the complainant will receive financial compensation from the accused government in the cost deemed appropriate.

The married couple will reside full time (at least 75% of the year) in the Kingdom of Erebor in the royal suite, however will also be provided with accommodations in the City of Dale by Lord Bard to be used at their leisure. It is the expectation of both the Crown Prince Fili and the Lady Sigrid of Dale to participate in the government and community councils and relations of the other’s where appropriate.

The below signed have agreed to all the above terms and conditions at the date of this signing."

Balin finished setting the paper down. Sigrid’s head was swimming at all of the information she just heard. She had blushed a bit at the discussion of consummating the marriage but also had quickly found herself losing track of the stipulations.

“Is there any dissent or changes wished to be discussed by Crown Prince Fili or Lady Sigrid?”

Sigrid hesitated, she didn’t know what to do in this setting and she froze. Luckily Fili seemed to know what he was doing.

“If the King and Lord would allow, I would like to have a moment to look over the contract and discuss this matter personally with the Lady Sigrid of Dale.”

King Thorin nodded, “Your request is accepted. Balin, please give the contract to Crown Prince Fili.”

Balin stood and brought the contract to Sigrid and Fili. They huddled close together and read it over. Once they had scanned it a couple of times, Fili whispered to Sigrid.

“Is there anything you feel is unfair or inappropriate?”

Sigrid looked at it again, “If my father approved it, then I’m partial to agree with it.” She paused and looked at him, “Is there anything you don’t like?”

“I don’t like that you aren’t protected in the event of my death. Plus, there is no mention of inheritance of the throne to our children should I die or we dissolve the marriage.”

Sigrid nodded, “I hadn’t thought of that, yes, I agree with you. Whatever you think is fair.”

Fili nodded and looked back up at the others, “I would like to propose a dissent and change to be made.”

King Thorin looked at Fili, “Continue with your proposed change, Prince Fili.”

“There is no consideration for Lady Sigrid should I die after our marriage and consummation. Nor is there any discussion of the dissolution of marriage. I wish to amend this.”

“And what would you propose.”

“Should I die having bore no children, I wish for the Lady of Sigrid to retain the title of Princess of Erebor and maintain all rights and privileges that a Princess of Erebor would possess other than claim to the throne, which would pass to Kili and his heirs. Should she choose to remarry, she would then give up those rights and privileges as well as the title. However, in the case that she remains unmarried, she would find security and family with our people until her passing. Should I die having bore children with the Lady Sigrid, she will retain the title of Princess and maintain all rights and privileges that a Princess of Erebor would possess and our children would remain heirs to the throne of Erebor. Should I pass when my heir apparent is not of age, and should they need to take the throne, Lady Sigrid will be named Queen Regent until the heir apparent is of age to rule.”

Fili continued, despite the looks King Thorin was giving him. Which were not angry as much as surprised, “Furthermore, should a dissolution of the marriage occur, initiated by either party, having bore no children, there will be no further exchange of gifts and no payments made to either party by their representative people and government, and the Kingdom of Erebor and the City of Dale shall remain trader partners and allies. However, should a dissolution of marriage occur, initiated by either party, for reasons other than infidelity, having bore children, Lady Sigrid of Dale will no longer have the title of Princess of Erebor, but will be compensated and our children shall remain heirs to the throne of Erebor.”

That was not at all what Sigrid had expected. It was much more thorough and very much protected her, which she was very appreciative of. Being a widow itself was difficult, as she had come to notice in Dale, she had no idea what that might be like should she be a widow of a Prince or King.

Ori had been writing furiously this entire time.

“What do the King of Erebor and the Lord of Dale make of the proposed changes?” Balin asked.

Bard spoke, “I wish to thank the Crown Prince for his thoughtfulness for the sake of my daughter and I accept the changes.”

“I would like to make it clear that in Dwarven culture, dissolution of marriage does not exist, should you find your one, they are your one forever,” Thorin stated, looking directly at Fili, his mouth a thin line, but his eyes betrayed him.

Fili nodded, “King Thorin, while I recognize that to be true, Lady Sigrid of Dale is not a dwarf and thus does not feel so deeply our idea of a one.”

“And what, Prince Fili, will you do if your one decides to leave your union in the ways of men?”

“I will continue to love her as I always would but I would not hold that against her or my children, and I would suffer that burden alone.”

“That is a large burden to bear, one that you will most likely not survive.”

“I understand.”

Sigrid had been looking back and forth between them, trying to understand but found herself at a loss. She had no idea what they were talking about. Her and Bard exchanged a look and he similarly seemed to not understand.

“If I may, both my father, Lord Bard, and I do not understand what it is that you speak of. While many may die of a broken heart, should a marriage no longer work, sometimes it may be best for both parties to go their separate ways. We do not understand why this would be such a great burden and lead to Prince Fili’s possible death.”

Fili and Thorin looked at each other, but Balin spoke up, “Our maker, Mahal, crafts the spirit to find their matching pair, as one would have a matching pair of boots, sturdier and more beneficial together than apart. This yearning is given to every dwarf made by our maker’s hands and can be found in another spirit or in craft. Should a dwarf find their one, their match, it would feel as if they were created to work together perfectly. Thus, if a dwarf is separated from their one due to the other’s death or some other means, the dwarf suffers greatly from the ripping apart of a now singular soul. Some dwarves are able to survive should they be strong enough or have some other calling, but many do not live much longer knowing it was not in their making.”

Sigrid could feel a panic rising and that overwhelmed feeling creeping into her chest. Why had this not been brought up before, how could she possibly be his one, she was not a dwarf. She assumed she must have shown that outwardly as well because Fili turned towards her and placed his hands on the side of her face, steering her to look at him.

“Sigrid, I’ve felt it in my heart and in my soul that you were my one long before I could tell you. I will love you forever and even when we are apart, I will never stop loving you and that’s the decision I’ve made and accept.”

She whispered frantically, “But how could I be your one? I’m not a dwarf, surely your maker did not make me your one.”

This was suddenly too much, why hadn’t anyone thought to tell her this, “I can’t be the one who kills you, Fili. What if I die? Fili, I will die much sooner than you.”

“Sigrid, Sigrid, my dear. It’s alright. I know that you are not a dwarf, but I know that Mahal would not make me feel that you are my one if not for a reason. I’ve never felt this way with anyone else. I can feel it in my bones, in my very soul.”

It was now or never. She had to commit to this now, if she was going to. She bit her lip as his hands still held her gently. She put her hands on top of his and gently pulled them down and held them in her lap.

She took a deep breath and turned to look at Thorin and Bard, “I wish to make my own amendment to the contract.”

King Thorin nodded at her, “You may continue with your proposal, Lady Sigrid.”

“I would like to propose that once married, the option of a dissolution of marriage is non-negotiable and will be prohibited. The only separation that will occur is through the death of either myself, Lady Sigrid of Dale, or Crown Prince Fili. When I die whether from injury, accident, or natural causes Crown Prince Fili of Erebor, and any children I should have, shall be compensated and provided resources and support by the City of Dale.”

“Sigrid!” she heard both her father and Fili say at once.

“Sigrid,” Bard continued, “That is an incredibly strict amendment, are you sure that is what you want?”

“Absolutely,” she looked at Fili.

“If I choose to love then I must be certain of it, and I will not provide a reason that Prince Fili should suffer other than my death.”

“Prince Fili, do you support this amendment to your amendment.”

He looked at Sigrid wide eyed and mouthed “are you sure?”

She nodded and he turned to the others, “I accept Lady Sigrid of Dale’s amendment.”

Balin turned to Lord Bard and King Thorin, who now both looked surprised, “Do you accept Prince Fili’s amendment and Lady Sigrid’s amendment to the amendment?”

“I agree,” Lord Bard stated.

All eyes turned to King Thorin, who was looking at Sigrid with a sort of reverence, “I also accept these amendments.”

Balin nodded, “Master Ori will amend the current contract.”

Balin stood to collect the old parchment from Fili and provided it to Ori, who gathered up his papers and walked out of the room.

“We will take a brief intermission while Master Ori writes the new contract,” Balin stated.

Lord Bard stood and approached Sigrid and Fili where she had stood.

Bard pulled Sigrid into a hug, “That was incredibly generous of you. I worry about it but I trust your decision.”

King Thorin also approached them, “Lady Sigrid, your appreciation and respect for our ways speaks volumes of your character. I know that your father is worried, but you will be well taken care of, and should you not be,” he looked at Fili, “there will be consequences.”

“Thank you, King Thorin,” she bowed slightly.

King Thorin strode out of the room then to take care of some business and a plate of treats as well as tea was delivered. Another of Bombur’s specialties although this one, Balin stated, was actually a hobbit recipe that Bombur had so loved from when the company met at Bag End that he insisted Bilbo teach him the recipe.

Eventually King Thorin returned, as did Ori.

The new contract was read by Balin and agreed upon by all.

It was first signed by Sigrid and Fili and then by Lord Bard and King Thorin, and finally by Balin.

The contract would remain in Erebor with Prince Fili and Lady Sigrid, though copies would be made for the City of Dale and the records of the Kingdom of Erebor.

“At this time, it is customary for the courting couple to exchange gifts. Though we recognize that due to the timing and circumstance, the Lady of Sigrid may not have a gift to provide she will be able to delay the giving of her gift,” Balin stated.

Sigrid smiled, “I have a gift, there will be no need for delay.”

She watched Fili’s face as she said it and the look of genuine surprise and appreciation was something she always hoped to see. She would spend the rest of her days trying to surprise him, if only to see his face and the way his eyes lit up.

“Very well, Lady Sigrid, if you would like to give your gift first.”

Sigrid nodded, and pulled out of her dress the journal, which she set in front of Fili on the table.

Fili’s eyes lit up and he looked at her then back at it, running his fingers over the cover.

“I remember you saying that a courting gift is something I've made myself, to show my dedication to courting you and winning your favor and love.”

She took a shaky breath, she was suddenly nervous.

“While I am no leather maker or book binder by trade, I know that in your recovery, a journal provided you a space for reflection and wisdom. I wish for you to be able to continue that as we mark this new and uncharted chapter. The sun represents me, watching over you and guiding you always back to the light.”

It felt so corny, but it was the truth. It was their truth, it was them.

She watched Fili shake his head, his smile so big and the tears sitting on the corners of his eyes, “Lady Sigrid, I accept your wonderful gift.”

She wished they were alone right now, instead of being watched by so many people. It seemed like this should be a much more intimate moment. But she also knew they’d share many more of those in the future.

Balin broke the silence, “Prince Fili, would you like to present Lady Sigrid with your gift.”

He nodded and turned towards her. She also turned in her chair.

He produced from inside of his jacket a small wood box.

It seemed neither of them could stop smiling.

It was strange how the world transformed and even though they were with other people, when she saw what was on the top of the box, it was as if it was only them.

“Lady Sigrid, it is by fate or fortune that we should both find meaning in the same symbols.”

The engraving was metal and attached to the wood box, taking up most of the cover of the small box. It was an engraved metal disk with a yellow diamond embedded in it that depicted the sun shining across the lonely mountain.

“While the outside is an important reminder, it is the inside that is most valuable.” He opened the small box to reveal two beads in metal, both engraved with small yellow stones.

“These are our courting beads, both engraved with the same motif of the sun and mountain as on the outside of the box.”

He set the box down and took out the beads, “It is tradition that when a courtship begins, the courting couple each braid a courtship bead into their intendeds hair, to show everyone their relationship and importance to the other.”

“Lady Sigrid, may I braid your courtship bead into your hair.”

Sigrid nodded and beamed. He motioned for her left side and she turned and leaned down a bit. She felt him take a bit of hair just next to her temple and felt the slight tug as he created a braid, finishing it by clasping the bead onto the end.

She smiled, “Prince Fili, may I braid your courtship bead into your hair”

He smiled, “Please.”

She also went to the left side. He already has two braids there, and one already where she had hers currently. Instead, she took a bit of hair from just below his top most braid and began to braid the hair. She took the bead out of his open palm and attached it, finishing the braid.

“I hope I’m doing this right,” she whispered.

He smiled, “I’m sure it’s perfect.”

She leaned back once she had finished, but he pulled her in for a kiss. She could hear the room clapping and suddenly remembered that it wasn’t just the two of them. They broke apart and she turned to see everyone smiling.

King Thorin stood, “So it is official.”

There was more clapping. “Let us move to the dining room for lunch and celebration,” Balin stated.

Sigrid ran up to her father and hugged him again. He smiled down at her then leaned down to embrace Fili as well.

“I look forward to seeing you more down in Dale whenever you are able to see us. And I look forward to having a son-in-law.” He looked at both of them, “Tilda and Bain are going to be very excited.”

“Oh, we will have to bring them up to the mountain soon to visit, just as we promised.”

King Thorin approached then, “They are welcome and we look forward to having them. My sister will be greatly displeased that she missed this moment, and I’m sure I’ll never hear the end of it.”

“Princess Dis?” Lord Bard asked as they made their way toward the dining room.

“Yes, well remembered. She is Prince Fili and Prince Kili’s mother. She no doubt is currently on her way to Erebor as we speak, though she has sent no notice telling us.”

“Where is she coming from?” Bard asked.

“The Blue Mountains, she has been in charge of our settlement there. But now that Erebor is reclaimed and rebuilding is being done, many of our kin will be traveling as soon as the weather is good. The only thing keeping her from coming directly after the battle was the weather, though I’m surprised that stopped her.”

“She’s very strong willed,” Fili added.

“Lady Sigrid reminds me of her, as you remember.”

“Yes, I remember that comment.”

They arrived at the dining room where Kili, Tauriel, and Bilbo congratulated them. Much of the rest of the company was also there to celebrate as they had become quite a tight knit family after the quest and battle, and Sigrid was excited at the prospect of joining that family.

Notes:

I hope that was worth the wait, I really loved writing this chapter and honestly found it fun to write the contract. You know Balin loves a good contract.

Thank you all for your continued support and I will see you Sunday (promise)!

Chapter 14

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

After lunch, Lord Bard excused himself as he needed to head back to Dale, but he let Sigrid stay behind to rest and discuss any necessary plans with Fili. Tauriel would stay as her guard and they would both return the next day.

Sigrid and Fili retired to his room where she flopped very ungracefully onto the couch. Fili joined her, and she leaned into him, wrapping her arms around his shoulders and dropping her legs over his lap. She inspected his braid, “You’re sure it’s alright. I’m afraid the bead will fall out.”

“I’ll double check it for you, but the braid I’m sure is perfect,” he smiled.

“I can’t believe we’re courting,” Sigrid sighed happily.

“It feels like a long time coming, but it was worth it,” he smiled and kissed her on the cheek.

She turned her head and caught his kiss with her lips, smiling. He wrapped his arms around her tighter and she rested her hands on either side of his chin.

“We can get married tomorrow if you’d like,” he said into their kiss.

She laughed and kissed him more, “Where’d the fun be in that?”

“Oh I can think of lots of fun we can have.”

She leaned back and shook her head, laughing at him, “silly dwarf.”

“But I’m your silly dwarf.”

She smiled, “Plus, your mother would surely burn down the entire kingdom if she found out you not only found your one, began courting her, but also got married without her here.”

Fili groaned, “you’re right. I hate to say it, but she needs to hurry up and get here so I can be yelled at and get it over with.”

It always felt like time went by so fast when they were together.

Soon enough there was a knock at the door. Sigrid sadly dragged herself off Fili’s lap, but not without a few last second kisses, and went to open the door. She opened it up to allow Oin to come in, “Let’s go lad, one day off is more than enough.”

Fili groaned.

“Go on and get changed so that we can get down to the training area. You aren’t my only patient you know!”

Sigrid had completely forgotten about Fili’s exercise.

Fili went into the bedroom and closed the door, grumbling the whole way.

“Can I join you Oin?” Sigrid asked, a bit hesitant.

He thought for a second, then shrugged, “Don’t see why not, but that outfit won’t do.”

“I’ll change! Give me 3 minutes!”

She ran into the hallway and into her room, pulling off her dress as carefully as she could and laying it on the bed. She then grabbed the simple traveling dress from yesterday and pulled it on.
She rushed back into Fili’s room just as he was opening the door, a little out of breath.

“Where did you run to?” he asked, cocking his head. He was wearing a loose tunic that didn’t have sleeves and a simple pair of trousers and boots.

“I just went to change so I could go with you, if that's ok.”

“Of course.”

They made their way down to the training area and picked a corner off to the side. It was mid-day so luckily there were fewer people there and it didn’t seem like they were running any drills currently.

Oin pointed towards a bench just off to the side, “Go ahead and sit there Lady Sigrid, he’ll let you know if he needs ya.”

She nodded and sat, crossing her legs and resting her chin on her palm. She hadn’t ever just watched his progress, but since he was already ‘sort of’ standing, she guessed he had come a pretty long way.

Oin started out with strengthening Fili’s arms. Fili pulled himself out of his chair and proceeded to do push ups and Sigrid couldn’t help but watch the way his arms flexed. They had never really lost definition, not that she had seen his bare arms before the battle, but just the strength. She wondered how long it would take for him to be able to wield a sword or knives again.

After that he laid on his back and lifted his legs, doing pushing motions with each leg. Oin watched him carefully at this point, making him pause after every few sets. He then laid out flat and lifted each leg in the air. It seemed that Oin was trying to build up his muscles first before having him put too much weight on them.

By this point it had maybe been 20 minutes and already Fili was drenched in sweat. Oin let Fili lay there on the ground and rest, calling Sigrid over.

“Help me grab these bars,” he said pointing to two metal bars that were attached to weighted legs. They weren’t particularly heavy, just awkward. She helped Oin set them up parallel to each other. “Another invention of mine! I knew his arms would get stronger before his legs, so I wanted to utilize that to help him slowly put pressure on his legs without having to lean on other bodies.”

Sigrid nodded, but still wasn’t quite sure what he meant. They looked just like two railings that were on stairs, just flat. She didn’t quite understand how that would help.

Fili had pulled himself back up into his chair and moved to one end. Oin piled a couple heavy looking steel weights onto the bases of the legs, to keep them wobbling.

“Come over here lass and stand behind the chair. You’ll be in charge of moving that along behind just in case Fili needs a rest,” Sigrid nodded. She stood behind Fili in his chair and put a hand on his shoulder, squeezing it lightly. He looked up at her and smiled.

“Watch this,” he said.

Oin stood in front of Fili but a bit farther from him.

Fili took a deep breath and put his hands on the bars, planting his feet and pulling himself up.
He held most of his weight on his arms on the bars. She watched as he let himself down just a bit so that more weight rested on his legs.

“Alright lad, give us a couple steps”

Sigrid watched as Fili lowered himself a bit more, though still holding plenty of weight on his arms, and took a few solid steps.

“Bend your knees a bit more,” Oin said encouragingly. Fili took a few more steps, bending his knees a bit more, putting a little more pressure. Sigrid moved slowly behind him, nudging the chair along.

About halfway down Oin put up his hand, “Alright, Sigrid. Fili - take a seat, lad.” Sigrid moved the chair and Fili flopped down. His forehead was beaded with sweat. He used the front of his shirt to wipe it off.

“Fili that was great,” Sigrid encouraged.

She looked at Oin, “this is a fascinating device.”

Oin nodded, a smile on his face. After a few moments of rest, Oin encouraged Fili to finish the length of the bars.

“About two more weeks of this and I think we’ll only have you use the chair for longer distances.”

Fili beamed up at Sigrid, she knew he was looking to her for approval. She didn’t know when that shift happened, that he suddenly wanted to prove himself to her. She smiled back at him. She was proud of him of course.

“Let’s call it for today, Fili”

Fili nodded and they parted ways with Oin, making their way back.

“What’d you think?” Fili said as they left.

“I’m so proud of you Fili,” she smiled, putting her hand on his shoulder.

“You know I’ll love you no matter what, right?” Sigrid said after they had been quiet for a bit.

“I know. But I finally feel confident that I can get better. I feel like I’m making a lot of progress.”

Fili went to wash up and change while Sigrid waited in the sitting room. They went to an early dinner and then spent the rest of the evening cuddled on the couch in front of the fireplace in Fili’s room.

“When do you think you’ll be ready to come to Dale?” looking up from a book she was casually flipping through, her legs resting over Fili’s while he wrote in his old journal. He still had plenty of pages to fill before he started the new one.

He looked up from what he was writing, “I’m worried about getting down there and also what the streets are like for the chair. Maybe in two weeks when I can really start walking shorter distances. That way if I had to, I could at least get around a bit.”

“Of course, whenever you’re ready. I just wanted to make sure I had enough time to get you a place set up. I’ll also make sure that things are accessible to you in the chair before you come that way you won’t have to worry.”

“Will you come back up here in the meantime still?”

Sigrid nodded, “of course. I can come up every week, then once you feel comfortable coming to Dale, we can switch off weeks.”

“That sounds like a plan.”

They went back to what they were doing before it was Fili’s turn to break the quiet.

“When do you think you want to get married?”

Sigrid laughed, “Whenever you’re ready.” Fili looked at her, and she smirked, “Alright alright, I know that would be tomorrow. But truly. I want you to feel ready.”

“I know, I know. I think I’d be ready by midsummer, so any time after that.”

“There is still quite a bit of rebuilding to do, and resources might still be too scarce to stretch for the needs of a wedding. Plus we need to focus on the harvest as much as possible this year.” She was thinking out loud. She really didn’t know when a good time would be. “So maybe later in the year, but then again midsummer may be a good time, celebrate alongside the midsummer festival to better utilize resources.”

Fili hummed in approval, “I just thought I would ask.”

They went back to their tasks. Sigrid looked down at the book. It was one of the few in Westron that Fili had in his room. She watched him quietly as he wrote quickly.

Remembering the contract she smiled, “So when do I get to start learning the language?”

He smiled, “I’ve been thinking about that ever since this morning. You’ll have to say things in the language during the wedding, so an earlier wedding gives us less time to get your pronunciation decent.”

Sigrid nodded. She had only ever known Westron and it’s Laketown dialect, so she had no idea what learning a language was even like.

“And what about the other language, the nonverbal one,” She tried to pronounce the name, but butchered it, making Fili chuckle.

He corrected her pronunciation. “That one may be a bit easier. Since that doesn’t even include the written language, which will honestly take years I’m sure.”

“Years??”

Fili nodded, “it’s a very complicated language.”

“I’m determined,” she held her head high and then smiled.

“I hope I never see a day the Lady Sigrid of Dale isn’t determined once she puts her mind to something.”

“Are you making fun of me.”

“Of course not, my sunshine.”

She squinted at him, then smiled, “good, because it will never happen.”

The next morning, after a quick breakfast, and a few kisses goodbye Sigrid and Tauriel set out to Dale. The whole way Sigrid thought of how accessible everything was for Fili. The road was packed with dirt, but had large holes. Plus the distance would be too great to cover on horseback alone, he’d be exhausted just getting to Dale. He’d either have to ride with someone or in a cart.

They made their way to the stables and as Sigrid walked home she noted the cobble streets were a little rough. Maybe wider wheels would prevent Fili from getting stuck. She’d have to talk to Oin about that modification. She immediately noticed the first major problem. She stopped in front of her door, and the steps leading up to it. He’d definitely need to be able to walk short distances in order to get up the stairs and into the house. She shook her head and walked inside.

Everyone was out. She did her usual chores and then explored a few more of the bedrooms upstairs. The house was large, built for hosting guests, but many of the rooms still remained empty and covered in dust. There just wasn’t a need to clean every room when there were other, more pressing matters to attend to. Even the formal dining room downstairs hadn’t been touched yet. The house would need to be made a priority, especially now that it was possible as spring approached for the visit of not only Fili, but possibly Prince Kili and King Thorin and Princess Dis...and who knew who else may stop by. On the upper two floors there were at least 8 rooms, but they had only cleaned 4 of them, one for each of them, though Tilda still had a habit of sleeping in the same bed with her like they had in Laketown and early on in Dale. They hadn’t even touched the master bedroom, which Bard had considered far too big and empty for him. Nor had they really gone to the top floor. She suddenly had an idea. She would wait to propose it to her father, but the contract had discussed having a place for them to stay in Dale after she was married. Why have another separate house when all she wanted to do was be near her family. They could easily make the entire upstairs into their own private home. She felt giddy at the idea.

And so Sigrid laid out a plan of attack for cleaning and organizing the rest of the house. It became her project that she spent the second half of the day on, after doing the other tasks and responsibilities she had. She started on the first floor and slowly worked her way around.
The dining room alone had taken almost two days.

Bard came home to her clearing out the drawing room one day. “I see you have a new project.”

She jumped at his voice, “Da, don’t scare me like that.”

He chuckled and came into the room, “The dining room looks great. What made you start this?”

She pulled at another heavy cloth that had been draped over the furniture years ago, though it hadn’t done much for keeping the moths away.

“I’ve realized,” she tugged at a corner that got stuck and Bard moved to help her, “that now that I’m courting royalty, we may be having more visitors than just Prince Fili.”

Bard hummed in agreement, “you’re right, good of you to think of it. Although I’m sure they’d understand.”

“Oh, they would of course, but it might as well get done. Plus it gives us the opportunity to open up our house to the people as well. Why live in such a big space if you can’t share it.”

“It’s funny how much has changed,” he said, running his hand along the back of a sofa.

Sigrid walked up to Bard and put an arm around him, “I know, Da.”

Bard smiled down at her, “I think I was keeping it so closed off to convince myself I was still just a simple man from Laketown.”

“And I think I was helping you with that, not wanting things to change. But we’re still a family, and we’re still a family from Laketown, that doesn’t change no matter the size of the house or the responsibilities.”

“Come on, I’ll help you with the rest of this,” Bard smiled, giving her a tight hug.

They moved together, removing sheets from furniture and dusting, until Tilda and Bain came home.

It then became a family project, one Tilda and Bain were both excited to join in on. Mainly because it meant discovering long forgotten items or finding hidden treasure. Sigrid turned it into a game. And by the time a week passed, the entire first floor almost looked lived in. At least it looked like it was only a few decades disused, rather than a few centuries.

Back at the mountain, Fili had been progressing even more. She encouraged him at his training with Oin and began language lessons. She spoke with Oin about the modifications and he said he’d work on something. The next week in Dale she moved on to the other bedrooms on the second floor. The largest bedroom on that floor, what she assumed would be for the owners of the home, had a large connected bathroom and dressing room. She spent quite a bit of time working on those rooms. The other 4 rooms on the floor were already cleaned as that was where they all kept their rooms.

One evening she found Bard in his office after dinner, wanting to speak to him about the upstairs floor.

“So I was thinking…”

“Hm?” Bard put a parchment down that he was reading at his desk in the study.

“I know that the contract for courtship and marriage mentioned you finding a suitable place for Prince Fili and I to live while visiting Dale once we are married,” Bard nodded, folding his hands, “Had you thought about a place yet?”

“Not necessarily. I had assumed I still had time.”

“Oh, you do, I was just wondering.”

He looked at her, waiting. “Well, I had realized...there’s an entire 3rd level that we haven’t even touched. I hate the idea that the few times that I am in Dale per year, that I should be separated from all of you and…”

“And you were thinking that may work as your personal wing?”

Sigrid nodded.

Bard tapped his chin a bit, and then smiled, “I don’t see why not. I do hate the idea of you being too far away from us for so long. And plus, Tilda and Bain still are a ways away from finding their own spouses, so it would remain unused otherwise.”

Sigrid smiled, “thank you da!”

“Thank you, Sigrid, for thinking of it.”

Sigrid left to get Tilda ready for bed and sit with Bain and Tilda for their nightly ritual of reading together.

Notes:

We're making progress! Hope you enjoyed this simple chapter, we are gearing up for something special next chapter!

See you Wednesday!

Chapter 15

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The next morning Sigrid made her way up into the 3rd floor. They had been up there a few times prior, right when they first got the house to check for animals or other...things. They had managed to air out some of the rooms but hadn’t really done much else.

The main staircase upstairs opened up into an open space that she felt would make a perfect sitting room and parlor. There were a few storage rooms that didn’t have windows and she thought those would stay empty storage rooms for now.

The next 4 rooms were all on the left, with two bathrooms. One could be an office and library. The second could be a guest room. And then the two at the end, which were behind a door, could be their private sitting room and bedroom. She had discovered a second set of stairs here that led down to a secret door just outside the 2nd floor master. She supposed that master could be used for visiting guests or dignitaries and so the stairwell wouldn’t be much of a concern most of the time.

Before she could begin thinking about which room to clean out, she heard Tauriel yell her name from somewhere below. She climbed down the stairs to the first floor and found her in the entryway. She was all calm, but there was a bit of a wide eyed look to her.

“Tauriel, what’s wrong.”

Tauriel softened, “Nothing is wrong, Sigrid. I just have news for you.”

“And that is?”

“Princess Dis has been spotted coming up from south of the Lake.”

“Princess Dis! She’s here already?” Sigrid leaned against the wall to brace herself.

“It seems so. A guard at the western gates of Dale spotted someone coming. A few dwarves working construction came to look and recognized the insignia of Durin, which is only worn by the royal family. They guessed it had to be Princess Dis as there have been rumors of her arrival for weeks. Not 10 minutes after that a raven from Erebor found your father and I as we were discussing training of new archers and confirmed that it was so.”

“I knew she would come, but part of me also believed maybe she wouldn’t.”

“I worry for the princes’ sake,” Tauriel smiled.

“As do I, they are not ready for her,” Sigrid sighed, “I probably should be prepared to go up to Erebor to meet her within the day.”

“So soon?” Tauriel asked, following Sigrid upstairs to her bedroom.

“I know that she’ll want to meet me. You had better prepare as well,” Sigrid smiled, looking at Tauriel over her shoulder.

Tauriel looked at her, “You believe I will be summoned to meet her as well?”

Sigrid chuckled, “Not only did you save her son, who knows how many times at this point, but he’s also madly in love with you. You think he’ll be able to keep anything a secret from her?”

Tauriel blushed, “I had not thought that he would break so easily.”

“With the way the two of them talk about her, she won’t even have to say anything I bet and they’ll have confessed every sin.”

Tauriel blushed deeper, “I certainly hope not,” she whispered, “I’d rather meet her first.”

Sigrid laughed, “Don’t worry, we will do this together. Haven’t they both said how much she will love us? Plus we saved their lives, she can’t ever be too mad at us.”

“I hope you are right.” Tauriel stood, “I will go prepare to travel as soon as she calls.”

Sigrid nodded and watched Tauriel leave.

Her father came home soon after to tell Sigrid the news as well, “The dwarves all left early today to greet their Princess. Some of them looked both terrified and excited. Some were taking bets on how quickly she punched King Thorin.”

Sigrid shook her head, “Do you think she would?”

Bard shrugged, “If I had a sibling who took you, Tilda, and Bain on a quest to face a dragon and the 4 of you ended up almost dying. Yes, I’d probably want to take out some feelings as well.”

Sigrid nodded in agreement.

“Do you think you are ready to meet her?” Bard asked.

“I’m not entirely sure. Will you be coming up there to meet her as well?”

“I’ll wait until King Thorin requests it, I’d hate to get too involved too soon”

The evening went by and she wondered how everyone had fared being reunited with Princess Dis.

The next morning she went to the markets early, hoping to pick up something from the dwarves, but not many had come back down from the mountain yet and those that were working were preoccupied. She eventually picked up the items she needed and went home.

She was set to be back in Erebor in 2 days. She wondered if they would just wait for her to arrive rather than sending for her. She was torn between a few projects, while she wanted to work upstairs, she also felt like it would be a fun project for her and Fili to do together, especially since it would be for them.

She instead decided to start planning out the quilt she planned to make Fili for his next courting gift. She still hadn’t remembered to ask how often, or to what level of time and energy, the next gift should be. But this one would be a while and even if it wasn’t a courting gift, it would make a good wedding present. She took some paper and marked out the sizes and a general design. Once happy she went through the fabric she already had to see what she could reuse. It took up most of the morning and early afternoon. The evening arrived and she asked if her father had heard anything, and he shook his head and assured her that no one had said anything at all.

The next morning she woke up expecting something, but once again found no raven waiting for her. By late morning she assumed she was going to go to Erebor as usual and she wasn’t sure if she liked that or not. It made it seem too calm. She made sure her best dresses were clean and needed no repairs. She even chose one of her more suitable dresses as a traveling dress over one of her more worn garments. She was packed long before late afternoon arrived, restless to head to Erebor.

Tauriel had popped in a few times the past few days, also with no update. And Sigrid noticed she seemed more and more on edge each time, which was so unusual for Tauriel. She hated to see her friend upset but she wondered what made her worry so much about what Kili might tell Princess Dis. She had a realization while washing the dishes that maybe Tauriel’s evenings away while in Erebor were more exciting than Sigrid had given them credit for. She blushed and tried to focus on the plate she was washing with more vigor.

She barely slept that night and was wide awake early. Even her father commented on her early rise. He kissed her forehead and pulled her into a hug, “She’s going to love you. It will be fine. You know, your mother was this nervous before she met my mother.”

Sigrid looked up at him, her father so rarely talked about her mother, she cherished any story.

“She did. We were supposed to meet my mother over dinner at her house. Earlier that day your mother could barely eat, but I made her have a little something to settle her stomach and her nerves. She ended up throwing it up into the lake a row from my mother’s house. But didn’t get anything on her dress. It made her feel better and she ended up enjoying the meal.”

Sigrid smiled. “There aren’t any lakes for me to throw up in Erebor, Da”.

He laughed then, “I’m sure you won’t need to. Princess Dis is no doubt a warrior as it seems all dwarves are, but she is also a Princess. She’ll behave. Unlike my mother, who was a hardened lake woman and could fillet a fish in under 2 minutes.”

“I never knew that about grandma.”

Bard nodded, “Once she lost her sight there were a few too many close calls and she worried about having a little one around all those knives.”

Sigrid smiled, “Thanks, Da.”

She packed up and met Tauriel at the stables and they set off toward the mountain. She knew this wouldn’t be like usual where they’d go to the stables and then slide in unannounced. She knew Balin would be waiting for them. Sure enough, as they approached the gate, she could see his outline. They rode to the stables to drop off their horses and someone met them to get their bags.

Balin bowed, “Lady Sigrid, Madam Tauriel, wonderful to see you”.

There was a gleam in his eye and Sigrid smiled.

“It’s so nice for you to meet us, Balin. Are we expected?”

Balin smiled, “Princess Dis requested that you both meet her in her private sitting room the moment you arrive.”

Sigrid looked up at Tauriel who had gone a bit pale, her lips pressed into a single line. Sigrid nodded, “Please, Balin. Lead the way.”

And so they set off. Sigrid was happy she had worn a better dress than her usual traveling dress. Though she still wore her traveling cloak and riding gloves and she knew her hair had probably loosened from her braid. She had done her hair up with her courting braid separated out from where the rest of her hair was pulled back. It was a bold move for meeting his mother, but it was official. Tauriel wore her guard’s uniform, her bow and quiver strapped still to her back.

“How are the princes, Balin?”

“They still survive if that is what you are asking.”

Sigrid smiled. But they didn’t speak anymore. Balin knocked lightly on the door to a room situated between Fili and Kili’s rooms. Sigrid took Tauriel's hand and squeezed it. She jumped a bit and looked down.

Tauriel had clearly been off somewhere else, “Thank you,” she mouthed and Sigrid nodded, “It’ll be fine.”

Tauriel nodded slightly and stood straight. They heard a woman’s voice call to enter. Balin opened the door and Sigrid saw her. Sigrid hadn’t been sure what to expect, though she had guessed. From far away, Sigrid would have only been able to differentiate her from Thorin due to her outfit and the way her hair and beard were styled. It was a bit uncanny. Sigrid stepped forward and Tauriel hung a bit back, as a guard would for a lady, even though Sigrid had only ever thought of Tauriel as family and a friend. But in this moment, they both recognized the need for formality until told otherwise.

Sigrid curtsied and Tauriel bowed, as Balin introduced them, “Lady Sigrid of Dale, and the Madam Tauriel, formerly of the Greenwood and Lady Sigrid’s guard.” Sigrid knew Tauriel hated being reminded that she was exiled, but it was important in this context.

“Please, ladies, rise,” and they both stood up straight. She tutted and Sigrid noticed now that they were closer that her cheekbones were a bit higher and her hair lacked the gray streaks that Thorin’s did, though it was still dark. She wondered where Fili got his blonde from.

“Balin, as much as I appreciate that you took my request to heart, you could have at least given them a chance to remove their traveling cloaks…” and noticing Tauriel’s bow, “and weapons.”

“Apologies Princess,” he bowed slightly.

Dis smiled, “Thank you Balin.” He nodded and left the room closing the door. “Please, have a seat. I won’t take too much of your time right now.” She gestured towards the sofa across from where she was seated. Sigrid and Tauriel sat and Sigrid tried her best to smile, though Tauriel remained passively neutral.

“Thank you for having us, Princess Dis.” Sigrid smiled, trying to remember the little etiquette she knew and apply it broadly to meeting a Princess. Pretend it’s King Thorin when he wasn’t your future uncle by marriage she thought.

“It’s my pleasure after all. I wanted to meet with you right away because of what I’ve heard from my boys about the importance of both of you to their lives, especially the fact that they both still live.”

Sigrid and Tauriel nodded, “It was the least we could do, the Princes were instrumental in my family and I’s own survival as well.”

“Of course, Fili told me about the dragon and Laketown. I’m sorry to hear that it was destroyed.”

“Thank you for your thought and kindness, Princess Dis. We have found a new home in Dale, which we are all grateful for.”

“Lady Sigrid, I see that you wear my son’s courting bead,” Sigrid nodded though her stomach flipped at the acknowledgement of it, “I only found out about the courtship and marriage after seeing my son Fili’s own courtship braid.”

“Do you approve of the courtship, your majesty?” Sigrid's hands felt sweaty.

“That is yet to be seen, but based on the look in his eyes and how much Prince Fili had to tell me about you, all positive and quality traits, as well as the fact that you seem to have saved his life, I am not immediately opposed to the idea.”

“Thank you for the chance to prove my worth, Princess Dis.”

“Of course, I also hear from my brother that you caused quite a stir and may be more like me than he or Prince Fili would like to admit.”

Sigrid smiled, “Both King Thorin and Prince Fili did mention that at some point.”

“Well then, I look forward to talking with you more.”

“Madam Tauriel,” Dis turned to look at her.

“Yes, your highness,” Tauriel had grown up around royalty, she had been the captain of the guard for an elf Sigrid believed to be the strictest looking elf she had ever seen. Not that she had seen many. Tauriel would have no problem with this conversation.

“Formerly of Greenwood?”

“Yes, your highness. I was banished after I disobeyed my King’s orders in favor of what was right and just.”

“And what was that?”

“To stay and fight alongside the dwarves and men, as our lives are not worth more than theirs and we are still a part of this world even if we may live in it for far longer.”

“That is a very noble cause. I was indeed surprised to hear my youngest son speak of an elf of Greenwood saving him, multiple times might I add, considering our history.”

“Yes, your highness. While there may still be some distrust, I believe there is hope for a more sustained peace and allegiance in the future.”

“Do you speak for just yourself or for the elves of Greenwood.”

“I can only speak for myself, but the actions of King Thranduil and the elves of Greenwood have shown that slow progress is being made. Many elves still reside in Dale, working alongside men and dwarves to rebuild. And aid from Greenwood has been sent to both Erebor and Dale.”

“While I am skeptical, I am also open minded and look forward to seeing this progress for myself.”

“I appreciate your honesty, your highness.”

“I see no courting bead in your hair, Madam Tauriel.”

Tauriel blinked a bit, “I would not be so presumptuous to believe that a member of the royal family of Erebor would be allowed to pledge himself to an elf, your highness.”

“But you do love him?”

Tauriel’s eyes grew wide and Sigrid saw her hands clench, “Elves, just as dwarves, only love once. While I did not see it before, or did not allow myself to see it, when your son, Prince Kili lay deathly wounded on the battlefield, I knew what I felt and I knew that it was real.”

“My youngest son has already made it very clear that he will marry you whether or not we approve, so it is good to know that his love is shared.”

Sigrid stayed as still as possible, worried that if she moved at all she would break from the tension. She looked from Dis to Tauriel in awe. She herself knew that Kili and Tauriel were in love, and this is what Tauriel must have been worried about. Kili only ever did things at a high level and this clearly was no exception.

“I will not disappoint you, your highness.”

“I don’t doubt that. From either of you.”

Princess Dis sighed and smiled, clasping her hands together, “Well, I will let the two of you have some time to yourselves before lunch. I’m sure you would like to settle in.”

She stood, “I wish to thank you again, as a mother, for what you both have done.”

Sigrid and Tauriel stood as well and Princess Dis took each of their hands, her eyes watering a bit, “I was worried enough to let them go, and regretted it the moment they left the Blue Mountains. To believe that they had died alone on the battlefield was the hardest time of my life. But then to not only know that they were alive, but that each of them had found someone who had cared whether they lived or died, that as a mother was a true gift. For when I cursed myself for not being by their side, I had the hope at least that they had someone who cared. And I am not disappointed after meeting you both.”

She released their hands and Sigrid resisted the urge to hug her, “Your words mean so much, your highness. We both only wished to do just that.”

Dis nodded and dabbed at her eyes, “Please, I won’t keep you any longer with my overprotectiveness or my tears. I look forward to talking with you both in the future.”

Sigrid and Tauriel both bowed and left. After the door had shut, they moved as quickly as possible to their room and closed the door, both of them leaning against it and sliding down into a heap at its base. They both leaned against each other and then started laughing. The build up of anxiety was so great it was the only response she had, the next one being wanting to sleep for a year.

A knock on the door scared them both out of their bubble. They scrambled up and Sigrid opened the door. A wide eyed Fili and Kili were outside and nearly knocked them down coming in. They closed the door quickly, “You survived!!” Kili whisper-yelled.

Sigrid and Tauriel exchanged glances, “Barely” Sigrid laughed.

Notes:

Ah! I hope you loved this chapter. I love Dis and hopefully I did her justice as a fierce but loving mom. More fun to come next chapter!

Thanks for reading!

Chapter 16

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The four of them moved to the couches, “what did she say?” Fili asked.

“She mainly wanted to thank us both for saving your lives. But she was very intense about it. She asked about us courting and said whether she approved or not was yet to be seen, but her talking to Tauriel was much more tense.”

Kili’s eyes widened.

“Meleth Nin, I did not expect you to tell her so much so quickly,” she looked at Kili.

He sighed, “I didn’t tell her everything,” he started, plastering a smile on his face.

Tauriel blushed a bit, “but you made a very bold claim without even giving her a chance to meet me.”

“I couldn’t help it! She’s got this look and she was talking about Sigrid and Fili. Well, more like yelling about it. And she looked at me and said and what hidden courtship do you have that I don’t know about. And I shook my head but she glared at me so I had to stand up for you!”

Tauriel smiled then and leaned over to kiss him.

“So she was mad at you both?” Sigrid asked.

“I’d say mad was an understatement, add to that fear for our lives and emotional, and it was an absolute spectacle.”

“There were bets that she would punch King Thorin, did she?”

Fili and Kili laughed. “Not physically, but he tried to hide and that just made things worse. By the time she caught up to him I’m shocked you didn’t hear her in Dale.”

“But it was all out of love and protectiveness,” Kili added.

“Oh, I don’t doubt her reasoning or motivation,” Sigrid nodded.

“She’s going to want to know everything about you both,” Fili looked at Sigrid.

“I’ll tell her as much as she wants to know. What do I have to hide?” She smiled.

“A secret double life perhaps? Maybe you’re secretly an assassin?” Kili piped in.

“That’s true! Unassuming. Very likely!” Fili stroked his chin as if having come to a very real conclusion, but a smile played on his lips.

Sigrid laughed. She was glad for the laugh and the chance to loosen up.

They all decided to take a low key lunch in the kitchens rather than sit through any more stiff lunches. Bomber was happy to see them all. Bilbo wandered down there as well and joined them. He had a more pleasant experience with Dis, until she found out about stealing the Arkenstone. Then it had gone downhill again. They all commiserated together in the kitchen and all knew they’d have to enjoy dinner.

Sigrid felt bad for Princess Dis. She’d been through so much emotional turmoil unable to do anything to control any of it. Sigrid assumed once Princess Dis had a chance to settle in, she would probably be incredibly pleasant. Sigrid said as much to everyone and they all agreed.

They stayed long after lunch in the kitchens talking. Apparently it was also news, not meant to be announced just yet, that Thorin and Bilbo were also courting. Sigrid really felt for Dis now. All of her closest kin almost dying, then finding their loves and courting them before she even met them. And on top of that, none of them were dwarves. It was certainly a new era.

Oin eventually found them, dragging Fili to training. Sigrid followed and once again helped with the parallel bars. Fili had made steady progress. He put more weight on his legs and could walk almost the entire distance without stopping.

“What did your mother say about your injuries?” Sigrid asked as they went back to Fili’s room.

“You could tell she had planned on yelling as soon as she stormed in, but when she saw me in the chair she literally burst into tears and pulled Kili and I in for hugs. It took a long time to assure her that it was not permanent at this point. She has already spoken to Oin to find out the extent of all of our injuries.”

Fili looked up, “he spoke highly of you.”

Sigrid blushed, “You know I didn’t do any of it for praise.” She felt self conscious after how everyone had praised her for her work in Dale.

“We all know. But you deserve it.”

They finally had some time to themselves after Fili washed up and changed.

“I have a surprise to tell you!” She smiled, putting her legs over Fili’s on the couch and wrapping her arms around his neck.

“Oh?

“So at our house in Dale we’ve for a long time just lived in the most used rooms. It is a large house and the time needed was more useful elsewhere. So I’ve been slowly cleaning the rest of it, preparing now that we may be receiving important guests soon.”

He nodded.

“Well even though we knew it was there. I rediscovered the entire third floor which we hadn’t touched. It’s 4 rooms, 2 bathrooms and a parlor. So, since my father is responsible for finding us a place to live in Dale once we are married, I suggested, at least for now that we live up there as if it was our own wing of apartments.”

Fili smiled, “I like that idea a lot.”

“Really? You do, truly?”

“Absolutely. I think it’s a great idea. It doesn’t put strain on anyone trying to find us something else and since you’ll be away from family so much it will be good to be near them.”

Sigrid beamed and kissed him. She loved these moments with him most. In their own little world, wrapped up close, kissing, and talking.

But the spell was always broken, not when they had their own space she thought. The knock at the door meant it was already dinner.

It was a tense affair, with Fili and Kili, Dis and Thorin, and then Bilbo, Sigrid, and Tauriel. Balin had excused himself to take care of some business, but Sigrid knew he just wanted to stay as far away as possible.

The beginning was quiet. No one wanted to seem to start talking or open up any line of thought or subject.

“Everyone seems so tense!” Princess Dis finally said.

Bilbo dropped his fork, seemingly knocked out of some tense stupor. He apologized profusely and to pardon his manners. Thorin patted Bilbo’s hand reassuringly.

“Princess Dis, I’d love to hear more about you. How are the Blue Mountains and how was the trip?” Sigrid attempted. She tried to pretend what it would be like if the battle hadn’t happened. No one had almost died. And Dis had known about the courtships. Clearly it was polite to ask more about her.

“Oh, Lady Sigrid, I appreciate your thoughtfulness. Well, the Blue Mountains are mainly a mining town. No great wealth but we are a tight knit community. Everyone is doing well. The winter was not so harsh this year and with the reclamation of Erebor everyone’s spirits are high. As we speak, caravans are preparing to begin their journey here by month’s end. I’ve left a very trustworthy advisor there to continue to run the place as many dwarves know no other home and do not wish to leave. But now we can support them even more by having access to Erebor.”

“Much of the company has families that will be arriving from the Blue Mountains,” Thorin added.

“If you haven’t heard Gloin talk on and on about his wife or son or Bombur talk about his family then you’re lucky,” Kili chimed in.

“They’re just very excited I’m sure,” Dis shot him a pointed look.

“And your trip Princess Dis, I hope it was not too tiring,” Sigrid pushed forward before an argument could break out.

Dis smiled at her, “it was a bit. It has been a very long time since I’ve traveled so long without stopping. But we ran into no trouble and the weather stayed clear.”

“That’s wonderful to hear.”

“Lady Sigrid, when will we be meeting your family?” Princess Dis asked casually.

“Oh, as soon as it is convenient. Father wanted to give everyone enough time to get reconnected before he arrived.”

“Smart man,” Dis remarked. “Who will we be meeting?”

“My father, Lord Bard. He descends from the last lord of Dale, Lord Girion.”

“Ah, I remember him. Not having met him personally. But I remember meetings he would come to.”

“And then my younger brother Bain, and my youngest sister, Tilda”

“Oh, wonderful,” she seemed genuinely excited about hearing about siblings, “How are you all finding Dale?”

“Well it is far different than Laketown. At first I disliked it because it didn’t feel like home, but I’ve come to find many wonderful things that I love about Dale. And the added benefit of course that the people I have always known are now safe and comfortable.”

Fili piped in, “Sigrid is quite an initiator. She has started multiple projects in Dale where she has seen gaps. She’s currently working on a proper school, she had helped re-establish their medical facilities, and she came up with the idea for an emergency response council.”

Sigrid blushed and eyed Fili, who nodded encouragingly.

“What wonderful causes. And what is this emergency council?”

“We recently had an incredibly long and potentially devastating snowstorm. I sorted out supplies and workers to help so that we supported everyone. I believe because we moved quickly we only had a few community members fall ill and they have made full recoveries. I have created a council to pre-plan for potential emergencies and be ready to go as the first responders and motivators. I believe having that available will avoid large death tolls in future emergencies.”

“What a fascinating idea!”

“Thank you so much,” Sigrid blushed, feeling self conscious.

“Balin has already spoken to her about the logistics and we have started initial planning for our own,” Thorin supplemented.

“How interesting,” Dis smiled looking at her brother as if this was a surprising change of pace.
As if she was reading Sigrid's mind she added, “I’ll have you know my brother rarely takes advice from just anyone so willingly.”

“Lady Sigrid is not just anyone though,” Thorin looked at Sigrid and then at his sister and smiled.

Sigrid could feel her entire face going red. Was this her finally being accepted? Not that she hadn’t felt liked prior, but this was really truly a different moment.

Fili squeezed her thigh under the table in reassurance.

The tension finally began to bleed out of the room as they ate dessert. Talks turned to springtime plans and hosting a party to celebrate all of the courtships.

“Although our Kili will have to get going first. It would be a shame to leave out my youngest and his fierce one,” Dis said, smiling and seeming to really take care in eating her current bite of dessert.

Sigrid noticed Tauriel blush a bit on the tips of her ears and Kili was absolutely beside himself, “You mean it!?”

Princess Dis just laughed as Thorin’s eyes grew wide.

“We should discuss this a bit more first I believe, don’t you think?” Thorin tried.

But no one was listening. They were too excited and buzzing. Then Kili pulled a small box out of his jacket.

“I’ve been waiting for this moment for months!”

Sigrid and Fili looked at each other wide eyed and then broke into laughter as chaos ensued.

“Months?” Thorin said, his tone hard but his eyes betrayed him.

“Since she saved me from a spider in Mirkwood, I knew.”

“Kili, I have no gift for you,” Tauriel tried to argue though her heart wasn’t in it.

All decorum was thrown out the window as Kili opened the box to reveal two courting beads.

Apparently what Princess Dis valued more than anything was making her brother’s life difficult. For she sat back and enjoyed the entire thing as Thorin blustered and Bilbo attempted to reassure him.

“My love, Tauriel, you could be walking in starlight somewhere far beyond my reach. But somehow I’ve earned your love enough for you to instead stay here on Arda with me. Will you do me the honor of allowing me to court you so I can further prove my love?”

Tauriel blossomed in a way Sigrid had never seen before. Her smile was radiant and open. Tauriel had laughed with Sigrid and felt comfortable, but not in the way she looked at Kili.

“Of course my love. I never want to be apart from you.”

Kili was so excited he could barely braid in the courtship bead. But eventually a long braid rested down her left side.

“My love, Kili, may I braid a courting bead into your hair to show my love and devotion.”

Kili nodded fiercely. Tauriel, graceful as ever, neatly braided and attached the bead.

Everyone clapped excitedly and Kili and Tauriel kissed passionately. Sigrid caught a glimpse of Thorin who was clapping but shaking his head in disbelief.

“Now we can plan a party,” Dis smiled and toasted the room.

“Balin will be sad he missed this,” Fili whispered to Sigrid.

Balin was in fact quite upset. As was Dwalin and most of the rest of the company for having missed the look on Thorin’s face. Everyone congratulated Kili and Bombur produced enough desserts for everyone who had piled into the dining room once the news had quickly spread.

Sigrid laughed alongside everyone as they enjoyed drinking and this time together. Stories were told and Sigrid wondered if this is what it had been like for them on the quest. At least in the early days. By the look on all their faces she could tell many of them hadn’t had a chance to laugh or relax like this in a very long time. She spent the night sipping on an ale that Fili had given her. Though he had whispered that she did not need to drink it but if there wasn’t something in her hand everyone would keep asking. She had occasionally sipped it and leaned against Fili as they enjoyed the night. If this is what she could look forward to even a quarter of the time that she lived in Erebor she felt like she would be just fine. It felt more like she was back in Laketown than in a kingdom surrounded by royalty.

Fili’s hand rested around her waist. Eventually people started to file out. Fili peered inside her still full cup and chuckled, “It’s a taste you’ll get used to.” She nodded and he took it from her hands. She watched him down it quickly. Smiling as he set it down.

He slid into his wheeled chair and they said their goodbyes heading back to the rooms.
Since everyone was heading back to their own rooms Fili stopped outside Sigrid's room, kissing her hand. “I hope you sleep well, my lady.”

Sigrid smiled and Fili winked at her as he turned to go to his own room. She let herself inside and took her time changing and letting down her hair from her traveling braids. It felt like forever since she had arrived in Erebor this morning but so much had happened. She stoked the fire, getting it back up. She waited for a bit to see if Tauriel would arrive but when it seemed like close to an hour had passed, Sigrid slid out of the chair she had been sitting in and went over to the door connecting their rooms. She listened for any noise and not hearing any, slid the door open and peeked around.

Fili looked up and smiled at her from where he was sitting up in bed looking at a book. She slipped through and closed the door.

“I thought maybe you had fallen asleep.”

“I just was waiting to see if Tauriel would come back but I’m sure she’s occupied.”

Fili smiled and pulled back the covers where Sigrid climbed in. Fili nestled down into a more comfortable position and wrapped his arm around her shoulders. She didn’t hesitate to drape her arm across his bare chest and pull herself close.

Notes:

This was an incredibly fun chapter to write! I hope you enjoyed it a little extra Kiliel.

Thanks for reading! See you Wednesday!

Chapter 17

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

She snuggled into his arms and he kissed her forehead.

She yawned, then she remembered she couldn’t fall asleep in his room. She let out a groan.

“What’s wrong?” he asked.

“I just want to sleep, but I have to go back to my own bed.”

“Tauriel knows where you are and besides, no one is going to knock on your door for anything before morning. Stay here for a bit. I’ll make sure we get you back later tonight.”

She wouldn’t argue that and yawned again, snuggling in as he pulled up the blankets. Soon enough she was fast asleep.

Sigrid wasn’t sure what time it was when she woke up. She had rolled over onto her other side at some point in the night and Fili had fit himself perfectly to her, his arm wrapped around her waist. The light was still on and provided a soft glow to part of the room. She tried to get a bearing on the time. There was a window and balcony on the other side of the room, but she would have to turn over to see. As much as she hated the idea of moving, she couldn’t stay in Fili’s bed forever. She turned herself around and faced him, he barely moved and continued snoring softly.

She watched him for a while as he slept, smiling at how peaceful he looked. It was such a different sleep than when she had watched him while he was still recovering. That sleep always felt so stiff and permanent, and he never snored. He now snored and she watched his eyes move slightly behind his eyelids, she wondered what he was dreaming about.

She lifted her head slightly to look over his shoulder and could see that it was still dark out. She laid back down and nestled in, maybe a bit longer she told herself.

She woke again to Fili softly kissing her cheek, “Sigrid,” he whispered.

She blinked at him and smiled. She could tell almost immediately that the room was a bit lighter.

He smiled at her, “We should get you back in your bed.”

She nodded and stretched, wondering if she’d even be able to go back to sleep. It was probably so cold at this point. She pulled back the covers and shivered as the air in the room hit her bare skin. She slid off the bed.

Fili moved to follow her and she shook her head, “I can make it. You stay here.”

“You sure?”

She nodded and kissed him.

He held onto her hand as she walked away from the bed, then watched as she made her way to the door. She pulled it open and looked in, the fire was still going a bit, but no sign of Tauriel.

She looked back and gave him a quick wave which he returned then quietly pulled the door closed and climbed into the very cold bed.

It warmed up quickly enough and soon she fell back asleep.

---

Every time Sigrid returned from Erebor, even though she hadn’t been gone long, she was always impressed by the progress being made. There was always something new she was excited about that she hadn’t noticed before. This week she noticed that all of the fountains were now working. It was a superfluous thing, but the sound of running water as well as the sight of it made her giddy for it all. She couldn’t wait for green and flowers and a feeling that the city was alive after so long.

While she was home for the next week, they had one last overnight cold snap. And they knew the days would grow nicer. She spent a few days tending the garden. She visited a few potential buildings and sites for the new school, something that would have room for growth. In cleaning out different parts of the home as well as the main government building they’d found records and maps and building layouts for where everything had once been before Smaug. They had already changed some things. But with so many buildings still empty it was nice to see what they once were.

She spent some time up on the 3rd floor of the house. She opened the windows and cleaned the floors in the hallway and new parlor. She also did some scrubbing of the bathrooms. Things were now looking good and she was excited to show Fili and have his input and help on various updates and cleaning and organizing of rooms.

Bard had taken Tauriel under his wing as almost another daughter so he was excited when she told him about her recent courtship to Prince Kili. He was pleased to hear about King Thorin and was sad he had missed it. Sigrid and Tauriel told him about the party that would be held celebrating the courtships and Princess Dis hoped to meet the whole family soon.

When Sigrid returned to the mountain the next week with Tauriel she was surprised to see Fili and Kili waiting for them at the entrance. They had arrived a bit later than usual as Sigrid had gotten wrapped up in a meeting all morning. Her stomach had growled hoping for lunch but Fili and Kili steered them toward the training area. But luckily Fili produced sandwiches for each of them to hold them over.

“Isn’t it early for your training today?” Sigrid asked.

“It is, but I asked Oin to bump it up.”

“Any particular reason?”

“I’m just really excited to show you something,” he smiled.

They arrived at the training where Oin was waiting. The three of them sat on a nearby bench as Fili went through his normal routine. Nothing seemed different so far.

Kili jumped up to help Oin grab the parallel bars. Oin called Sigrid over for help and Kili winked as he went back to the seats with Tauriel. She moved to stand behind Fili but Oin pulled her to the other side. “Stand here Lady Sigrid.”

“Are you sure?” She was hesitant. If he got tired or fell she wouldn’t be able to catch him.

Fili was beaming at her. She got a feeling in her stomach that she knew what might happen but she didn’t want to get her hopes up just yet. Afterall, all that mattered was that he was healthy and happy.

He stood like usual. Resting first then putting his feet down. But then he just let go.

“Fili!” Sigrid paused as Oin rested his hand on her arm. And then he started walking towards her. It was slow and deliberate, and he had a limp to his right side. But he was sure-footed.

She put her hands over her face as he got closer and stood in front of her.

He pulled down her hands and held them. He was beaming.

“Fili,” she breathed. But she had no words so she leaned down and kissed him.

“It was all because of you,” he started.

Sigrid shook her head. “No, you did this. You worked hard to get here. I just supported you.”

“But without that support I never would’ve gotten here.”

She smiled and he kissed her again.

“So what does this mean?” She looked between him and Oin.

“We still need to continue at a good pace. But he can now walk on his own for short distances. Though he needs to be aware that he’s going to get tired easily for the first few weeks. Then still using the chair for longer distances or if he’s done a lot of walking during the day.”

“Training will continue daily,” he added.

“Do you think he’s ready to come to Dale?”

“That’s up to him.”

The both looked at Fili, who smiled.

“I’d love to go to Dale with you when you leave to head there next.”

Sigrid wanted to cry. She couldn’t even describe how excited she was.

Fili did use his chair to return to their rooms but left it near the door and walked through the rest.

Sigrid just watched him, in awe and amazement. He turned before he went into his room,

“What?” He asked, smiling.

She shook her head, “I’m just trying to decide if I’m dreaming or not.”

He walked up to her and kissed her, “You’re not dreaming.”

She smiled. He moved to go wash up and she sat there still reeling a bit from how far they’ve come in under six months. She couldn’t even wrap her mind around how different her life had been before dwarves showed up in Laketown. She didn’t notice him come back in as she was off thinking. He sat down and touched her hand and she jumped a bit.

“What has my lady so deep in thought?”

“It just is hard to wrap my mind around how different my life would be and was before you came through Laketown. And then how different it even was after the battle. It seems I’ll never really know what to expect anymore.”

“You can expect that I’ll love you forever,” he smiled.

“Such a sap,” she kissed him.

“Come on, my mother wanted us to meet her as soon as we were done.”

“For what?”

“Party planning,” he smiled. He opened the door for her. She looked at the chair for a second, hesitant.

“I’ll be ok. We are going just down the hall and I’m sure we will be sitting.”

She nodded and exited. He took her hand as they walked down the hall. She made sure she let him set the pace. She still couldn’t get over how well he was doing. But then again it had been just over 4 months since he started even trying to get out of bed.

“I like this,” she commented, squeezing his hand.

“You have no idea how much I’ve looked forward to doing this.”

They arrived at Princess Dis’ room and Fili paused, “No one else knows I am walking again, this will be a surprise.”

Sigrid nodded and Fili knocked. Dis called them inside. Bilbo was already there and they were drinking tea and talking.

When they both saw Fili they stopped and stared at him.

“Surprise!” he said, letting go of Sigrid's hand and walking forward. Sigrid saw the tears come to Dis’ eyes as she stood and took two strides before she pulled Fili into a hug. Sigrid smiled at it and noticed Dis whispering something to Fili and holding him tight. After Dis let Fili go, Bilbo stood to give him a hug as well. Sigrid hung back, letting them take this time. Dis noticed and motioned her to come over. She pulled Sigrid into a hug and said something in Khuzdul to her. Sigrid didn’t know the language but hoped it was good.

Fili smiled, “She says that this wouldn’t be possible without you.”

Sigrid shook her head, “It was all Fili.”

Dis smiled and squeezed her tighter, saying something else.

“She says you can’t always be so humble,” then Dis pulled back and smiled, wiping the tears from her eyes.

They all sat and Dis took a few deep breaths. “I’m sorry, when I get emotional, Westron escapes me.”

Sigrid smiled and nodded, “please there’s no need to apologize.”

“Well. Now let’s talk about this party.”

“Are Kili and Tauriel coming?” Sigrid asked.

“They should be. I’m sure they’ll be here soon.”

And just then there was a knock and the door opened. Kili and Tauriel came in holding hands.

“Oh good, now that we’re all here we can get started.”

They spent the afternoon enjoying pastries and discussing party ideas. They settled on a date and a time and location. Bilbo had been assigned food and would discuss with Bombur. Fili and Sigrid would be in charge of music and room arrangement and Kili, Tauriel, and Dis would be in charge of invitations and script.

They soon left Princess Dis’ room and after some coaxing, went to get Fili’s chair before going to see an area that could accommodate everyone, it was one of the main grand areas of all of Erebor, or so Dis remembered it being.

“It’s not that far.”

“But it’s farther than you should extend yourself right now.”

They arrived at what they were affectionately calling ‘the ballroom’, which Sigrid wasn’t entirely sure had been touched in the rebuilding.

As they turned a corner, quite a bit off from the main gates, Fili gasped and shook his head. Sigrid was looking at the immense pillars and ceilings that she didn’t immediately notice the floor. But when she did she also gasped. The floor was made of gold. It was a grand room, so she no doubt knew it was meant to be opulent but this seemed a little overboard. Sigrid had a feeling this was not correct. Fili stepped out of his chair and walked across it slowly.

“What happened?”

Fili shook his head. “I don’t know. But I don’t think the floor is meant to be gold.”

“And look,” he pointed towards the far end where it looked like an outline of where a statue should’ve been but now all that was there was stone and metal, the outline vague and shadowed.

“We should go,” Sigrid said hesitantly. It gave her a strange feeling.

Fili nodded and got back into his chair. They quickly exited, returning to the reconstructed areas she knew and Fili breathed deeply.

“Are you ok?” Sigrid asked cautiously.

He nodded, “We can’t use that space until it’s fixed. I’ll speak with Balin about it. Or we will find a different location.”

They managed to find Balin after dinner that night and asked him if he could spare a few moments. Fili looked around hesitantly, but everyone else had already left for the evening.

“What’s wrong, Fili?” Balin asked, his voice lowering.

“Have you been to the great hall over there,” he moved his head in the general direction, “since Smaug?”

Balin furrowed his brow, “no, I don’t believe we’ve made it quite over there with the rebuilding. Thorin had wanted to set our priorities on other locations first.”

Fili nodded, pursing his lips, “that would make sense.”

“Why, What’s...oh yes,” There was a look of recognition. “I had completely forgotten about the plan to kill Smaug in there. It hadn’t worked and he’d fled to Laketown.” He shook his head.

“Balin, the entire floor is made of gold.”

Balin nodded, “we will need to go about this carefully. I’m honestly surprised no one has stumbled onto it yet. I’ll find a team of dwarves I trust to go in there and remove the gold. I’ll have Gloin lead it so it can be reformed.”

“Thank you Balin,” Fili nodded, still looking a bit grim.

When they got back to the rooms Fili sat down on the couch with a sigh. Sigrid hesitated, instead standing nearby. Surely she was missing something.

“While it is a bit over the top, and something felt off, what is the problem with that much gold?”

Fili stared off into the fire for a long moment. She shifted on her feet, something was definitely not being said, “Fili?”

He sighed and looked at her, his eyes far off as if remembering something painful. She moved and sat next to him taking his hand.

“Tell me?” she asked quietly.

“I honestly don’t know much. Everyone is very secretive about it, but I know what I saw.”

Sigrid furrowed her brows.

Fili sighed, “I don’t know what has happened since the battle. Uncle seems back to normal so someone must have fixed something, but no one has talked about it.”

“Fili, I don’t know what you’re talking about.”

“I know, I’m sorry. I’m probably not making any sense. I just had completely forgotten about it, or at least forced myself to forget about it.”

“When did this thing start?” Sigrid really had no clue what was going on, but she guessed it had something to do with Thorin and why her father and Thranduil almost had a war with the Dwarves and why Smaug even existed in the first place.

“I only know bits and pieces, things overheard from my mother and Balin before the quest. I didn’t know my great-grandfather, but people would say things about the way he acted before Smaug attacked. They said he became harsh and greedy, which is where our troubles with the Elves started. And that he’d spend hours amongst the treasure. And that’s ultimately what drew Smaug, the immense amount of gold Erebor had begun to hoard.”

Sigrid nodded, not wanting to interrupt, though she had so many questions.

“I heard Balin refer to it as a sickness, a disease. No one knew if it ran in the family or if it only affected my great-grandfather. But my mother was worried about Thorin going so close to the mountain. And who knows what other evil dragons can leave in an area.”

“As you know I was in Laketown when they actually arrived in Erebor. I have no idea what happened,” he looked up at her from where he had been staring at the fire.

Fili shook his head then, “I should’ve seen it sooner, I should’ve listened to Bilbo then.”

Sigrid reached out and took Fili’s hand, rubbing her thumb across it gently.

Fili sighed and looked at Sigrid, “You mustn’t tell anyone about any of this.”

Sigrid nodded, “I won’t, I promise.”

Fili nodded and continued, “When we arrived at the mountain, Thorin was different. I can’t explain how. Bilbo tried to warn us, but I assumed it was just Thorin finally feeling accomplished. And that he was allowed to be proud of himself. But then he wouldn’t stop focusing on the arkenstone. He began to not sleep and would stay in the treasure room all day and night. There were a lot of things he said or did that didn’t make sense anymore. And then when he refused to aid your people or fight in the battle...we knew something was wrong.”

Sigrid hadn’t heard about this part before. She had just heard from the people and elves that it was typical dwarvish selfishness. She hadn’t wanted to believe that. They hadn’t seemed selfish when she had met them.

“We couldn’t really talk about it, and none of us really wanted to admit anything was wrong. But then we knew...we knew when…”

Fili took a deep breath.

He looked at Sigrid, “I don’t want to tell you this because I don’t want you to look at him differently. My uncle is one of the most brave and selfless dwarves you’ve ever met. But the sickness, it did something. It changed him.”

“I promise, I won’t. I think it's good for you to talk about it.”

Fili nodded, “Uncle found out that Bilbo had stolen the most important thing in the entire mountain and given it to your father.”

Fili shook his head, “My uncle had been in love with Bilbo for as long as we all could remember. And all my uncle saw was betrayal. Bilbo was the only one brave enough to stand up to him or call him out for his behavior. And my uncle, he couldn’t even see it. And so he tried to throw Bilbo from the ramparts.”

Sigrid gasped and Fili took her hands and looked at her, imploring, “please, please understand. It was the sickness. He would never have done that otherwise. After that, he went somewhere in the mountain. He disappeared for almost a whole day. And when he came back, it was like something had broken the sickness. And he apologized to us. And then the battle started before we could even do anything.”

Fili sat back and sighed, “I didn’t realize how much I don’t know until now. I just woke up and everything seemed fixed. It’s like there was never a sickness and I don’t know how I feel about it now.”

“He didn’t try to kill you did he?” Sigrid asked hesitantly.

“No, he didn’t. But it’s like he didn’t even know us. He called us his sister-sons, but there was no love there.”

“You should talk to him.”

Fili looked at her, skeptical, and then shook his head. “I can’t bring that up Sigrid. Not after everything.”

“But you still have feelings about it still. You can’t just hold onto those. Especially if you don’t know what caused the sickness.”

Fili nodded, “That’s what my immediate worry was. When I saw all that gold again, I got a terrible feeling in my gut. And for a moment I worried.”

“About what?”

Fili looked at her, “Sigrid, I don’t know what caused it. I don’t know if it runs in the family. What if I get the sickness? I haven’t been anywhere near the treasury or any gold since the battle. What if I’m not strong enough?”

Sigrid shifted closer to him and put both her hands gently on his face, cupping it. “Fili, you are so strong. I don’t know anything about this sickness, but I know you could defeat it…”

“But he couldn’t! And he was the strongest dwarf I’d ever known. If he couldn’t, I just…”

“Fili. That’s why you need to talk to him about it. Find out what he thinks, tell him your worries.”

He looked down as if wanting to argue. She nudged his face up gently with her hands.

“Plus, if you ever start acting up, you know I’ll set you straight,” she smiled.

He smiled back at her, pulling her towards him, “I know, my sunshine,” he kissed her gently.

Fili and Sigrid stayed in the rooms the rest of the evening into the next morning, preferring dinner alone together than with everyone. Especially as Fili still seemed distant, possibly reliving the memories, possibly thinking of how he was going to approach Thorin Sigrid guessed.

He sent off a quick note that morning to Thorin, asking to meet. She decided to stay in Erebor until this was settled and left to send a quick raven to her father. She didn’t say anything about why, just that she had decided to stay a bit longer but that Fili would be returning with her. Luckily she had already prepped a temporary room for him, which she indicated in the letter so that her father wouldn’t worry.

When she returned to the room, Balin was just leaving. She nodded at him as they passed and she walked in to find Fili sitting with his journal in his lap.

He looked up at her and gave a small smile.

She sat down next to him, “Everything alright?”

Fili nodded, “Balin has gotten started on the project and thinks it should be done within the next week or two. At least the first stage. He’s already let my mother know.”

“That’s great to hear.”

“And I’m meeting with Thorin this afternoon.”

Fili tapped his pen on the journal, out of nerves Sigrid wasn’t sure.

“It’s going to be worth it.”

“I just worry that he thinks I want to talk about something else. That he’ll get mad I’m bringing it up.”

“He can’t get mad at you for wanting to talk about something that affected you, and still affects you, and might affect you in the future. He’s the King of Erebor but he’s also your uncle.”

Fili nodded, “I don’t know how long it will last, what will you do?”

“I’ll probably go find Oin and help out. It’s been awhile since I’ve been down there.”

“I’m sorry if I’ve been keeping you from going down there.”

Sigrid shook her head, “You haven’t. We’ve been busy. I just need to make sure to go there when I can. Things will only get busier and I’ll need to start being ok with it.”

Fili sighed, “It definitely will. There’s only so long that I’ll be able to stay out of so many council meetings. He’s been gracious enough already, giving me all this time to recover. Soon it will be all day of meetings and all night of paperwork.”

They had a casual lunch alone and then Fili left to go meet with Thorin. He took his chair after Sigrid’s protests that she wouldn’t be there in case he got tired and he eventually agreed.

They parted outside the rooms and she headed down to help Oin.

It was luckily quiet in the medical ward. She remembered still when there were a lot of full beds, but now only a few here and there. And most seemed like simple things and they would be out within a day or two. Stab wounds from training, broken bones, a concussion. Oin walked through with Sigrid, checking on patients and teaching at the same time. All were compliant and kind, but she assumed it was because Oin wouldn’t allow anything but.

She was so caught up in the things she was doing she didn’t realize the time. After caring for patients, Oin had set her to inventory and paperwork, which he stated was just as important as healing work. If medicines were mislabeled or there were none, patients could die. She didn’t realize Fili was there until she had gotten up to check on a patient with a head wound who needed checking on every so often to make sure they weren’t asleep.

She came out of the room and there he was, standing just a bit away from where she had been sitting. “Oh, Fili! How long have you been here.”

He smiled, “a bit.”

“Were you here before I went to check on the patient?”

He smiled and shrugged, “You were so focused I didn't want to disturb you.”

Sigrid smiled and walked up to him, giving him a quick kiss on the cheek. “How’d it go?” she asked, expectantly.

Fili nodded and smiled, “we can talk about it later.”

“Oh right,” Sigrid said, forgetting they were in an open space.

“I’ve just got to finish up one last thing, want me to just meet you upstairs when I’m done?”

“I can wait,” he smiled, going over to a table that was meant for visitors or general use.

Sigrid went back to her work and focused, she wasn’t sure how long it had taken her, but she got to a good stopping point and put everything away. She washed her hands and hung up her apron.
Fili was sitting talking with Oin as she walked over.

“You know you don’t have to work so hard,” Oin said, smiling.

“Of course I do, inventory is just as important as saving patients.”

Oin tapped his nose and looked at Fili, “this is a good one right here. Smart as can be and a quick learner. Hardworker, too.”

Sigrid shuffled her feet and looked at anyone but Fili who was beaming at her. She smiled at the compliment.

“Only because I have a good teacher,” she said to Oin.

Who pretended not to hear her. She shook her head, “Bye Oin. I’ll be back next week.”

He nodded and barely waved, standing to return to the patients.

Fili and her left and headed back to Fili’s room. It was almost dinner, but Fili still felt a little like staying in, so they shared dinner instead in his room while he told her about what happened in the meeting.

“He definitely knew the meeting wasn’t just a way to spend some time with him, which I’m not sure made it easier or harder to talk with him at first.”

Sigrid nodded as she ate a bit of dinner.

“It was hard to know where to start so I just jumped in. I said, I just want to talk about the gold sickness. He definitely wasn’t expecting that and I almost thought he’d refused. He sat for quite awhile looking at me and then looking at his hands.”

“I explained to him that I hadn’t realized I was still holding onto the feelings, and I told him about the great hall, and I said that I was worried that I could fall sick and I never wanted to do that to you.”

Sigrid reached out her hand across the small table and rested it over Fili’s.

Fili sighed, “I think that’s what really got him. If it had just been about him then I think he never would’ve talked about it. But the fact that I’m sure he still regrets ever hurting Bilbo, all he wants is for me to be better than him.”

“He opened up then and we talked about it. After the battle, while we were all still asleep, Bilbo and Dain led Gandalf into Erebor and he cleansed it all. And anything they thought might cause the sickness was entrusted to others. A lot of the gold has since been melted down and reforged into bars rather than so many coins.”

“That’s great news, Fili.”

Fili nodded.

“And what did he say about whether it's family related or if you might get it?”

Fili sighed, “that’s the hardest part. He has no idea. He hopes that he has made it so that I never have to worry about it, but he can’t guarantee anything. He can only tell me what to avoid, what our history is, and help me to find those who would stop me.”

“I’m glad you talked with him.”

“Me too.”

They ate the rest of dinner in relative silence, Sigrid mulling over Fili’s words. There were no guarantees in anything it seemed. And it would be one more challenge she would face if she had to. After all, she had faced down orcs, and lived through a dragon, and there was always sunshine no matter how long or difficult the darkness had been. She had survived all the darkest days so far.

Notes:

Wow, what a chapter. A LOT happened, but hopefully you enjoyed it!

I've always wondered about the solid gold floor and also Fili would be much more concerned about the gold sickness than probably anyone else, especially as Crown Prince. I'm gonna make these characters communicate their feelings!

See you Sunday!

Chapter 18

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

That night, as she had the night before, Sigrid didn’t even bother going to her room first and pretending like she was going to sleep there. She still felt a bit self-conscious changing in front of him so she had changed quickly in her room before coming back and climbing into Fili’s bed. Their bed soon enough, as he reminded her. Tonight was the same and she was happy to be able to be close to him after one of first, she was sure, trying days. It hadn’t been an overly difficult day, but it had been one of the first that she had felt so emotionally drained in awhile. There were a lot of things she was realizing were going to be out of her control now that things were getting back in order. Some of the grace she had had in making decisions might not be so allowed in future.

“What’s my lady thinking so hard about?” Fili asked softly, running a finger over her furrowed brow. She hadn’t realized she was so concentrated.

“A lot of things, and then nothing at all really. Just about how I think things are probably going to be much different than they have been soon enough. I just feel like I got used to a less restrictive way of existing and I just feel like after today I’m going to have to readjust.”

Fili nodded, “we will both have to get used to it most likely. Especially when all of the dwarves arrive from the Blue Mountains.”

“I just don’t know what to expect. It was one thing to be suddenly thrown into the role of Lady of Dale, but those are my people. I have no idea what to expect as a crown princess.”

“As long as you stay true to who you are, then you can do no wrong.”

“That’s my worry though, what if I embarrass everyone with being too...Laketown.” She motioned her hands around as if the word and hand motion would convey her bigger meaning. Not a princess, more like worn out gowns with dirt on her hands and her hair falling out of its braid.

“I promise you that the dwarves of the Blue Mountains will no doubt feel more comfortable with it. Remember, no one other than Thorin, some of the company, and my mother really know what it is like to live under a King. Sure Thorin and my mother were in charge in the Blue Mountains, but they worked right alongside everyone else.”

“You think so?”

“Absolutely. The fact that you come from a hard upbringing will endear you into the hearts and minds of the dwarves from the Blue Mountains.”

“I’m trusting you on that.”

“Hey, I’m just another Blue Mountain dwarf and I’m enamored with you always,” he smiled at her.

Whenever he talked like that it made her blush. She didn’t know how she had found someone so in love with her. She wanted to be sassy and say something but she couldn’t find the heart in it and instead kissed him.

He broke off just a bit, “I can’t tell yet if when you kiss me you’re agreeing with me or you’re trying to get me to shut up.”

She smiled and kissed him again, “sometimes both.”

Sigrid could tell a bad habit was forming as she had stayed later tonight than any other night. It was definitely past sunrise when she slid out of bed and went back to her room. She had almost not bothered, but her conscience got the better of her. Luckily she had been able to do so without waking Fili.

She couldn’t really sleep once she climbed back into her cold bed so she instead went to the bathroom and filled up the tub. She appreciated how quiet everything was. There was no real plumbing in Dale and what was there was always cold and made a racket coming up out of the pipes. She always tried to take a bath right before she left Erebor knowing it’d be her last warm one unless she felt like heating the water and carrying it upstairs. She was tempted just to put a bathtub in the kitchen so that it wouldn’t be such a pain. Maybe she should find someone to fix that she thought as she slid into the tub.

She wondered if Fili could do it, she had no idea what all his skills were. He mentioned he was a Blue Mountain dwarf, but she didn’t know if that meant he had just lived there but still had had some level of comfort. Had he worked his whole life? Was he a miner or a carpenter? Did he work in metals or some other trade? Clearly he was a skilled craftsman because he had made her her courting bead. She reached up to touch it. She was surprised how well it stayed in. She would have to ask him more about what he did in the Blue Mountains. She knew he could fight, that was for certain.

She was lost in her rolling thoughts and didn’t hear the door to the bathroom open. It was a connected bathroom between the two rooms, though it was still very early that she didn’t think anyone would be up.

It wasn’t until she heard a groggy voice apologize that she turned around, sloshing water around. Fili was trying to sleepily make his exit back out of the room.

“Oh, Fili. It’s just you.”

“Sorry Sigrid, I thought you might have gone back to bed.”

“I couldn’t sleep.”

He nodded, and rubbed his eyes, yawning. He looked so adorable, his hair mussed up, shirtless and barefoot with only his trousers on. And even they were a little skewed.

“If you need to use the bathroom I can get out,” she offered, starting to move to get a towel. She had already washed and had just been enjoying the warm water.

“I’ll just, um,” he blushed a bit looking awkward. She chuckled that he could see her naked in bed, but clearly this was a new thing.

He looked at his feet as she climbed out and wrapped a towel around herself, careful to dry off her feet so as to not slip.

“Fili, it’s ok,” she chuckled. He looked up at her and smiled. They met in the middle and she kissed him on the cheek before leaving. She closed the door behind her and made her way to her wardrobe. She dried out her hair and changed.

After breakfast they made their way to the stables. Since Fili had never been to Dale, Sigrid planned for him to stay until she returned to Erebor next week. Which also made it easier to travel together. Multiple ideas had been thrown out. He couldn’t walk or take the chair all the way there. And he couldn’t ride a pony himself just yet. A cart had been an initial thought but that would have to mean someone would need to drive it down there and back. Finally Sigrid had stated what she thought was the obvious. He could just ride on her horse with her. Everyone had looked at her like she was a dragon. Until Tauriel agreed that was a good plan. Sigrid was a fine rider and it would be the best and most practical option. Even then, there was still a bit of convincing. Oin hadn’t really perfected a good chair for Dale quite yet, that they just planned to do short walking trips each day rather than one long one. Oin agreed it would be good for Fili’s muscles, as long as it was for short periods at a time and not too many times a day. Sigrid had agreed to watch him closely.

Finally, no one could come up with a better solution, so they went with it. Kili had hoped to come along but Thorin insisted only one Durin needed to bother Bard at a time while they were still rebuilding.

At the stables Fili was having second thoughts. Sigrid’s and Tauriel’s horses stood out among the ponies and goats that resided in the stables. But Sigrid assured Fili it would be fine. Oin had given Fili a polished walking stick to replace the chair for now while he was in Dale. He was leaning on it currently as the stable hands brought forward their horses. Sigrid handed Fili a sugar cube and insisted he give it to her. He held out his hand and the horse that Sigrid had named Rosie was immediately enamored with Fili.

“She likes you,” Sigrid smiled.

“Are you sure she’ll hold us both?”

“Absolutely, she’s carried twice our weight before,” Fili finally sighed and gave in.

A stool was brought over so that Fili could step up and into the stirrup to get himself over. He climbed up first and settled into the front of the saddle. Tauriel had taken all their bags just to free up space. Even though Sigrid didn’t necessarily need it, she appreciated the stool for giving her a little more help in getting up and not knocking Fili off at the same time. She pulled herself up and settled in behind Fili.

“You doing ok?” She asked, wrapping her arms around his waist to get the reins from where they were set.

“I know this is the easy part, so I guess good so far.”

She smiled and gave him a quick kiss on the cheek. Feeling everything was set, the gates were opened and Tauriel set out first. Sigrid never tired of the view as the gates were opened. The sun shined in and she squinted a bit getting used to it. From this angle, they looked out and could see the city of Dale above and to their left and the long lake leading into the river was to the right.

“Wow” Fili said as they slowly went out the gate.

“You’ve never seen it in spring,” she smiled.

He shook his head, the world was starting to green. Where the battlefield was a small layer of grass had grown and soon it would be unrecognizable. She kept her arms around him as she steered themselves over the bridge and onto the gravel path leading to Dale.

“I’m going to get her to move a bit faster, otherwise we won’t get to Dale today,” but before Fili said anything, she pushed the horse into a trot and caught up to Tauriel where they made their way to Dale.

Sigrid moved to hold the reins with one hand and wrapped her free hand around Fili’s waist, holding him to her. He moved his arm to hold onto her wrist, the other firmly holding onto her thigh.

Dale soon rose higher and higher as they reached it, though not nearly as high as it was approaching Erebor. They came in through the north gate and steered towards the house. Usually they would go to the main stables on this side of town and walk home, but with Fili she would drop him off first and then return the horses. They slowed to a walk and made their way through the streets. This side of town was quiet as the market was on the opposite side. Sigrid always appreciated that in the past few months as it gave her time to herself before she had to sit up straight and slide back into her role. For a bit longer between Erebor and home she could just be a simple girl. She pointed out a few buildings as they passed by them to Fili.

“I didn’t see it before, but Dale looks amazing.”

“And here we are,” Sigrid stated as they pulled up in front of the Lord’s manor. She always was a bit sheepish about the idea of living in such a large house, but she had started to get used to it.
Sigrid slid off and offered Fili a hand down. He had no trouble getting off the horse with little help required. Although he did almost stumble once on the ground.

Sigrid caught him, “It is a bit to get used to if you haven’t been on one in awhile.”

“Or ever.”

“I’m sorry, I should’ve warned you.”

He smiled, “no problem. I’ll remember for next time.”

Luckily no one would be home to bombard Fili so she showed him into the house and got him set up in the parlor to rest while she went to help Tauriel with the bags.

She hauled them in and set them in the entryway. Tauriel had kindly agreed to bring the horses to the stables herself. Fili was grinning when she went back in to find him.

“What?”

“Nothing. I’m just excited to be here with you. I’ve been trying to picture what it would look like.”

She smiled, “I'll give you the tour once we rest a bit. Let me show you to the kitchen and get you something.”

He nodded and followed her, the sound of his cane softly setting against the wood. As much as he was here finally, she had to remember he still was recovering. She had to take it slow. And it was much harder to get around Dale with its cobblestone streets and she realized the immense amount of stairs in her own house. There were not so many stairs in the areas that she always was in in Erebor. She got him something to drink and got them all a snack. Tauriel soon joined them and they ate quickly before Sigrid and Tauriel went upstairs with the bags.

Sigrid set Fili’s bag into the large master bedroom on the second floor. Her and Bard had agreed it would make a good guest room, especially since he never intended to use it. No matter how much she tried to convince him.

Sigrid returned to the kitchen, “How are you feeling?”

“I’m great. It was just the initial getting off the horse. But I’m good, I promise.”

“You’ll let me know the minute you aren’t, right?”

“Of course.”

“Would you like to go to the market with me, I need to get some supplies for dinner.”

“That’d be great. I just want to see everything, so drag me wherever my lady,” he smiled and stood, much more sure footed this time.

Tauriel had already left to return to her duties as Captain of the Guard, a title Bard had happily given her after finding out that had been her job before. He had no problem as much of the previous guard had been traitors and only supported the Master. Those that hadn’t fled, or died, were lucky Bard had given them their guard jobs back.

They made their way out into the sun and Sigrid soaked it in. It was a beautiful spring day, with only a little bit of chill still in the morning air. It was a bit later, so the market would be quieter after the early morning rush. Fili held out his hand and they walked through the streets. Any dwarves working in Dale were keen to stop and congratulate Fili and ask after his health. They were positively excited to see him well and happy. Sigrid was introduced to all of them and tried to make mental notes to remember them as best she could. Citizens of Dale also passed by, some just looked at the two of them holding hands with furrowed brows but most greeted Sigrid and many stopped to talk and meet her dwarf suitor. Sigrid realized they hadn’t actually formally announced to Dale that she was courting. She would need to do that soon before the rumors got too wild. When they found out he was Prince Fili, many who knew he had been ill, they noted his remarkable recovery. Which of course he always said was all due to Lady Sigrid’s diligence and he thanked the citizens for allowing her the chance to help him. Sigrid watched as men and women alike swooned at his charm. She smiled the whole way to the market, which took them considerably longer than she had expected.

“How are you feeling?” She asked Fili quietly.

“Really good. It is good to see how much your people adore you.”

“They seem to be quite taken by you as well.”

He beamed at her as they continued into the market. She just needed a few things, but they wandered a bit, talking with various vendors. A lot of dwarves had also come to set up stalls and so far everyone had gotten along well enough. At least on the outside. And she hadn’t heard any complaints so far from anyone. She didn’t know how long it would last, but she at least hoped it was because of a new understanding rather than just silent hatred.

As they passed the fabric stall, Sigrid remembered she needed to start working on that quilt. She browsed through the fabrics and found a beautiful dyed yellow fabric. She bought all of it that they had and tucked it away.

“What’s the for?” Fili asked as they left the market.

“Just something I’m working on,” She smiled. She wanted to tell him, but she also wanted to see the look on his face when she surprised him with it.

He just smiled and shrugged.

Back at the house she put everything away. She wasn’t quite sure what she was making for dinner, but she hoped it would be good.

“Let me show you around the house and to your room.”

She showed him around the first floor, which for the most part was still quite empty, though clean and dust free at least. They climbed the stairs to the second floor and Sigrid noted where everyone’s rooms were. At the top of the stairs was Sigrid’s room that she shared with Tauriel, then to the left Bain’s, then Tilda’s, and her fathers on the opposite side of the hall. Sigrid turned right and led Fili through a door and then into the master suite.

“Sigrid, I appreciate it, but this room is far too big for me to be taking. Surely I’ve put someone out.”

“No, I promise you haven’t. My father doesn’t want to be in here, he says it's too big for a bargeman. And we figured this would be a good guest room as well. That way anyone who stays has some privacy.”

“If you’re sure,” Fili hesitated.

Sigrid smiled, “we’ve seen the guest rooms in Erebor Fili, it makes sense.”

He nodded, “you’re right.”

“Come, I have the most exciting surprise still for you.”

Fili followed along. Sigrid didn’t bring him up the secret stairs right next to them but instead walked to the main stairs at the other end.

“I’m sorry for so many stairs.”

Fili waved her off, “it’s not so many.”

They arrived upstairs. It was still mostly empty, but again, the hallway and parlor were at least dust free.

She walked into the middle of the room and opened her arms out, “Here it is! I know it isn’t furnished but I wanted to do that together.”

It took Fili a moment to remember, “Oh yes! Our upstairs suite.”

She nodded, and took his hand, opening up various doors and telling him what she thought might be a good way to set it up. An office here on the left, then a guest room. Bathroom is on the right. She noted.

“I’m sorry for the dust in these rooms, I wanted to wait for you to come.”

“I’m glad you waited, I definitely wouldn’t have wanted you to do all this yourself.”

She pushed through a secondary door, “and here are the rooms I thought would be just ours,” she blushed a bit, finally saying it out loud. It was different in Erebor, she would just be moving into what were already Fili’s rooms. But here. It was both of them moving in together. It just felt different.

She opened one door, “maybe a sitting area or an office.”

Then the next door, “and our room.” She had cleaned this one just a bit more. Not a lot, but she had at least tried to clear the dust and air out the room. There was currently just a simple metal framed bed, mattress, and a dresser. It wasn’t much.

Fili took Sigrid’s hand, “this is amazing.”

He smiled up at her and pulled her in for a kiss.

They returned downstairs and Fili helped Sigrid prep dinner. “I can do some basic cooking, though it's nothing fancy, just enough to get something filling when on the road,” he said as he sat at the table chopping vegetables.

Sigrid had decided on a meat and vegetable pie. She kneaded dough on the counter, rolling it out and filling the pie pan. They chatted easily, she asked if he knew when more dwarves would be coming in from the Blue Mountains (probably within the month) and what he thought of Dale so far. Did he think the dwarves felt like they were getting along with her own citizens?

As they spoke, she had to keep reminding herself to talk with her father about announcing their courtship officially. Even though there was going to be a celebration in the mountain, they should probably have some sort of gathering in Dale as well, it was only right, and it would be the first chance for a gathering of the citizens of their new city.

Notes:

See you Wednesday! <3

Chapter 19

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Sigrid soon heard the front door open and she could hear Tilda’s voice.

She turned to Fili and smiled, “Get ready to be bombarded,” she took the knife he was holding away and handed him a towel to wipe his hands just as Tilda came into the kitchen. She ran and hugged Sigrid first, a stream of topics about how much she missed her and what she did at school. Bain also came in and hugged Sigrid. They didn’t even notice Fili at first and Sigrid watched him watch their interaction, a smile blooming on his face.

“I can’t wait to hear all about it Tilda. But first, I have someone I want you both to meet again.”

Bain turned and noticed Fili and Sigrid turned Tilda’s shoulders.

She squealed out loud and ran towards Fili, completely unphased by decorum. She basically jumped into his arms and gave him a hug, which Fili gave back, pulling her up into his lap.

“Prince Fili! You’re here!” Truth be told, Tilda had only met Fili in Laketown, but I guess he had stayed in both of their hearts despite the short initial meeting.

Fili looked up at Bain, and held out his hand, which Bain took and shook heartily.

Sigrid encouraged Bain to sit, “I’ll get you both a snack before dinner. Come Tilda, Fili needs to finish helping me make dinner.”

Tilda climbed off of Fili’s lap but chose a seat right next to him, which she scooted a bit closer.

She handed out drinks and snacks to Tilda and Bain. Even though Bain was older, she couldn’t really quite get used to the fact that he wasn’t a little boy anymore.

Sigrid smiled at the scene as she sat and started building the pie. Listening to Tilda and Bain talk about their day. And having to corral Tilda in when she started asking Fili too many questions too quickly.

“Are you going to get married?”

Fili smiled, “this summer hopefully.”

Tilda clapped in excitement, “Oh I can’t wait! Are you going to have a baby after?”

Fili chuckled as Sigrid looked at Tilda, eyes wide, the embarrassment clear, “Tilda, that is not an appropriate question.”

“Why not?”

“Because that is a very personal question, and there’s a lot of planning that goes into having a baby.”

Tilda sighed, “Alright, I just think it’d be fun to have a baby around.”

“If and when we have a baby you will be one of the first to know, deal?”

Tilda smiled, “Deal!”

Sigrid looked at Fili, mortified, and he could barely contain his laughter. In all honesty, Sigrid hadn’t thought about babies at all. They had mentioned children being the heir to the throne, but Sigrid didn’t even know if Fili and her could even have children.

Not long after she heard the front door open again, “Sigrid?” she heard her father call from the front hall. “In the kitchen, Da.”

The pie was in the oven and they were working on the potatoes and a second pie, an apple one, for dessert.

Bard walked through the door and Sigrid stood to hug him. Fili also stood. Bard smiled at Sigrid as she moved aside, Bard holding out his hand for Fili’s. They shook hands.

“Well, it is nice to see you again Prince Fili. And standing as well. Good to see that your recovery is going well.”

“Thank you, Lord Bard.”

“Please, call me Bard.”

“Fili, then.”

Bard nodded, releasing Fili’s hand. He went to greet Bain and Tilda as well. Tilda restarted her tale of her whole day. The second pie was finished and Fili helped Sigrid clean up and prep the table for dinner. Tauriel came in a little bit later and hugged Tilda and Bain.

“When is Prince Kili going to come to dinner?” Tilda asked Tauriel.

Tauriel smiled, “Soon enough.”

Fili added, “he wanted to come this time, but my mother thought only one dwarf needed to overwhelm the Lord of Dale’s house at a time.”

“Awww,” Tilda pouted, “But we fit way more dwarves at our house in Laketown.”

Fili chuckled, “that you did. And I'll be sure to let my mother know.”

Dinner was served and everyone settled in.

After dinner and dessert were enjoyed and cleaned up, Tauriel brought Bain out into the back yard for archery practice and Sigrid sat to help Tilda with her homework.

“A word, Fili. If you don’t mind.”

Fili nodded and followed Bard out of the kitchen. Sigrid watched them both go until she heard the door to the study close softly.

“Is Fili in trouble?”

“I don’t think so. They just haven’t gotten a lot of time to talk since Fili has been sick.”

“Oh,” Tilda started to work on her math problems, “But he’s better now right?”

“Almost. He gets tired sometimes when he walks too far, but he just needs a bit more time.”

“That’s good, and you helped him get better right?”

“Yes, now no more distractions, homework first,” Sigrid tapped the paper.

They worked through the math sheet and then moved onto spelling and grammar. By the time they were starting the science homework Sigrid realized Fili and Bard were still talking. She looked up towards the door, listening for anything. She shrugged and helped Tilda with the last of her homework, letting her go outside with Tauriel and Bain. They’d all soon be coming inside anyway because it was starting to get dark.

She stood and did some final clean up in the kitchen before quietly padding towards her fathers study. She avoided the creaky floorboard just outside the door and hovered along the door frame. She couldn’t tell anything they were saying so she assumed it was all fine. She walked along the hallway and stood watching Bain practice.

She stood there awhile before she shivered, “Alright, everyone. Time to come in!” she called, heading back to the kitchen to warm up the kettle.

As she put on the water to boil she stood there feeling a little heavy hearted. For so long she had been their mother. Even though no one could replace her mother and her father did a wonderful job, she found so much of herself in taking care of the 3 of them. And soon she would move away, maybe only seeing them once a week. She would miss out on helping with Tilda’s homework or celebrating Bain’s accomplishments.

She was so lost in thought she barely registered the kettle and took it off the heat as its piercing noise reverberated throughout the kitchen. She poured the water into mugs for Bain, Tilda, and Tauriel and carried them into the library where they were all gathered.

Once settled, with Tauriel telling them an elvish tale, Sigrid went back to her father’s office and knocked gently.

“Come in.”

“Sorry to interrupt, can I get either of you tea?”

“That would be wonderful Sigrid, thank you,” he smiled and she closed the door, getting them both mugs and tea. She pushed the door open with her toe and set them down.

“Let me know if you need anything else,” she gave her father a look and smiled down at Fili.

She closed the door behind her, getting her own tea and settling in with Tilda, Bain, and Tauriel in the library.

It was late when Fili and Bard finally left the office. Tilda was asleep in Sigrid’s lap and Bain was barely staying awake. Tauriel and Sigrid had just been talking about various things and answering questions Bain had. Fili and Bard came into the doorway of the library.

Sigrid smiled at them, “You’re just in time to carry her up to bed, Da.”

Bard smiled and bent over, scooping Tilda into his arms. Sigrid stood and he gave her a quick kiss on the cheek.

“Up to bed, Bain” Sigrid pulled him up where he was sitting and gave him a quick kiss on the cheek, which he grumpily accepted.

“You should get to bed soon as well, Sigrid,” Bard said before leaving with a fast asleep Tilda and a very sleepy Bain trailing him.

Tauriel took her leave of them and left the house as she always did. Sigrid had rarely seen her sleep, especially at night. Tauriel had said once that she only needed to sleep a few times a week and as long as she was not over-exerting herself, could stay awake the rest of the time. Sigrid assumed she slept while in Erebor rather than in Dale.

Fili and Sigrid were left standing in the library. The fire was still burning and Sigrid sat back on the couch, pulling the blanket around her. She patted the seat next to her. Fili came to sit from where he had still been standing in the doorway.

“So,” Sigrid looked at him, eyebrows raised.

He smiled, “so?”

“You were in there a long time.”

Fili nodded, “yeah. It didn’t seem like that long though.”

“And?”

He smiled and cocked his head to the side, “Hm?”

She rolled her eyes, “Stop being coy, tell me what you talked about.”

He smiled and pulled her and her blanket closer to him, “Lots of things. Nothing bad I promise.”

“Good. I was worried.”

“No, you don’t need to worry. Everything he does is always looking out for you. And me honestly, which I appreciate. He takes the father figure role very seriously.”

Sigrid smiled at that, “yes, he does.”

“He really just wanted to talk to me alone, without Thorin being there, or you, my mother, or anyone else. He wanted to know and find out about things from just me, without any feelings of pressure.”

“And you’re ok?”

“Oh yeah, it was honestly really refreshing. Very seldom does anyone want to know how I’m actually feeling as Fili. Not as Crown Prince Fili, sister son of Thorin Oakenshield, King under the Mountain.”

He said the last bit in his best official sounding deep serious voice.

“And how do you feel.”

“More sure than ever.”

“Really?”

“Absolutely. Bard is a good leader, a great father, and incredibly humble. He said you compared me to him, and while I can’t say I’ve earned that high of regard, it is something I will strive for if I can. I could choose no better to model myself off of when it comes to kindness and unwavering resolve.”

“I’m glad,” Sigrid felt the weight of it dissolve and she suddenly felt tired and snuggled up into Fili more.

“He didn’t say anything or ask anything embarrassing did he?” Sigrid said into the crook of Fili’s neck, where she rested her head.

He ran his hand softly over her hair, “if he did, I’m not telling.”

“Oh, just going to hold it over me until it's the right time.”

“Who said it was anything embarrassing about you?”

“Ooh, even more reason for me to want to know then.”

“Maybe one day.”

“Fine,” Sigrid said, mid yawn.

“But for now, I think you want to sleep.”

Sigrid nodded and stood up from the couch, folding the blanket and laying it back over the back of the couch. They climbed the stairs together, “There’s only one bummer about being here instead of Erebor,” Fili whispered.

“Hm?”

“No connected rooms.”

Sigrid paused in the middle of the stairs and frowned at him, “I hadn’t even thought about that,” she whispered.

He smiled and kissed her, “A few days won’t kill us.”

“It may,” she said as they approached their rooms.

She gave him a kiss and he retreated to his own room.

She shut her door quietly so as to not wake Tilda and quietly changed into her nightgown. She climbed into her bed and wished she could know what they talked about. She fell asleep trying to think of questions, and hoping none of them were too intimate.

---

The next morning Sigrid was up early, as always. She dressed quietly as Tilda was still asleep and she started on breakfast. Bard was usually already downstairs or was there within a few minutes. It was their morning routine.

She handed him a cup of coffee, and sat down with her own tea. He was reading over some documents, as he did most mornings.

“How did you sleep?” she asked. It was a neutral enough question.

“Well, and you?”

“Same as always.”

“I know you want to know what I discussed with Fili last night,” he didn’t look up from his papers.

“Maybe,” she shrugged nonchalantly.

“And I know you already asked him and he didn’t tell you anything specific.”

She sighed and Bard chuckled.

“I know my Sigrid.”

“I know, you just didn’t say anything embarrassing did you?”

“Why would you think that?” he looked up from the paper at her.

“I don’t know. You didn’t have one of those man to man conversations, did you?”

“And if I did?”

She groaned and stood up to start on breakfast as she heard the water in the bathroom turn on. Meaning either Bain or Tilda or both were up.

“We just had a good talk and that’s all there is to it. I’m sure you’ll have one similarly with Princess Dis if you haven’t already.”

“I haven’t.”

“Ah, well look forward to it then.”

Tauriel walked through just then, as if she knew exactly how much time Bard and Sigrid needed to spend talking. Not that Sigrid had learned any more, and actually was now even more concerned about what they talked about.

It was easy to steer the conversation away as Bard asked Tauriel how the shift went that night. No problems or sightings of anything. Bard was worried now with spring and more people out and traveling that orcs who had survived winter and may be out for blood would be more relentless. It made Sigrid worry for everyone’s safety.

Fili was actually first to come downstairs. He was dressed in simple, though no less princely of clothes, “Good morning,” he smiled, taking a seat across from Bard.

“Tea or coffee?” Sigrid asked as she made a breakfast hash.

“Coffee, please”

She set down an already prepared cup.

“Thank you. Can I help with anything?”

Sigrid shook her head and smiled over her shoulder, “I’m all set.”

Soon enough Tilda and Bain joined them and breakfast was served to all. Sigrid made a note to take in this feeling, this scene. Her whole family, safe and happy. She felt it in her gut, this feeling. It was a deep emotion, filled with love but also fear. She focused on her eggs and tried to get it to pass. Would she get to do this in Erebor, what if she never had children of her own? She couldn’t believe that in this moment she would have this panic. She had survived so much.
Fili’s hand settled on her leg and she was brought back to the moment, the noises, the smiles, and laughter. She looked up to see Fili looking at her fondly, but with an air of concern. She smiled at him and patted his hand. He kept it there even as he went back to eating.

It was a good grounding while they finished breakfast. If anyone else had noticed they hadn’t said anything. Bard kissed all his children good-bye (including Tauriel) and shook Fili’s hand before leaving for work.

Sigrid got Tilda and Bain all set up for school and the day and Tauriel offered to bring Tilda to school. Sigrid thanked her and saw them out the front door. She leaned against it and tried to sort herself out. She went back to the kitchen where Fili was waiting for her. He had started picking up the dishes and was putting them in the sink.

“Thanks Fili, I’ve got it,” she started to push up her sleeves.

He turned but didn’t move away, instead putting his hands on her hips to stop her.

“Sigrid.”

“I’m fine, everything's fine.”

“If you already expected the question then something is definitely wrong.”

She tried to move past him, but he was stronger than her even still recovering. He held her firmly in place.

“If I thought you could have broken the plate with your mind, I would’ve been worried by how intensely you stared at it.”

“I just was thinking, that’s all.”

“About what?”

“Fili, please,” Sigrid begged. She didn’t want to talk about it right now. Even though it would be so easy. It was too fresh.

“Alright,” he lifted his hands off her hips and stepped aside.

She went to clean the dishes and heard him move the chair to sit down.

They stayed in silence for a while until she was almost done. And she couldn’t stop thinking about it, the thought nagged at her.

“Fili.”

“Yes?”

“What if…” she couldn’t figure out why it was suddenly so hard to say out loud when her brain had been screaming it for the past 15 minutes.

“What if,” she paused the dish she was washing, afraid to break it, “what if we can’t have children?”

The question hung in the air.

She didn’t hear Fili get up but suddenly his arms were wrapped around her and she crumpled. He helped her set the plate down and guided her to a chair, pulling one up in front of her, where he sat.

“Sigrid, I will still love you no matter what.”

“I know,” she sniffled, “I know that part. I just. What if I can’t ever have this?” She waved her hands around the kitchen. “All I’ve ever known is caring for my family. And coming back. With you. It just became so real.”

She tried to wipe the tears from her eyes, “And it was a brief moment yesterday but then this morning I just thought about it more. And then I panicked. I have to leave them. I’ll live in Erebor. And what happens if we can’t have children, Fili?”

“I can’t tell you if we will be able to have children but if we can’t we will figure it out. I promise. And if that means coming back to Dale then we will figure out a way. I’d never live with myself if I let you suffer through this alone.”

She nodded, hiccupping a bit as her tears slowed.

“I’m sorry. I know it’s dramatic.”

“No, no Sigrid. Don’t apologize. It’s perfectly understandable. You’re so caring and your family is so important to you. I should’ve thought about the fact that you would want to be a mother.”

“I'd never really thought about it really. It just seemed like the next step. Care for Tilda and Bain, care for my own children. I haven’t ever thought of another option.”

“I think we will just have to wait and see. As scary as that sounds. But we will be in this together.”

He gently touched their foreheads together as Sigrid’s tears slowed and stopped. Their knees touching and hands wrapped together. She sighed and leaned back dabbing at her eyes with her apron. She stood and went back to finish the dishes. Needing just a few moments to collect herself.

He sat patiently and waited for her to finish. She hung up her apron and held out her hand. “Let’s get out. I need some fresh air.”

He nodded and followed her to the entry where they pulled on shoes and coats. Fili grabbed his cane from where it sat against the wall and put it over his arm, opening the door for Sigrid.

“After you my lady.”

They exited and she locked the house.

“Where to?” He asked.

“I’ll show you the training grounds and barracks.”

“Lead the way,” he linked their hands together and they were off, some of the weight of this morning faded, for now, as they walked down the cobblestone streets.

Notes:

Enjoy! I'll see you Sunday!

Chapter 20

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

They walked along the streets occasionally getting stopped. Sigrid had still forgotten about the announcement after the second person moved away. “Actually, can we make a quick detour? I need to talk to my father quickly if he isn’t in a meeting.”

“Of course.”

They turned down a different street and headed to the administrative buildings. A guard stood at the entrance alongside a desk with an administrative official.

“Ah, Lady Sigrid. Wonderful to see you,” the official stated and bowed her head slightly.

“Good to see you as well, Marione. Would you happen to know if Lord Bard is free?”

She looked down at the register in front of her, “It looks like he should be out of a meeting soon, if you’d like to head to his office, he should be there directly after.”

“Thank you,” she smiled and walked down the hall. They passed a few offices and some closed rooms where they could overhear people talking.

“I’ll actually show you my office first,” Sigrid smiled.

“You have an office?” Fili asked, surprised.

“Yes, though I never use it because I’m always elsewhere.”

They turned left down a hall and she stopped in front of a wood door. It had the words Director of Public Services engraved on it. She pulled out a key and unlocked the door. Sunlight filtered in and showed dust particles in the air. A small desk sat in the middle stacked with paperwork. There were two chairs in front and a wall of books and records.

“You didn’t tell me you held a political office.”

Sigrid shrugged, “I guess it doesn’t feel real. And it’s not like I hold any official meetings or anything.”

“Sometimes you shouldn’t be so humble. This is a great accomplishment,” Fili said looking around the room. “So what does public services include?”

“Anything related to the people really. It doesn’t seem like they ever had one in the past, the services provided to the public were spread out into other areas, but I thought it’d be good to centralize them while we were rebuilding. Things like education, medicine, the emergency response council, food support, support for the elderly, the library, a system of mail, and some other things I pick up here and there.”

“All really important things.”

“Things that are cut first in times of crisis.”

“You should use your office more,” Fili smiled, “And you should talk about it more.”

“I’ll try,” she smiled and they left, closing the door.

They continued down the hall to an office at the end. She opened the door to a smaller reception room. It currently didn’t have anyone staffing it, but Sigrid guessed that once this building was full of people.

They went into the large office, with windows that faced out over Dale and towards Erebor.

“This view is incredible.”

“I like to come up here sometimes and just sit and look out.”

They sat in the two chairs near the desk, which was also covered in papers. She chuckled to herself, her father having gone from a bargeman who barely had any paperwork to mounds and mounds of it. They sat for a while just looking out the window at the view. The sky was blue, though it still had some clouds as if it might rain later in the day. The first of many spring storms most likely.

Soon enough, she could hear footsteps coming down the hall. She turned in her chair to see her father coming in, pushing the door open with his shoulder as he looked at a document in his hand.

He looked up and jumped a bit, “Sigrid, Fili. I didn’t expect you.”

“Sorry Da, Marione said to just come up and wait for you.”

“Oh, yes. That’s no problem at all.” then he paused, “Is something wrong?”

He walked around his desk and put the papers down in front of him, sitting and crossing his hands in front of him on top of the papers.

“No, no. Nothing’s wrong. But I forgot about something that I meant to tell you yesterday.”

He leaned back, “Oh, good. What is it?”

“Fili and I were on our way to the market yesterday and I forgot that we haven’t formally announced our courtship. I know the rumors were going around, but I don’t want the people to think we don’t want to tell them.”

“You’re right. I had forgotten about that,” he sighed and rubbed the bridge of his nose.

“Would a formal announcement be appropriate?” Fili suggested.

“Honestly, FIli, between the 3 of us, I have no idea. I’m making this up as I go. No one was around when Dale still existed and Laketown was anything but formal. We’ve been going off of any old records we can find but those barely contain anything practical.”

“Many of the dwarves, Balin for example, were here when Dale was flourishing. I know that they would’ve met with Lord Girion as well. Perhaps they can help shed some light?”

Bard nodded, “That really is a good idea. There’s usually a raven or two around here. I’ll send a message to... Balin, you said?”

“Yes, I think he would be most knowledgeable about that.”

Bard jotted down a note for himself, “And what are you doing in Erebor to announce the courtship?”

“We are hosting a large party, once dwarves from the Blue Mountains arrive.”

Bard sat back, “That wouldn’t be a bad idea either. The people haven’t really had a chance to celebrate anything in decades. That would be good for the spirit of Dale.”

Sigrid smiled, “I think that’s a great idea.”

“I’ll still reach out to Balin, but let’s start thinking about how to plan and announce a gathering like that. Resources are still a bit tight, but I’m sure we could make it work.”

“Erebor would be happy to lend a hand with provisions.”

“Thank you, Fili.”

Bard looked at a clock on his desk, “I’m sorry to cut this short, but I have another meeting.”

Bard stood and shook Fili’s hand and then gave Sigrid a quick hug, “I’ll see you both for dinner,” and he left the room. Sigrid and Fili followed, pulling the door behind them.

The streets were a little more active with more people coming into the administrative building for various permits or complaints. The population of Dale was still small in comparison to what it once was, but it still was lively.

Fili and Sigrid made their way towards the barracks and armory. The more seasoned of the guards kept watch along the borders while new recruits and those with little training stayed down in the barracks for day long training, rotating spending time on guard duty, though always with other guards. Or they were assigned to various other areas that needed guards just to keep peace like the market. They were still very thin on guards, so there was a general understanding that every citizen was important to keeping Dale safe.

Fili and Sigrid arrived at the archway of the training ground as Tauriel led the guards through archery practice. As Captain of the Guard she was in charge of their training and deployment to various locations. And should anything happen she would lead the charge. There wasn’t any time at present for uniforms to be made, so everyone wore whatever they had.

Sigrid and Fili stayed off the side, not wanting to disturb training.

“You have a good group here,” Fili whispered.

“They all have the heart for it, and soon enough they’ll have the skill to match.”

Tauriel spotted them eventually and walked over.

“We don’t want to bother you.”

“It is not a bother, they know what they are supposed to be doing.”

“I was just going to give Fili a tour, though we can wait, if you have some time later.”

“Yes, after this, they’ll need a break anyway. We can talk then,” she walked away and went back to supervising. She stood back, letting them practice, only correcting form or giving feedback.

Fili sighed, “I can’t wait to be able to train again.”

“Soon enough, I’m sure.”

Tauriel eventually called for a break. Bain gave a small wave, but went with everyone else into the barracks as Tauriel walked over, “Mornings are the worst for them. It is a lot of endurance training before we even begin using weapons. Come, I’ll show you around.”

Fili and Sigrid followed as Tauriel gave a quick run down of the schedule each day. Morning was for running, body training, and hand to hand combat. Then archery, and the afternoon was all sparring with real weapons and drills.

“You run an impressive regimen, Captain,” Fili commented.

“Thank you, Prince Fili.”

“And when you are in Erebor, who is in charge?”

“My second in command. When I am here, they maintain the border guards, though I will occasionally do that as well.”

They stepped into the actual barracks, which was a simple two story building. The first floor was a large open hall with an attached kitchen. The second floor held offices as well as a few rooms with bunks for those who may stay overnight to guard the barracks and armory. They headed over the armory, which was on the backside of the barracks, though a little further away. Two guards stood watch around a raised wall perimeter.

“If we had a full armory, there would be at least two more guards, but our weapons are limited for now until forging can begin. There is currently no armorer and only a few blacksmiths who are not well-versed in weapons. They’ve done well enough though.”

“There will be dwarves arriving from the blue mountains who specialize in weapons, I’m sure there would be a possibility of them lending their service to Dale.”

“That would be greatly appreciated, though I’m sure Erebor needs to restock its own supplies as well.”

They entered inside and as Tauriel said there were limited weapons. The weapons that did exist took up only one half of the large round building, and not even too tightly packed as they could have been. Fili inspected the weapons. Sigrid watched, she could tell there were a decent number of swords though she had no idea if they were any good. There were other miscellaneous weapons as well, pitchforks, scythes, knives, axes. It seemed like almost anything they could get their hands on that was sharp enough was in the armory.

“While a superior weapon will be easier to wield, a well-trained warrior can make do with anything,” Tauriel commented as Fili looked at the various miscellaneous weapons. Sigrid had no idea about weapons at all, so she just stood back as Fili and Tauriel discussed them.
She was not really focused on anything when Fili said her name.

“Hm?” she turned to look at him.

He smiled, “Do you have any training with weapons? Do you carry one?”

“Me?” she shook her head, “no, I don’t carry any and I’ve never trained.”

“Have you ever been in a fight?” Fili weighed a sword in his hand.

“If you count punching a kid who was bullying Bain then yes...but other--”

Fili stopped, “Wait, you did what?”

Sigrid shrugged, “I was 11 and life was difficult. And the kid wouldn’t leave Bain alone, so I punched him in the face.”

“I’ll count that.”

Tauriel nodded in agreement.

“Did you fight any orcs during the battle?”

“No, I didn’t even have a weapon. And even if I did, I wouldn’t have known what to do with it.”

She ran her hand over a dusty table in the center of the building, “Do you carry a weapon at all times? She looked at Fili.

“No less than 5 actually.”

Sigrid looked shocked.

Fili began to pull weapons from various parts of his clothing and laid them on the table in front of her. She actually couldn’t even figure out where exactly he had pulled them from though they mainly looked like axes and knives.

“The only weapons you would generally see are my two swords, but I wouldn’t be able to wield them if I wanted right now, so I went instead with the remaining weapons I know I can wield and use properly if needed.”

Sigrid looked at Tauriel, “Do you carry this many as well?”

Tauriel shook her head, “far fewer.”

“We should train you in how to wield a weapon, we will have to find one suitable for you,” he turned the blade he held in his hand and held the handle out to Sigrid, “I believe something like this may be too heavy or unwieldy for you.”

She frowned at it, she hated the idea of carrying a weapon around. Not because she didn’t want to protect herself, but it felt like if she had a weapon, and Fili was concerned about her learning, then he was worried, and that meant that there was danger around and she just wanted to pretend all danger was long gone.

He held the sword easily, so she shrugged and gripped the handle. As soon as she had a decent grip he let go. She didn’t expect it to be so heavy and the tip of the sword slammed against the stone floor and made her jump, dropping the whole thing altogether.

“I”m sorry Sigrid, that was my fault,” he said, easily picking it up off the ground.

“Are you sure you lost your strength, it seems fine to me.”

He laughed, “Just because I can hold it up, doesn’t mean I can wield it and actually use it effectively. I didn’t lose all my muscle, but it would be much more difficult to actually do something with it.”

She looked at it, “I assumed it was too heavy for you, but I wanted to check. You’d be unable to wield it even if you trained well. It’s too long for your height as well.”

“I’m not a warrior,” Sigrid crossed her arms.

He laid it back with its other companions. “You are, but in your own way,” he smiled.

He looked at his assorted weapons, “No, it’ll have to be something smaller and lighter. Quicker. After all, I’m not looking for you to go and join the combat, but something deadly enough and quick enough that you could protect yourself and someone else and then find a safe place.”

He picked up what looked to be a very very short sword or a long knife, flipping it so that the handle was towards her. She hesitantly grabbed the handle, holding it tightly.

He let go and the weapon felt significantly lighter, “Relax your grip a bit.”

She relaxed it,“it feels more like a kitchen knife than a sword.”

Fili nodded, “That’s good. It’s a short sword. I think something like this would work quite well.”

He took it back from her and began putting his weapons back.

“We’ll start together. I will need to build myself back up and it will be a good time to teach you as well. Then when you’re not in Erebor, I can give you things to practice, or maybe Tauriel and Bain will help you.”

“I’d be happy to help. It is important, Sigrid.”

Sigrid sighed, “I know. It just makes me worried, is all.”

“Just because we teach you doesn’t mean you’ll ever have to use it. The alternative is worse, having to use it and not knowing how.”

“You’re right,” Sigrid conceded.

They headed back outside, “Would you care to join us for lunch? Then you can see some of the training afterwards” Tauriel offered.

“I’d enjoy that, Sigrid, is that alright with you?”

“Oh, yes. Of course.”

Sigrid and Fili joined Tauriel at a mostly empty table. Sigrid noticed a few of the guards had spotted Fili and were trying to get a better look at who he was. They ate a simple but hearty lunch and after a small break, Tauriel had everyone head back out.

“Prince Fili, I know you are still recovering, but I was hoping in the future you might come and help with training. I’d like to introduce you to the guards as well.”

“That would be great, Captain. I’d love to return in the future.”

As they all stood, mostly in straight lines and at attention, Tauriel introduced Prince Fili and Lady Sigrid. They all were incredibly excited about Fili being there.

“As you know, Prince Fili fought bravely in battle and was wounded while taking on Azog the Defiler. His recovery has been speedy and he has promised that once he is ready, he will come back to show us his skills in armed combat.”

Cheers went up through the assembled guards. “I look forward to that time,” Fili said to them all.

Tauriel then split them off to get weapons and to begin sparring practice. Sigrid noticed there were circles drawn in chalk throughout the area. Though there were more circles than there were people, it was still quite loud as the clash of wooden weapons began.

“I think you could also use a medical person down here part-time at least,” Sigrid mentioned.

“That would be ideal in the future, when we can spare one. For now, most of their injuries are small and easily managed. The benefit of practicing with an alternative.”

“I’ll look into it for you.”

“Thank you, Lady Sigrid,” Tauriel bowed at them both, “If you excuse me, those injuries are mostly avoided by my diligence,” and she turned to leave.

Sigrid and Fili headed back towards the house.

About halfway home, Sigrid noticed Fili pulled his cane off his arm where it hung and began to use it.

“Oh, Fili. Was it too much today? I’m sorry I didn’t realize.”

He waved her off, “You don’t have to apologize for things I do. It’s my responsibility to know when I’m doing too much. And I’m fine really, just a bit of a soreness and fatigue in my legs. But I’ll be fine.”

He took her hand and they continued on. “Plus, it’s good for me. It’s going to take a lot more pain and soreness to get back to where I was, and that’s just a reality I have to face sooner rather than later.”

They arrived home and Sigrid insisted he rest in the library. Lunch was covered but tea was always enjoyable. She set about getting them some tea and sat with Fili in the library until Bard came home.

Notes:

Thanks for reading! <3

polymathicdragon.tumblr.com

Chapter 21

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Sigrid?”

“In the library.”

Bard came to stand in the doorway, “I’ve got to do a few more things in my office, but I’ve heard back from Master Balin and he will be happy to travel to Dale in a few days to meet.”

“That’s great news.”

“Yes, it is. I’ll see you both at dinner,” he left towards his office.

Fili and Sigrid continued talking about anything and everything. Sigrid had made the most out of moments like these to ask questions about his life and things he liked. Things she just wanted to know about him.

Soon Tilda, Bain, and Tauriel arrived home. They piled into the library to talk. Bain talked about how excited everyone was about Fili visiting and Tilda asked if Fili could visit her school next. Sigrid didn’t think that was a bad idea. She could show Fili her new plans for a school and see what he thought.

Sigrid got up to make dinner while everyone stayed chatting in the library. Eventually they moved into the kitchen and helped Sigrid with some preparations. Because resources were still a bit scarce potatoes were another staple for dinner. But Sigrid hadn’t gone to the market, so it was more of an everything stew.

At dinner, everyone had a chance to talk about their day. Bard agreed that Sigrid should know how to use a weapon, but that she should not go looking for danger. He reminded her about the weekly meeting the next morning, and asked Fili if he would join them so that he could be introduced to the directors and heads of departments.

The next morning, after a quick breakfast, they all headed out. Fili promised Tilda he would come to her school the next day as they dropped her off on the way to the administrative building.

Fili and Sigrid followed Bard to the opposite side of the building, where there was a large conference room and a large window that opened up towards the lake. Sigrid regularly attended these meetings each week and paused at the doorway, trying to process if she should sit in her normal seat, or stay next to Fili. But luckily Fili followed Bard who motioned to an open seat next to him and stood behind his own chair. She headed to her normal seat as others filed in. Some were too engrossed in the paperwork in their hands to notice Fili at first but a few quickly bowed their heads to him and looked excitedly between Fili and Sigrid, she simply smiled in return. Soon enough, a good number of chairs were filled.

As a low din of murmurs began to take over the main sound of the room, Marione brought in a stack of documents that she passed to each council member, their agenda for the morning. And afternoon depending on how much everyone wanted to hear themselves talk, Sigrid thought. Today especially might be long. She was always surprised that even though they all came from Laketown, all relatively poorly off, within just the past few months some of the council members had already become egotistical about their own personal importance in Dale. She gritted her teeth and bore it, knowing that she’d have to suffer around nobles for the rest of her life.

Bard called the room to attention and the murmuring silenced, everyone turning towards him. At least they all knew to respect Bard and no one had outwardly tried to defy him or deny his action in doing what was best for Dale.

“Today, we have a very prestigious guest. Crown Prince Fili of Erebor is joining us for our meeting today. I am honored to have his presence here as we continue to build stronger relationships with our allies.”

Fili stood confidently and Sigrid couldn’t help but be amazed at how far he had come.

“Thank you all for allowing me to join you today. Thank you, Lord Bard, for your hospitality and warm welcome. On behalf of Erebor and King Thorin, I look forward to strengthening the bonds between our people.”

There was some clapping around the room and both he and Bard sat, indicating the meeting was to start. Each director provided updates on their given department, many of which had become more positive recently as various areas had seen growth with the coming of spring.

For the most part, Fili stayed silent, nodding along as people discussed. Sigrid managed to forget he was there for the most part as she made various notes about departments that she may have to work with. Of all of them, her job interacted with the most of the other areas. Which had proven somewhat challenging, though she was proud of her ability to stand her ground and provide solid arguments. When it came her turn to talk, she had updates on her own areas, including the school project.

They had narrowed down the choice for a school and would begin renovations within the next few weeks. The medical facility was up and running, but they were short staffed. She gave updates on other smaller items and handed the floor to the next director. Once all updates were given the floor opened up for new proposals or any changes a member wanted to make to a major area. Small changes or day to day operations were not necessarily discussed, but anything that would cost a significant amount, or put strain on a certain area and resources were important. Much of the meeting went by in a similar fashion.

Eventually Bard opened the floor to any other business that had not been discussed. Sigrid found that this was sometimes the space to hear about gossip but she wasn’t ever too concerned by it.

The Director of Trade coughed slightly, “yes, I am concerned about something,” he said, raising his hand slightly.

Sigrid looked up from where she was shuffling papers and Bard nodded for him to continue.

“When were we going to be told, and when will we announce, the supposed courtship of our Lady Sigrid and Prince Fili?”

The rest of them nodded and murmured and Sigrid plastered on her most neutral expression.

“Yes, thank you Director Michal for bringing that up. At this moment their courtship is in its earliest stages. As you know Prince Fili has been recovering from a near death injury. As a father, I would not put a courtship and alliance with Erebor as more important than the full recovery of Prince Fili first.”

They all murmured in agreement as he continued, “you will also remember that we are still yet establishing ourselves and a large ceremony would put strain on our people and resources, which would set a bad precedent for our care of the people of Dale.”

More murmured of agreement.

“However, as this is Prince Fili’s first trip to Dale and he has made an almost full recovery, in part because of Lady Sigrid's diligence and care, I have begun discussion with them both, as well as with a representative of Erebor about an announcement and celebration.”

He continued before anyone could interrupt, “And I look forward to having all of your help and support in this first celebration as a newly established city.”

That was all they really wanted, was to be included. She felt like her father had done a good job of providing real and thoughtful reasons for the delay, rather than excuses.

The director who initially asked smiled, “well we would all be glad to help. We would’ve been rather put out if you had already planned it without us. As you remember some of us have known Sigrid for a long time and want to celebrate her as well.”

Bard smiled, “of course. I would never leave the council out of something so important.”

With everyone seemingly happy with the outcome, the meeting was adjourned and everyone came around to congratulate Sigrid and Fili. Many especially wanted to find out from Fili how he was doing and let him know how wonderful it was for him to join them. Sigrid couldn’t help but look on in awe. People gravitated towards him with ease, and not just because he was a prince. He easily made them laugh and relax, some of them she had never even seen smile. It was decided that they would all eat lunch together. Something they’d never done before as a council.

---

The remaining days in Dale flew by. Sigrid and Fili visited Tilda at school as promised. Sigrid, Fili, and her father met with Balin and then they all met with the entire council to go over details. A plan was established and everyone had a role. In spare moments, when they could, Fili and Sigrid tackled their apartment upstairs and explored more of the city. But it wasn’t the only time Fili would come by so Sigrid tried to remember that there would be other times. He was better now. There would be many more visits.

The last afternoon in Dale, for this trip at least, Fili and Sigrid finally finished cleaning the apartment and cleaning all the linens. They sat together looking at their handiwork from the floor in the parlor.

“We will have to look at some furniture eventually. Though I don’t think there is anyone who makes any. We may have to do some searching.”

“We’ve got plenty of time. Plus, we should focus on your training from now on.”

Sigrid sighed, “I know it’s important. I just am worried.”

“About?”

“Even if I train, what if I can’t even face down an enemy. What if the fear is just too strong, and I stand there, unable to move?”

Fili took her hand, “You’ll be able to do it. You’re strong and you’ll be trained well enough you’ll be a warrior when you need to be.”

Sigrid sighed, “I don’t know that I could be a warrior like you.”

“You don’t have to be a warrior like anyone else but yourself. You’ll figure it out if the time comes.”

“I appreciate you saying if.”

“Well, I hope it doesn’t. But in the event it does, you’ll be prepared.”

Sigrid rested her head back against the wall, closing her eyes. It put her stomach in knots. To feel so unprepared for the unknown.

“Do you own any pants?”

“What? Sigrid opened her eyes and looked at Fili.

“Pants?”

“Maybe one pair, but I don’t think I’ve worn them in forever.”

“Come on, we need to find them and have you try them on.”

“Um, alright.”

Sigrid let Fili pull her up and they walked to her trunk in her room where she kept old clothes or other things. She rifled around until she brought out a worn pair of trousers.

“Put them on,” Sigrid looked at Fili, “Please?” he added.

She shimmied out of the pantaloons she wore under her dress and pulled on the trousers. They were a bit tight around her hips, afterall, she hadn’t worn them she guessed since she was 13.

She loosened the front strings and they fit a bit better.

She lifted up her dress and bunched it in her arms, “and now what?”

“Oh good, those look like they fit. Can you move around in them, bend your knees?”

She bent her knees and moved. “A little, they are a bit tight.”

“Hm, alright.”

“I still don’t understand why I’m wearing these right now. You don’t intend for me to switch to wearing pants do you?”

Fili shrugged, “not if you don’t want to. But I’m going to teach you how to fight in pants.”

“But I don’t wear pants,” Sigrid argued.

“But I do, and I’ve never fought in a skirt.”

“Plus, if you learn how to fight first, then you can adjust the movements to a dress.”

“I guess that makes sense.”

“I’m sure we can find someone, my mother for example, to give you tips on moving in a skirt once you learn how to fight and move.”

The idea of that made Sigrid uneasy.

“Alright, give them to me.”

“Shouldn’t I keep them?”

“No, I’m going to get them tailored for you and get you a few other pairs made.”

“Oh, I can do that.”

Fili shook his head, “What did I say about not letting you do everything, it won’t be a problem.”

Sigrid shrugged and let her skirts fall, pulling the pants off and handing them to Fili who folded them roughly.

“You don’t by any chance have a shirt to go with the pants?” Fili asked suddenly, realizing something.

“Not a chance. If I do, it’d be far too small.”

“Hmmm” Fili thought. He shrugged, “we’ll figure it out.”

Sigrid shrugged, “I guess if I look foolish I’ll just blame you.”

“Sounds like a plan” he smiled.

At dinner that night they discussed leaving for Erebor and also the fact that maybe they should start splitting their time more evenly. As Sigrid would soon be living in Erebor full time, or as close to full time as possible, it was important to start moving toward that. Most likely she would eventually only spend every other weekend in Dale, as her duties would move to someone else. Sigrid would need to find a replacement who she could begin training during the next time she was in Dale. Though she’d only been in the role for a few months, she was sad to lose her position in public service, but she knew she had to. Eventually Erebor would be her main focus and she could only hope that she’d have plenty to fill her time there.

They rode out the next morning, Fili on the horse with her, alongside Tauriel.

Notes:

A little bit of a filler chapter as we move closer to the courtship celebrations!

And SURPRISE! I'll be posting an extra chapter tonight. More about that at the end of the next chapter.

As always your kudos are appreciated and I thank you for reading!

Chapter 22

Notes:

Extra chapter!

A/N Quick content note: rating is still teen, but there is the discussion about sex in the context of "having the talk". no acts or anything explicit are mentioned, but if you want to skip, the first part is during Sigrid's discussion with Dis and starts and ends with ** (two asterisks). The second part is when Sigrid is talking with Fili and starts with ** (two asterisks) and ends at the end of the chapter. No major plot points or needed information if you choose to skip it!

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Word had arrived from the Blue Mountains that caravans were already on their way and about to pass over the Misty Mountains now that the winter storms had passed. They hoped to get over the mountain before any flooding began with the spring showers that would soon come through.

One afternoon after lunch, Dis pulled Sigrid aside and asked if she could chat for a bit. Her and Fili had not yet started training this time as Fili was commissioning her new training outfit. Sigrid of course agreed and they headed towards Princess Dis’ room.

They sat across from each other in her sitting room and Sigrid tried to remember her etiquette. It seemed so easy for Dis.

“Did Fili enjoy Dale?”

“It seemed so. And everyone seemed to enjoy meeting him. We visited the barracks where they look forward to a training lesson from him once he’s ready, everyone on the way to the market and at the market were thrilled to meet him, and he visited the school and the children were sad to see him go. One young boy even cried.”

“Well! It seems he made quite an impact. I’m glad to hear that.”

Sigrid nodded.

“I don’t want to believe I brought you here just for idle chit chat, and I’m not one to avoid topics, so I asked you here today to actually talk to you about you and your relationship with Fili.”

Sigrid’s stomach knotted itself up and she immediately thought the worst.

“Do you no longer approve of it?” Sigrid asked quietly.

Dis laughed, “Oh, no, Sigrid. Quite the contrary, but I did want to make sure you are still approving of it. And that you know what to expect.”

“Oh,” Sigrid thought back on the conversation Fili had with her father.

“I believe my father might have had a similar conversation with Fili.”

“More than likely. Parents have a good sense for these things, and it seems your father is quite a good one. I look forward to meeting him.”

Sigrid nodded.

“Now, I by no means want to make you uncomfortable, I have come to understand that men and dwarves are quite different in their willingness to be open about certain topics. But I’m afraid that since you will be marrying a dwarf, you will have to get used to it.”

Sigrid felt herself blushing already at the idea of what they even could talk about.

Dis smiled, seeming to read her like a book and Sigrid tried to keep herself calm and focused.

“But let’s start slow. Tell me about yourself. We haven’t gotten a chance to talk much and I know little to nothing about you prior to Fili showing up in your life a few months ago in Laketown.”

“Oh, yes. I suppose that’s true. Should I start from the beginning?”

“Wherever you feel comfortable, dear,” Dis sat back, folding her hands over her lap.

Sigrid tried to mirror her, but found she was more comfortable leaning a bit forward as she talked, “I suppose it is easiest to start with the fact that my mother died when I was 8 after the birth of my sister Tilda.”

Dis softened, “I’m sorry to hear that.”

Sigrid nodded, “Thank you. It is an old wound now, one that only aches. My brother Bain was only 6 and my father now had to support all of us. He already worked constantly as a bargeman, so responsibility to care for them fell on me.”

Dis nodded and Sigrid continued, “Because of that I find myself regularly putting others' needs before my own, while also fighting fiercely and openly about what I believe to be correct. I fear I’m quite focused on family rather than my own needs and interests.” Sigrid didn’t know why she suddenly felt the need to be so open, but she wasn’t a good liar either.

“As a mother is, though it seems you became one much younger than expected.”

“I fear I became a bit rebellious in my teens, believing myself to already be an adult. I took care of myself, but I made a lot of decisions as an adult.”

“Which I don’t hold against you. Is there anything you do enjoy, any hobbies or crafts?”

“General household necessities cooking, knitting, sewing. I left school at 9 so am not fully educated, though few were in Laketown. But I am an avid reader, but books were scarce as well. Luckily my mother had a small, but significant collection of story books, most of which she brought from her childhood home when she married my father. I then continued learning from Tilda and Bain as they worked through school.”

“Well, I hope that while you are here you take full advantage of learning as much or as little as you want. While I know the library hasn't been a priority, when it is functional again, I’m sure you would delight in seeing it. Have you begun your lessons in Khuzdul?”

“I have, with Fili. Though it has been more informal. My vocabulary is growing by him pointing things out, but I’m afraid we’ve not even started on grammar or writing.”

“As long as you’ve started somewhere. It is a tough language, do not feel hard on yourself.”

They paused as someone knocked, bringing in a tray with some tea before exiting. Dis served Sigrid and herself before continuing, “How are you feeling about being in Erebor? Truly? I don’t ask that for my own ego, but I’d really love to know your thoughts and feelings.”

Sigrid sat back with her tea, “It really is a lovely place. I’ve enjoyed my time here so far. It has been wonderful spending time and learning from Master Oin in the medical ward. The only thing I do notice is just the difference in being surrounded by stone, though I don’t dislike it. It has just taken adjustment. I fear I will always miss living on the lake, whether I am here or in Dale. While it is a hard life, it was the only one I knew.”

“And how do you find the dwarves?”

“They have all been incredibly kind. They are hardworking and I’ve enjoyed getting to know many who work daily in Dale as well as those who serve King Thorin, such as members of the company.”

“Have you and Fili had any disagreements?”

Sigrid bit her lip, “On the whole no, though the one stands out.”

Dis inclined her head, listening.

“It was after he had finally woken up and been moved to his own rooms. Oin had built him the wheeled chair and while I felt it was a genius invention, Fili thought otherwise.”

Dis nodded. Sigrid found it felt a little hard to say the words out loud. She hadn’t tried to forget, but she had tried to remember that he was probably scared and angry at his brand new arrangement.

“He told me that I only supported it because it would let me not have to take care of him anymore. And that I had no faith in him ever walking again.”

Dis tsked.

“He knew it hurt my feelings, and he almost let me walk out. It took a few weeks for us to find a common footing. My father was furious.”

Sigrid looked down at her tea, appreciating the warmth in her hands as it had steadied her nerves a bit. “But I thought about what it must be like, having lived your whole life as a warrior, and a skilled one at that, to then have an entirely new world thrust on you, one that restricts you. And once I thought about that, I felt like my own actions had been undeserving.”

“You must understand that it was nothing you did or didn’t do. Dwarves are inherently stubborn and thick headed, like the stone Mahal cast us from. But it will be something Fili will need to learn as well. You are not cast from the same hard earth.”

Sigrid nodded.

“We are also fiery and passionate, brave, brash, and impulsive which I’m sure you may have seen as well. Fili as much so, though in his own way. Lionhearted is what we call him.”

“A fitting name,” Sigrid smiled.

“Is there anything you worry about in your marriage to Fili?”

The first thing Sigrid thought about was children. The second, one she hadn’t really admitted to herself, was the idea that Fili might get bored with her. She wasn’t fiery or exciting. She was hardworking and passionate and as brave as she could be. But she was also cautious and worried.

Dis smiled at her, “You can tell me, I think it is important these things are realized before the marriage.”

“There are two things, though maybe more that I haven’t thought of.”

Sigrid took a deep breath, “Fili and I have talked about one of them.”

“That’s good, lets start there.”

“I told you that family is important. While we were in Dale one morning. I had a realization,” she paused, taking a breath before continuing. “I don’t know that Fili and I can have children together. And the thought that we might not be able to, terrifies me. Not only for the fact that I feel he’d resent me, but also for my own self. Who am I if not a caretaker? I’ve never thought about what I would do if I didn’t have children. It was the natural next step. And then I thought about the fact that Fili would provide no heirs and…”

Sigrid’s voice caught in her throat. The fears were still there with no solution. All her and Fili had come up with was that they’d figure out something. He had told her he would still love, but would he truly.

Dis nodded, “I have thought similarly. Dwarves are quite secretive people and I will be honest that I know of no dwarves who have loved outside of our people, let alone had children. And you must know that children, while common among dwarves who have them, tend to be male. My understanding is that most of your people are able to have children easily and many of them.”

“I would say that is a far estimate. Usually the lack of children comes from the lack of food or adequate shelter and warmth during the winter than not being able to have them. Many of the women I know had many children, due to the sad fact that a fair number would most likely not survive childhood.”

Dis shook her head, “Something dwarves rarely face.”

Sigrid nodded.

“While I cannot say for sure if you will be able to have children, I do believe your likelihood is high.”

“I appreciate your optimism.”

“And the other worry?”

Sigrid had set down her tea and wrung her hands together, “I’m not interesting. I don’t have a craft and I’m quite cautious. I worry that I may hold Fili back, or that, well, that he may find me boring eventually. That after we have children, he will find me useless and I’ll spend my remaining life alone in a stone cell of Erebor.”

“Dwarves do not determine their love and care for another based on usefulness. Fili will love you as passionately when you are old as he does right now. Our greatest love lies in our partners spirit and in who they are. You would not be Fili’s one if you were not made for him or if it was just a passing fancy. Was I surprised that he had found his one in a child of man, absolutely. But would I ever deny it, never. It is a serious and lifelong commitment.”

“Do dwarves always wait for their one?”

Dis shook her head, “Some never find their one, and others find their one in their craft. We do not need our one to be whole and happy, but finding our one ignites that burning passion.”

Sigrid sighed, “I just worry I won’t be able to keep up.”

“While for dwarf standards Fili is roughly your age, he has had many more years of life than you have. Do not feel like you have to catch up. Remember, he is with you because of who you are, not because of how much of a dwarf you can become.”

“I’ll have to remember that.”

“Are there any other worries?”

Sigrid shook her head, “not that I can think of.”

**

“Alright, well I do have one more concern of my own. And this is purely for your sake, especially knowing now that your mother died when you were at such a young age.”

Sigrid nodded, “please, I’d love to know what you worry about.”

“As I mentioned, Fili is 82. While emotionally, dwarves come of age closer to 70, they are considered fully mature by around 40. In dwarven culture, we find company with others quite easily and openly. And as many young dwarves are looking for their ones, they love quite freely. My concern is just that Fili might be far more,” She paused, for Sigrid’s sake more than her own Sigrid guessed, though Sigrid knew where she was headed, “active and experienced than I fear you may be. Though I don’t hold judgement in that if it isn’t true.”

Sigrid paused, not knowing how much of what her and Fili did was considered appropriate once you find your one and are courting. Sigrid decided to focus on what she knew about herself.

“While you are correct in that I did not have a mother to explain or guide me in my own maturity, my father made sure I was at least aware of the action for my own knowledge and caution. And while I have never had sex, if we can consider that being the same thing by dwarvish standards, I am not wholly inexperienced.”

“I know this is an awkward subject, especially so with me, but I hope that if you should ever feel concerned or have questions, I hope that you may find me to be someone you can turn to.”

**

“I do have one question,” Sigrid tried to keep as neutral an expression.

“Of course.”

“I’ve only just become a lady and have never known or learned etiquette of men, let alone having no idea about royal etiquette for dwarves. While I’ve been able to read some things about Daleish etiquette, I was hoping to learn more about dwarvish etiquette. And related to this topic specifically, what behavior in public and in private is allowed or not allowed prior to marriage.”

“I assure you that in general, the behavior of Thorin and Balin is incredibly archaic and more meant as a way to re-establish the throne after so many years of living without one. While I was young when Erebor fell, I do not remember anyone ever being so concerned about the standards of etiquette outside of knowing when to keep your mouth shut.”

Sigrid nodded, still not sure what that meant for her and Fili.

“I believe that as long as a child is not announced before your marriage, then anything else is deemed your own business.”

“I thank you for your honesty, Princess Dis.”

“Of course, and please, call me Dis.”

“Thank you. I really appreciate you taking the time to talk with me.”

“I hope that it has been worthwhile. I’m happy to answer any questions about dwarvish traditions or culture as well.”

“Fili had mentioned you may be able to teach me how to fight after my initial training. I’d hate to impose…”

“Absolutely. And more than just because I’m his mother. Fili is a great warrior, but discipline is not his strength. Nor is his own safety, as we have come to find out,” she shook her head.

“I appreciate that so much, Prin...Dis”

They stood and Dis rested her hands on each of Sigrid's arms, giving them a gentle and reassuring squeeze. Sigrid left and went back to the room to just sit for a bit and process what they had talked about.

She was glad that she could let some of the guilt go of feeling like her and Fili were doing something wrong in being more intimate. In fact, it made her a bit lightheaded about it all. To know that they could enjoy spending time together in that way was an exciting new prospect.
She wanted to tell him, but instead of going through the connected door, she went out into the hall. It was late afternoon and anyone could be in there, or he might not be there at all.

She knocked and didn’t hear anything. She was about to leave when the door opened.

Fili smiled at her, “I’m hoping you’re coming to tell me all about it.”

He opened the door for her to come in.

“I shouldn’t considering you never told me about your meeting with my father.”

“I assumed Bard told you about it,” Fili closed the door behind her.

“Are you here by yourself?”

He nodded, “I was waiting for you. I figured you would come back here first.”

“Good.”

“Good?”

She smiled, and sat on the couch, Fili sitting next to her, pulling her legs over his lap as was their new routine.

“So, what did you talk about?”

“She wanted to know how I was feeling about you. She asked if we had ever disagreed yet.”

Fili scrunched up his nose, “You told her about it didn’t you.”

“Of course. She seemed not surprised.”

“She’ll yell at me later for it.”

“She is your mother.”

“Do you truly forgive me for it?” Fili asked sincerely.

“Of course. I only discussed it because she asked. And I couldn’t lie to her.”

He pulled her closer and she continued, not wanting to dwell on it.

“She asked what concerns I had and I told her about the fear of not having children.”

“What did she say”

“She told me about how the lack of children isn’t from inability, but rather from the small proportion of female dwarves and she thinks it shouldn’t be a problem.”

“That’s good to hear.”

“Were there any other concerns?” he asked hesitantly.

“It feels a bit silly talking about it now, but yes.”

He waited patiently.

“I told her I was worried that you would grow bored of me, and that once we had children and I was old and not useful anymore that you would move on.”

Fili’s eyes got wide.

“I know better now,” she explained, “about having a one and it seems like something I shouldn’t worry about.”

“You don’t have to, I promise.”

“I might still worry about it a little bit.”

“Then I’ll do everything I can to make sure you know it’ll never happen,” he said, kissing her.

**

Sigrid smiled, “we did talk about one more thing.”

“Oh?”

“It was her concern, not mine.”

Fili cocked his head to the side.

“She wanted to make sure I felt comfortable being with you...intimately...considering dwarven culture and the fact that you have had 40 extra years at it.”

Fili blinked a few times, and then opened and closed his mouth a few times before just closing it, clearly unsure of what to say. Finally he settled on, “Do you feel comfortable?” There was a hint of worry to his voice.

“I told her that I wasn’t wholly inexperienced, and that I’ve never had sex...though I’m not entirely sure we would agree on the same definition for it.”

“We don’t use that term regularly. I’m sure she understood what it meant...is that the word you use for the act of making children?”

“Yes.”

“Can it be used for any other action?”

“I suppose people use it for the action itself, even if a child doesn’t come from it, though that is usually the expectation.”

After a few moments passed in silence, Sigrid spoke up, “Have you done that?”

Fili seemed to come out of his deep thought, “Have I tried to have children? No, I’ve not done that specific action.”

“What have you done?”

Fili smiled, “I definitely didn’t expect to have this conversation today.”

Sigrid shrugged, “I don’t know really when a good time is. Though I have no idea how different dwarven culture is to my own.”

“Neither do I.”

“Then I guess we are having this conversation,” Sigrid smiled, though her stomach was a bit in knots and her palms felt a bit sweaty. It definitely was an incredibly open conversation, one she would never think of having with anyone in Dale, except maybe a female family member.

“Pretty much anything that is intimate and enjoyable, I’ve done.”

“I don’t even know what that could possibly include, maybe I should tell you what I know because I’m thinking it is going to be a smaller list.”

Fili nodded and Sigrid suddenly felt shy about talking about it. Maybe she really didn’t know anything and Princess Dis was right. Fili caught onto this, “Here, I’ll help. You clearly know how to interact with someone who has body parts similar to mine.”

Sigrid nodded. Then paused. There was nothing else. Honestly, Fili was the one who had already shown her new experiences.

She rather sheepishly stated, “That’s it.”

Fili nodded slowly, “Ok then.”

Sigrid put her head in her hands, “I really am boring,” she groaned.

Fili pulled her hands down, “You’re not boring. I promise. I have a feeling a lot of your people don’t know much more than that. Which is not a fault, just different.” He smiled at her, “And really, it’s not about how much you know. It is more about what the other partner enjoys or doesn’t enjoy.”

“And what do you enjoy?” Sigrid felt herself flush asking.

Fili smiled at her, “I enjoy being with you.”

Sigrid rolled her eyes and Fili chuckled, “I promise, I’ll make sure you know about and are comfortable first before we ever do anything. We’d never do anything you didn’t want to.”

Sigrid nodded, “I think that’s probably good.”

“But,” he kissed her shoulder, “if you’ve nowhere to be, I’d love to spend some time doing things you already know and hopefully enjoy.”

Sigrid smiled and kissed him back, “I’d like that.”

**

Notes:

Two chapters today! What a gift! At least I hope it was!

A/N: A few things!
1) You'll notice I finalized this at 30 chapters (around where it was originally). After really thinking about it, this story has always had a natural story arc that I really liked. And while it might not be where some might want it to end, I don't want to rush the story. So it will end naturally at 30 chapters with a *hopefully* satisfying conclusion, with lots of room for the future (still unwritten).

2) I'm about to be moving into some pretty-heavy work time at my full-time job so I am going to start posting two chapters at a time until the end to make sure I don't miss any posting dates. It will still be updated Wednesday and Sunday.

Thanks again for your support! See you on Sunday!

Chapter 23

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Their next visit to Dale was spent on two things - finalizing the details for the announcement of the courtship and finding a successor for her director job. Sigrid had worked with a number of very good people and she felt like she had one that stood out to her.

Then training had begun the next time they went to Erebor, Dori had been able to finish two pairs of pants and two tunics for Sigrid. She was surprised by how well they fit without even being measured, he must be incredibly talented. Maybe she’d have to find a way to spend more time with him and learn about his skills. She fussed with herself in the bathroom, feeling strange about her outfit, before coming out. The only part of it that felt normal were the boots she almost always wore, even with her normal dresses. She’d tried out pants before, when she had thought she might help her father, but that had been a brief phase. She didn’t dislike it, or find it uncomfortable, in fact, she was afraid once she got used to it she might not want to solely wear skirts again after this. The thought was exciting, especially as she’d seen Princess Dis in a couple of amazing outfits that included pants she felt like maybe it’d open up a whole new experience for her.

She stepped out of the bathroom and Fili nodded and smiled, “Let me see, give me a turn.”

Sigrid smiled and turned around slowly in a circle, her arms out.

“They fit well. Not too loose to get tangled up, but loose enough to allow for movement.”

“Am I ready then?”

“Clothing wise at least.”

He was wearing a similar outfit, “Is this what you usually wear?”

“Sometimes, but I need to work my way back up to full gear.”

With that, they headed to the training arena. It was a large enclosed area with dirt floors. There were benches along the walls and equipment in various corners. The parallel bars Fili used to help walk still sat in the corner. Luckily there was no one else around.

“Since it is getting nicer out, they are running drills outside today,” Fili offered. He turned towards her, “How much training have you ever done?”

She looked at him, crossing her arms, “None?”

“Endurance? Strength? Anything?”

She laughed and shook her head, “I can lift and carry buckets of water up stairs. And I can carry two sleeping children. But I don’t know if that counts.”
“It totally counts. It means you have the muscle, we just have to strengthen it and have it work in a different manner.”

Fili went over to a rack of various sized discs and he motioned Sigrid to come over.

“These are weights of various sizes. I just want to see in terms of picking one up, what is the heaviest you can lift.”

He pointed out a weight with a white painted marking on it, “It's the designator in Khuzdul,” he noted, “I’m guessing it should be about the weight of two children or two buckets filled with water, though I’ve accounted for the awkward shape.”

Fili showed her how to pick it up and Sigrid bent down and picked it up. It was quite heavy and awkward, but she managed to lift it and hugged it to her chest.

“Good, Now can you hold it out, like this,” he picked up one of the weights and held it out in front of him, his arms mostly straight.

Sigrid gripped the edges and held it out, “Good, now hold that for a moment, but let me know when it starts to get shaky.”

She almost immediately felt it in her arms, “It’s happening.”

“Alright go ahead and pull it back and put it down.”

She awkwardly put it back onto the rack, careful of her fingers.

“What I’m doing is trying to figure out the strength behind your hit.” he explained after she put it down, “As well as how long you’d be able to keep your weapon up and fighting against an enemy.”

He pulled out the same weapon she had held in the armory.

“I’m still thinking this is the appropriate size,” he looked it over before putting it back, “We won’t start training with it right away, we need to get some other things established first.”

“How long do you think it’ll be before I am ready?”

“Honestly, training with a weapon is a lifelong thing, but I think depending on how fast you pick it up, you will at least be able to defend yourself within the month.” He smiled, “and hopefully you won’t have to. But let’s start with some basics, which is all based in the body.”

He stood in front of her. “I’m thinking that speed and agility will most likely be your advantage over strength. Your goal won’t be to overpower, but to dodge and get a quick hit in, enough to get the enemy down so that you can get away.”
“Which is not what you do.”

Fili chuckled, “I am quick, but I do have strength on my side. But height wise I can’t overpower most enemies. So my quickness is more to be steps ahead of my opponent, and strength to deal a more damaging strike.”

Fili stood in front of Sigrid then, “Hand to hand combat is the best first step, because it generally teaches you all the footwork, arm movements, and maneuvers without the danger of a weapon to hurt yourself or me.”

Sigrid nodded, unsure of how she could ever manage to hurt him.

Fili planted his feet in the sand, “I want you to try to push me as hard as you can.”

Sigrid looked at him, he motioned for her to move forward, “Stand here and you can wind up a bit, but you’ll plant your hands here --” he took her hand and placed it just under his right shoulder blade, “-- and here,” he placed the other hand on his chest.

“You won’t be able to push me, at least I don’t plan on you being able to. But this will give me an idea of your striking power.”

Sigrid felt silly, but planted her feet and summoned whatever strength she had. She hovered off of his shoulder and chest just a bit, not wanting to miss where he said to hit and she shoved herself forward.

He was right, he remained perfectly still. Though she didn’t really expect it and he caught her as she stumbled into him.

“I appreciate that you didn’t hold back” he chuckled, setting her upright.

“Was that even anything?”

“It wasn’t nothing, it will be a good start. You’re stronger than you think. You did well on planting your feet, though a little adjustment would be here,” he shifted her legs and feet into a slightly different position.

“Now try one more time.”

She summoned her energy again and pushed. He didn’t budge but she didn’t fall over that time.

“That’s great! That’ll come in handy when you are taking the aftershocks of hitting someone or something. Once more.”

She planted and pushed again.

“Good, now. Whereas I would be letting an enemy push me, you will be trying to dodge.”

“You don't think I could hold my ground?” She joked.

“I mean if you’d like to try,” he grinned.

She shrugged, “Why not?”

“Alright, though I’m not going to just push you, because I know it’ll take you out. Instead I want you to put your arm up across your body like this” he moved her arm across her body, but not against her body. “You’re going to keep your feet planted and lean forward a bit.”

She followed his direction and steeled herself. He set his hands against her arm and pushed, not reeling back and hitting her, but just setting them there and pushing. She kept her arm as strong as she could, but he soon got it pinned against her body, then eventually she was sliding backwards in the dirt.

“Were you using your full strength?” She said, a little out of breath.

“If I’m being honest, no. But mainly because I knew I’d push you on your back immediately.”

He let go gently, so that she didn’t fall, “Does that answer your question then?”

Sigrid nodded, “Dodging, got it.”

“So dodging can be ducking, jumping out of the way, and possibly rolling. I’ll show you.”

“So pretend you have a sword,” he took her arm and held it out, a bit bent, “I want you to pretend to attack me with it.”

She looked at him, “But I don’t know how to use a sword.”

“I know, but this isn’t about sword technique, it's about dodging. Just do what feels natural if you were just trying to hit someone.”

They stayed fairly close, “so plant your feet, same as before and just try thrusting the sword out at me. Stepping with your foot at the same time to move you forward.”

She did that and he jumped to the side. “The most important part of dodging is watching where their arm is headed before it gets there.”

“How do you know that?”

“Well not everyone has a technique, so you can’t watch their feet, but you’ll notice their body angle or where they move their upper arms, which is where most of the power will come from. Most people in the heat of battle will reel back to land a harder strike. Orcs especially aren’t trained and are just going off instinct alone, swinging wildly and hard until they make contact. Some have learned how to defend themselves but that’s not their goal.”

“So now, swipe the sword across like you are going to try to get me in the head, neck, or chest.”

Sigrid moved and Fili ducked.

“Now do those again in order and I’m going to roll as well.”

She did them both again and from his jump he rolled and popped up where she had to move, and then she swiped and he ducked and rolled into a crouch, throwing out his hand to grab her ankle. She jumped.

“Those are the most basic moves that, if timed, should get you where you can hit them. This is also really only good with one enemy, but I hope you’ll never have to face more than one. If that’s the case, you are finding your fastest escape.”

Sigrid couldn’t understand how he could talk about it so easily, but she guessed that it was just ingrained in him.

“How are you feeling?” she asked as he rubbed his arm.

“Oh, I’m good. It's just going to take a bit to get back. But I’m not quitting yet,” he smiled.

“So I want you to try just a simple duck and jump. No rolling yet”
He pretended to brandish a weapon and lunged, she jumped out of the way, but it was definitely clumsy and she lost her balance a bit.

“Keep your center of gravity a bit lower to the ground,” he said as he helped stand her back up, “For you, it’s going to be higher, so you want to lower it a bit, so bend your knees.”

“We’ll try that again,” he lunged and she had her knees a little bent and moved, still clumsy but she didn’t fall over.

“Not bad, you’ll get more and more used to it. Let’s try a duck.”

And he swung the sword. She dropped down into a squat, this was easier after having bent down to pick up Bain or Tilda for so many years.

“That’s a strong one for you,” he noted.

“So a roll is going to be the one that’ll most likely take you a bit longer. You don’t want to get disoriented or roll too much or too little. You also don’t want to hit your head as you do it.”

“We will start with a slow, bend down, turn, roll, and push yourself up.”

He demonstrated slowly, but she knew she would look far more ridiculous. It was definitely not smooth as she sort of just flopped onto her side, rolled over and then scrambled up, her whole front covered in dirt because she had actually rolled in it.

He smiled, “We all have to start somewhere.”

“If you say so.”

He had her switch sides to see if the other way was any easier, it wasn’t.

“How are you feeling?” he asked after she had rolled each way two more times.

“Fine, I think. Though I can feel it right here in my legs,” she rubbed her thighs.

“We should probably stop for now then, I want you to be able to walk tomorrow. I’ll show you some stretches you can do for a bit while I finish up.”

“Oh, am I keeping you from training?”

“Oh, no. I’ve been training at least twice a day now for the past couple weeks. I just need to do some last things for the day.”

He showed her a few stretches to do for her legs and she moved through them a couple times while she watched him. She didn’t know what he was doing but she enjoyed watching him as he pushed himself up off the ground from a lying position. He did that for a bit before he laid on his back and bent himself upward, and then finished with short running exercises all the way across the training ground.

She felt a bit foolish just sitting there on the ground with her legs outstretched and her hands trying to reach her feet. But that’s what he said to do.

He came back to sit with her and did the stretches as well, he was sweaty and out of breath.

“Should I be doing that?”

“Eventually we’ll add it to your routine. I just didn’t want to start you off with the hard stuff.”

“Easing me into it?” she thought of the conversation they had about being intimate, and suddenly she felt like she was having two conversations at once, though she didn’t know if he realized that.

“Exactly,” he smiled.

“Well, don’t hold back for my sake. I can handle it, I’m not that breakable,” she tried to make a point as she looked at him. She wasn’t sure exactly why it was making her feel...frustrated. She’d never not been capable of doing difficult things before.

“I know you aren’t,” He softened, “I’m not being easy on you for any reason other than I’d like you to enjoy it and you could really get hurt if we don’t take our time.”

“I was treated the same way when I was younger, I just have had the benefit of many years of practice,” he added.

“You’re right. I just don’t want to hold you back,” she said somewhat quietly, that old concern lingered there in the air. She hadn’t told him about it exactly.

He furrowed his brow, “How would you hold me back? While I’m not the best teacher I’m sure, I want you to enjoy the process of learning it.”

“But if I was already stronger, or more agile, or I knew more than, it would be easier.”

“Well, yes. But it still wouldn’t take away from me enjoying teaching it to you. Or getting to spend time with you while I do it.”

Sigrid sighed.

“You realize you’re saying exactly what I said when I didn’t want to use Oin’s chair.”

She frowned, “I’m not.”

He nodded, “you are. I didn’t want to hold you back or be considered a burden, so I got mad. And if I had my way I would’ve hurt myself trying to just stand and walk around.”

He scooted closer and took her hand, “I’m trying to care for you and guide you through this the same way you did for me. Are you somehow more stubborn than I am about getting help?”

Sigrid looked at their hands, “Probably,” she murmured.

She looked up at him, “I’ve never not been able to do anything. If I needed to do something I figured it out.”

“And you will figure it out, trust me, please.”

Sigrid sighed, “I trust you.”

“I can tell you don’t fully believe it,” he said, getting up off the ground and holding out his hands to help her up.

She took them and he pulled her to her feet, “I do trust you. I just still feel like I’m wasting your time.”

“Listen,” he said, holding her hands, “if you feel like we are going too slow then I’m happy to speed things up a bit, but I want you to know that you’re never wasting my time.”

He paused and he rested his hand against her cheek, encouraging her to look him in the eyes, “Sigrid, I would spend my whole life teaching you all the things I know just because I want to share everything with you.”

She smiled a small smile and let go of his hands, dusting herself off as best she could before they walked back to the room. It would be time for dinner by the time they cleaned up. He let her go first since she was covered in dirt remains.

She took a washcloth and wiped down her face, arms and legs before getting dressed, she would take a full bath before bed. She sat in the sitting room while he changed, then they headed to dinner. They didn’t talk about it again and she thought he’d forgotten about it by the time she had finished her turn bathing and climbed into bed, though her mind couldn’t stop replaying the conversation.

Notes:

I won't even pretend that any of the above is even close to accurate, but I had fun writing it just the same. And hopefully it was enjoyable to read. Turns out Fili isn't too bad of a teacher!

One more chapter posting today!

Chapter 24

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Fili came out of the bathroom and climbed into bed, pulling her in close to him so that they were facing each other. He kissed her deeply and then tucked a damp hair behind her ear.

“I know you were talking about more than just training this afternoon.” he whispered.

She couldn’t look him in the eyes, he was looking at her so intensely. “Sigrid, do you really think you’re holding me back here too?”

“I don’t know,” she looked at him as he waited, his eyes were so blue, “alright, yes. I mean, you’ve had 40 years and you’ve done all these other things. Things that you could be doing with someone else who even knows what you are talking about.”

“But I don’t want to be with someone else, or do those things with anyone else but you.”

“But why,” she didn’t know when she suddenly became so insecure about who she was or the things she knew. She just felt so, less than. She was just a girl from Laketown. Not a lady, or a warrior, or a dwarf, or anything.

He shook his head in disbelief, “I don’t want you to spend our whole lives believing that you aren’t good enough for me Sigrid, or that for some reason I am not genuine in my feelings for you.”

“Then show me. Treat me like you would if I was a dwarf.”

“Sigrid, I didn’t fall in love with you because you are or aren’t a dwarf. And not every dwarf is the same.”

“I know, but you all have the same culture and the same physicality, and the same beliefs. Just stop pretending that I’m so different.”

“But you are different Sigrid, we’re all different,” he whispered, hurt in his voice.

“Then ask me what I want before choosing for me based on whatever reason you have for why I can’t,” she whispered back, an edge to her voice.

He took a deep breath through his nose, “because I could hurt you Sigrid. And I would rather die than ever hurt you.”

“But you don’t know that you’ll hurt me. You just believe you will because of something --”

“Because I love you and I’m stronger than you.”

“But that can’t be the reason for me not ever experiencing anything. You can’t always guarantee that I won’t get hurt, but I trust you, and I know you know well enough the difference between pushing yourself to a limit and actually hurting. I’ve been watching you do it everyday.”

He rolled onto his back and looked at the ceiling. She pulled herself up onto her elbows and hovered over him.

“Trust me enough that I know what I’m doing.”

He looked at her, his face unreadable.

“You can trust me with your life, but not with knowing what I want or what I can handle.”

He sighed and threw his arms over his face. Sigrid climbed onto him, straddling his stomach. She pulled his arms off his face and held them above his head, her hair falling like a curtain around their faces. She’d never tired of surprising him, of seeing the way his eyes seemed to gleam as he looked at her.

“I will always tell you if I’m ok, I won’t do something past my comfort just because I’m trying to be brave. I’m the cautious one, remember?” Please make him understand she thought.

He shook his head and smiled. Before she could react he had moved his arms and rolled them back over so that he was on top. He kissed her then leaned back, running his hand through her hair and along her courtship bead. She looked at him the whole time, watching him as he seemed to be fighting with himself.

“Ask me what I want,” she whispered.

He shook his head and sighed, smiling he looked at her. “Sigrid, my love, what would you like to do tonight?”

She grinned, “I want you to teach me something new.”

“You’re sure?”

“Absolutely.”

---

The next morning, Sigrid was definitely feeling some kind of way. Between the training earlier in the day and the activity that evening, she felt stiff and sore. She groaned as she rolled over and she heard Fili chuckle behind her.

“What’s so funny?” she murmured, half asleep.

“I tried to warn you.”

She rolled her eyes, even though he couldn’t see it.

“I’m not hurting, just sore.”

“Working out helps that,” he said, moving the covers and climbing out of bed on the other side.

“Where are you going?”

“You mean where are we going,” he said, pulling her up. They were both still naked and she didn’t know if she should feel exposed or not.

“We?”

“Well, if you want.”

She cocked her head.

“I’m going to work out this morning, would you like to come with me?”

“Of course,” she smiled. Though she had a feeling she was going to regret being so bold last night. He got her clothes for her from where she had tried to hang them up and she pulled them on, trying to push her way through the soreness. He got dressed as well and they headed out.

He was right, after stretching and a harder workout from yesterday, she did feel better.

“It’ll get worse before it gets better though,” he warned, “even if you feel good now, it will compound itself until your muscles get stronger. But that’s what rest days are for. We will do a few days of workouts, a day of rest.”

Now that they were both splitting their weeks amongst Dale and Erebor, Sigrid felt constantly busy. Add to this that Fili had now made a full recovery, Thorin expected much more of him. Sigrid missed their more relaxed time, though she wouldn’t trade it for Fili being healthy and happy. Sigrid found herself on her feet or in lessons or meetings until her body fell into the bed at night. Her and Fili had all but given up on even the pretense that she slept in a separate room. She kept everything she needed in what would soon be their room and it eased the whole venture.

In fact the next few weeks in Erebor they only saw each other before and after sleeping and during their now twice daily workouts. And dinner at least. Most days Fili was unable to eat lunch with her. Her and Tauriel spent most of the time together while in Erebor as they both had no real expectations. They instead spent time on their own, trying to learn the halls of Erebor, learn Khuzdul, as Thorin had fully approved Tauriel and Kili’s courtship, and help where they knew how - the medical ward, gardening, and Sigrid had finally sought out Dori about sewing while Tauriel would sometimes join the Erebor training just to learn new techniques or share her own.

In Dale, Tauriel remained busy and Kili had yet to visit. Sigrid found herself busier than ever now that spring had arrived and many of the projects that had been slow progressing were now all moving forward at once. She was also training her replacement at the same time. Her and Fili did manage to finish the upstairs apartment for themselves. Many of their furniture pieces were salvaged from a general stockpile. A joint effort by Sigrid, the Director of Housing, and the Guildmaster to redistribute salvageable items to those who needed it. There was no furniture maker in Dale, at least not the way there seemed to have been in the past.

With the expectation that more and more people would start arriving to Dale, as it provided a new and fresh start for those who may be living in small villages nearby, they had begun to prioritize housing now that safety was mostly taken care of. Every proper residence in Dale was noted, catalogued, and ranked for its need for repairs. All items inside were catalogued and relocated. Unfortunately, a lot was not salvageable due to initial damage from Smaug, time, or major problems like a destroyed roof and water damage. But books found their home in the mostly renovated library, while all other items - clothing and furniture mainly, were collected and given slight repairs if needed and set up for the general public’s use for those who currently resided in Dale.

And on top of this they had both the courtship in Dale and the courtship in Erebor. Sigrid had thought it was a lot to take care of Bain and Tilda, and really Bard as well, her whole life, but this was a whole new level of busy. And from the conversations she was able to have with Princess Dis, it seemed like this would be how it was most of the time. Ruling a kingdom took a lot of time and effort in order to be done right.

Notes:

Hope you enjoyed those two chapters! We are coming up to the big step - courtship ceremonies! Hope to see you back here Wednesday for the first one in Dale!

Thanks for reading! :)

polymathicdragon.tumblr.com

Chapter 25

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Sigrid stood adjusting her dress in the mirror. She had somehow found time to update an older dress for the courtship announcement in Dale. She didn’t know why she was nervous. She was already courting him officially. But something about it being in front of her own people made her stomach twist in knots. Excited knots, but still nervous, too. She couldn’t decide what to do with her hair, so she had left it loose, except for the side with her courtship braid, which she had combed back and pinned. She was shocked at how long her hair had grown, as it fell over her right shoulder in soft waves. There was a soft knock on her door.

“Come in.”

Bard peeked his head inside, “You about ready, Sigrid?” he smiled then, catching a glimpse at her.

He pushed the door open further and came in, taking her hands, “Oh, Sigrid. You look beautiful.”

She smiled, “Thanks, Da.”

“It’s not even your wedding day and I’m already a little sad.”

“Oh, Da. Don't make me more nervous. This is supposed to be a celebration.”

“I know, just as your father and not Lord of Dale, it just feels a bit different.”

“I understand completely.”

He kissed her forehead and pulled her in for a hug, careful not to mess up her hair or dress.

“Tilda is so excited. She went ahead with Tauriel and Bain.”

“And Fili will meet us there?”

“Yes, with King Thorin, Princess Dis, Prince Kili, and Master Balin.”

“I wonder if more than that will come.”

Bard shrugged as they descended the stairs, “It wouldn’t surprise me. I left that up to Master Balin.”

The event was being held in the Great Hall, which had been given a basic structural renovation just after the battle as a gathering place and host of other things while other buildings were restored. Ever since a true announcement and engagement had been planned, some work had shifted to its renovations and furnishing. Since it was warm out, and the whole city would be there, the doors would be kept open and there would be tables and seats outside as well.

“Are any of the elves coming?”

“They have provided us with food and their blessing. A few others have joined, but with Legolas gone, I do not believe King Thranduil will be joining us.”

“Do you think King Thranduil will forgive Tauriel enough to come to her wedding?”

“None can say for certain. Though considering their long history, I would hope he would. After all, his son has given her his full support.”

They left the house arm in arm. It was mid-afternoon. The ceremony had been mostly created anew by Bard and Balin with the help of a few council members. Engagements were somewhat common in Laketown, though with much less ceremony as there was neither time nor resources. More of a promise than anything among family and friends.

Sigrid basked in the warming glow of the spring sun. They entered through a back door of the great hall to meet up with Tauriel, Bain, and Tilda in a small alcove off the main hall. Sigrid could see through the crack in the door that the stage had been set up with chairs and a table for the families to sit at. Tauriel was acting as guard for the evening and there were a few guards posted around the place it looked like, both human and dwarf. This was the first anyone had heard of a man and dwarf marrying and everyone was trying to be more cautious.

Bard left her in the care of her siblings and Tauriel while he went around to greet the royalty of Erebor. She hadn't seen Fili in a few days as they prepared everything. It was the first time in a long time that they hadn’t been together and the bed had seemed so empty.

Bard returned and it seemed everyone was ready. A large crowd was both inside and outside, trying to get a peek in. If Dale had been at its full capacity, the ceremony would have had to be held in the main square or outside of the walls.

Bard stepped up onto the stage and the crowd cheered.

“Thank you all for joining us for this exciting celebration, the first of its kind in the newly established City of Dale.”

The crowd cheered again, “I must thank you, the people, for your tireless efforts to rebuild Dale and establish a safe place for our families for generations to come. I would like to first introduce my children,” he motioned for Tilda and Bain, “My oldest son, Bain, and my youngest daughter, Tilda.”

Bain led Tilda to their seats.

“I am also honored to introduce my oldest daughter, Lady Sigrid.”

The crowd applauded and Sigrid walked out to stand on the stage next to her father. She waved and smiled, and tried to take in all the faces in the room.

“I am honored to be hosting our esteemed guests and allies tonight. To introduce them, I will hand the floor over to Master Balin, Son of Fundin. Bard stepped to the side with Sigrid as Balin took the stage.

The crowd clapped, “Thank you citizens of Dale for allowing us to join you in this important celebration. The Kingdom of Erebor looks to Dale as a true testament of strength and friendship, and we are honored to be considered your allies and to work and live alongside you now and for generations to come.”

“I would like to introduce the royal family of Erebor - King Thorin, son of Thrain, Son of Thror.”

Thorin took the stage and bowed to the people who clapped and whispered and oohed and awed. Sigrid wondered where Bilbo was. She tried to focus on Balin and Thorin instead of looking around. No doubt he would stay off to the side for now, as Tauriel was. Thorin moved off to the stand beside Balin. Sigrid assumed it would be King Thorin, as Fili was his heir, who would be standing next to him.

“Princess Dis, daughter of Thrain, son of Thror,” Dis also bowed to the crowd. Sigrid watched the faces of everyone in the room, who had only heard rumor and gossip of the King Under the Mountain and his family. Sigrid noticed the whole family wore similar outfits in the Durin shade of blue as Princess Dis was first to take her seat.

“Prince Kili, son of Dis,” Kili smiled and waved, giving a quick bow. Sigrid covered her chuckle as a few of the women in the room awed at him. He flounced into his seat, his energy not allowing him to do anything less.

“And finally, Crown Prince Fili, son of Dis.”

Sigrid squeezed her hands behind her back. She had seen him many times, but she was still nervous. She caught his gaze, as he ascended the stairs and her heart felt like it skipped a beat. He looked like golden wheat and sunshine on the lake. He smiled at her and then turned to the crowd, who clapped loudly. He had met and charmed many of them over the past few weeks. Sigrid had nothing to fear. He was exactly as she had always believed him to be, a leader, a servant to the people, brave, fiercely loyal. She could hear it in the way her people reacted to him. She even noticed Thorin’s face held a bit of surprise and Dis and Kili beamed, smiling at each other before composing themselves. Fili moved to stand nearby Thorin. A picture of royalty and poise was the two of them, as if they had never known differently.

It had been decided that the senior-most director would continue the ceremony after Balin, as it was in Dale. Balin conceded the floor to him and moved off the platform.

The next words were a blur to Sigrid. She knew what they were, she had helped write and review them, but all she could do was look at Fili.

She focused again on the words as she knew eventually she would need to move. Since this was just an engagement, there was no hand off, Bard and Thorin were merely there as the rulers of the two kingdoms coming together. It would be her and Fili alone up there in front of everyone.

“I’d like to have Crown Prince Fili and Lady Sigrid come to the middle.”

Sigrid stepped forward slowly, meeting Fili there. It was their turn. The man bowed to them both and they returned it as he stepped off the side stage. Fili smiled at her, turning slightly to face the crowd.

“Citizens of Dale, thank you once again for hosting my family and I for this celebration. And thank you, from the bottom of my heart for all that you have done for me personally. I have greatly enjoyed walking your streets, visiting your homes and businesses, and meeting you. You have been kind and generous. As many of you might have known, Lady Sigrid came to my aid after the battle. Through no reason other than care of others, she showed an overflowing heart that is both brave and unwavering. She stayed by my side, dividing her time between the needs of her family and people and myself, an honor which I still don’t feel I rightly deserve.”

He smiled, the crowd reacted with smiles and a few stray claps, but stayed quiet otherwise. The people of Laketown had always loved gossip, and to finally have the information straight from the mouth of the person was a reward all its own. They stood at rapt attention.

Sigrid took a deep breath, they hadn’t really talked about what he would say. She knew about this part, and he said he planned to say just a bit more about his love for her, and then he would finish the ceremony. Some of this planning was done behind closed doors, Sigrid was told, so it would be a bit of a surprise for her.

“I did not wake up for almost 2 months.” The crowd gasped and Fili nodded solemnly, “and they had feared I may never wake up, or if I did, the damage would be too great. But Lady Sigrid, she had faith in me.” He looked at her, his look fond.

She couldn’t keep the smile off her face.

“In my sleep I do not remember much, but I do remember a voice and a light.”

Sigrid felt herself shiver. Everyone loved a good romance, and she liked theirs the best. Even though she had heard it herself, it didn’t mean hearing him tell all of Dale meant it wasn’t any more emotional.

“It was as if I was in the deepest darkest mine of Erebor, where no light shone. I could hear the ancestors around me, calling my name and it was tempting to go towards them. But then, at first there was a voice. One I recognized but couldn’t place. I began to climb towards the voice. A voice that stayed with me daily. As I climbed higher and higher I began to see the softest of lights. And then, one day, it disappeared and I was left in darkness.”

The crowd gasped and Fili smiled, “It was not for Sigrid leaving me, but rather, the need to move from the temporary camps on the battlefield to my home inside Erebor. But that did not stop the Lady Sigrid. She found her way back to me, and I again heard her voice and when she said my name, it reverberated off the walls, moving me faster towards the light that grew brighter by the day. I was like the flower, turning towards the sun after a harsh winter or a long storm.”

The crowd nodded along and Sigrid looked at her feet. It all felt so personal, him telling them this and she could feel herself getting emotional.

He took her hand in his left and she looked up at him, “I have fallen in love with Lady Sigrid more and more everyday. From the moment I found her voice calling me home, to the moment I opened my eyes to see her face, I knew she was my one and only. And because of that I hope the people of Dale, alongside Lord Bard approve. But more than that, Lady Sigrid.”

He smiled and she noticed he pulled out a box from his right pocket. She looked at him, bewildered. They hadn’t talked about a gift. Then she remembered engagements in Laketown, the presentation of a ring, a way to show the promise being made. She bit her lip as she felt the tears prickling at the corners of her eyes.

“I would hope that you would take this token,” he let go of her hand to open the box, which contained a simple and beautiful ring, and looked up at her, catching her gaze, “as my promise of unending and unwavering love and devotion. Lady Sigrid, with your acceptance of this ring, will you make a promise of marriage to me?”

The crowd collectively held their breath and Sigrid couldn’t help but cover her mouth with her hands as the tears fell. She nodded, then remembered she should say something, “Yes, yes of course Prince Fili.”

The crowd erupted and Fili wrapped his arms around her and kissed her.

The noise was deafening, but all she could focus on was his face. He pulled back and he wiped some of the tears away before taking out the ring. And putting the box back in his pocket. He took up her left hand and slid the ring over her index finger. She smiled at him and they kissed again.

The crowd hadn’t stopped and Sigrid looked around the room, then to her Da, who she thought was crying as well. Tilda and Bain ran up to her and hugged her and Bard joined them, pulling her in for a hug. Fili’s family had done the same and soon everyone was hugging and shaking hands and congratulating.

As the cheering died down, Bard stepped to the front. “Crown Prince Fili surprised us all I think with his loving and kind words to Lady Sigrid. Now please, stay and enjoy the festivities, which have been kindly and generously donated from King Thorin of Erebor as well as King Thranduil of the Greenwood. The Crown Prince and Lady will be greeting guests to my left. Then once we are settled, a few words from King Thorin of Erebor, and then music by a mixed band of performers from Dale and Erebor. Thank you.”

The crowd cheered and people made their way to tables and chairs or to chairs along the wall. This allowed for a small dance floor in the middle. The band would be set up off to the right of the stage. Fili and Sigrid held hands and walked down the steps to where two chairs were set up for them, though they both preferred to stand for now. Sigrid and Fili quickly hugged Tauriel, Bilbo, and Balin who had come to that side to greet them first. A line was already forming and Fili gave Sigrid a quick kiss before settling in.

Dwarves, Elves, but mainly citizens of Dale, all came to congratulate them and wish them well. Many wanted to see the ring and remarked at how thoughtful Fili was to have incorporated Laketown into the design. Many of the women even talked about their own rings that bore a similar resemblance. It was a ring, though made of metal, it was fashioned to look like braided rope. A popular ring option for Laketown engagements. Men would weave small fibers from the frayed ends of ropes into a small ring for their beloved.

The music began and someone brought Fili and Sigrid food, though they only managed a few bites here and there between the people greeting them.

Sigrid was surprised when a tall form appeared in front of them. “King Thranduil,” Sigrid bowed, as did Fili. “A wonderful surprise, thank you for coming.”

“Of course. It would be poor manners on my part to not join in the celebration of a close ally. And I enjoy a good party.” He didn’t smile, but more smirked. Sigrid and Fili thanked him for coming.

“The pleasure is all mine, Congratulations,” he said, sweeping away. Sigrid spotted him later, deep in conversation with her father, though they both seemed to be smiling and laughing.

King Thorin gave a wonderful speech about Sigrid’s character and how she would be welcomed to Erebor like family. She couldn’t help but blush the whole time. After it felt like they had met with every single person there, Fili and Sigrid finally had a chance to themselves. Fili pulled her onto the dance floor as a slower song started, pulling her into his arms.

“How do you feel?” He asked, looking at her fondly.

“Excited, overwhelmed, emotional.” He smiled and she continued, “that speech, Fili, it was...I don't even have a word.”

“I was hoping it would be a surprise.”

“It certainly was,” she picked up her hand from where it was resting on his shoulder to finally look at the ring herself.

“Do you like it?”

“I love it, I can’t believe you knew about Laketown tradition.”

He smiled, “Your father told me. He said he made one for your mother.”

Sigrid looked at him, realizing she had never known that.

“I made it because I know how important she is to you, and how important Laketown was. I never want you to forget how important they are to me too.”

“Oh, Fili,” she leaned down and kissed him, “And you made this?”

He smiled, “of course, if a dwarf can, everything they present their one is made by their own hand.”

The song ended and a more upbeat song began. Fili and Sigrid excused themselves from the dance floor and finally had a chance to join their families on stage and eat and drink a bit more.
Though people clearly didn’t want to leave, as the night grew later the crowd thinned. The food and ale and wine had been wiped out almost completely, and that was usually the end of a party. People had agreed to stay and help with clean up, with the rest of the room put back together the next day.

All of the royal family, including Balin and Bilbo, would be staying at Lord Bard’s house. Their things had been dropped off earlier in the day. The whole group of them headed back to the house. Thorin and Bilbo were in the large Master on the second floor where Fili usually slept. Bain and Tilda were sharing Tilda and Sigrid’s room. Tauriel and Kili were in Tauriel’s room. Balin was in Bain’s room. Then Sigrid and Fili were in what would eventually be their room, and Dis was next door. It was the most occupied the house had ever been and Sigrid loved it. Tilda and Bain were sent to bed, while the rest of them stayed up in the drawing room. Tea was served and everyone finally had the chance to rest. Sigrid took in her new extended family and wanted to remember this moment forever. Everyone was happy, a little drunk, and relaxed. It was so different from just 6 months ago.

That night, much later than any of them intended, Sigrid and Fili lay in bed. The moon was shining enough through the window to dimly light the room as she looked at her ring, feeling like somehow it wasn’t real. Except it was as Fili cuddled up behind her, his arm around her waist.

He kissed her cheek, “I love you, Sigrid.”

“I love you, Fili.”

Notes:

BRB getting emotional. I don't know what it was, but editing this chapter just really got me - in a good way! I hope you enjoy how far these two have come!

One more chapter tonight!

Chapter 26

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The dwarves of Erebor stayed as guests for the next few days, spending time visiting various parts of Dale. Fili was finally able to give his lesson to the guards at the Barracks. And all parties enjoyed it immensely. Sigrid even saw King Thranduil had stayed around, watching her father visit with him in his office in the administration building. Though Sigrid couldn’t be sure if he had spoken to Tauriel at all during the trip. Sigrid and Tauriel returned with the group to Erebor a few days later.

In the mountain, preparation was well underway, and almost complete, for the arrival of the dwarves from the Blue Mountains. The ballroom had also been stripped of the gold floor and repaired.

After a few days extra of rest, Sigrid was both ready to get back to training and dreading the process of being sore again. But this time Fili had finally agreed that she was ready to use a weapon. Once she had gotten the hang of rolling, while not perfect, Fili had moved them on to wooden swords, and now he felt she was ready for a real thing.

He had taught her just the basics, a few movements of the sword, ways to dodge, and ways to be quicker. She felt stronger than she ever had and when she looked in the mirror could tell there was a bit of definition to her arms and legs. Fili had definitely noticed and told her on several occasions, something she still wasn’t quite used to.

He handed over his dagger to her and she adjusted her grip until she felt good with it. He had her run through drills with it, so she could get the balance and weight right after only using a wooden sword. He then picked up a wooden sword, “We’re going to try combat like before.” He swung the wooden sword and got into a stance.

She paused. “You’re just going to use a wooden sword?”

“Yes. I have no intention of bringing you down to Oin if you don’t move in time.”

“But that’s not realistic.”

“True, but I’m not budging on this just yet. You’re not ready for me to be swinging real weapons at you.”

Sigrid nodded, since they had talked, what was now weeks ago, he had been incredibly good about not lessening things for her, while also being incredibly open about why he didn’t want to do something just yet.

They readied themselves and began circling. Fili attacked first, as he had taught her that most likely she would not have the chance to attack first, though she was learning that as well. It just wasn’t her first move in a real fight. He kept himself closed off and tightly guarded so that she would really have to try, but again, most wouldn’t be so good about it. They battled blows back and forth, Sigrid unable to get a hit on him just yet. But she had learned to read him better and had avoided his attacks, though sometimes a bit too narrowly. In which he would pause, and give her a quick rundown and they would start again.

This went on for the next few days that they were in Erebor. On their last morning training, before going back to Dale, she felt particularly confident. She had been holding back a little, especially when it came to trying to take out his legs. She just hated to hurt him after all they’d gone through. She worried that because of that she was maybe holding back in general. She decided she couldn’t.

He was a warrior, and even though she had the sharper weapon, he trusted her and he trusted himself, so she needed to do the same for him. She went in more focused. After all, she wouldn’t want to hold back her blows for the enemy. She tried to channel the feelings from the battle. This was the first time she had done so, tending to avoid them when they came up unexpectedly. She had tried to keep all those feelings pushed down and away, to not let the fear take over. She tried to harness that fear and direct it. She moved quickly and Fili responded in kind.

It was as if because she had amped up, he had also amped himself up. They were moving more quickly then they had in the past. And then she noticed it, a weak spot that he wasn’t keeping guarded. She countered and dodged a few of his strikes, trying to get her timing right. Since they began, she’d never gotten a hit on him with a wooden sword or otherwise.

But she expected he was probably keeping himself open on purpose. A new way to teach her how to read an enemy, she tried to think of what his next move might be if she went for it. And planned out just in case, knowing she’d probably get hit.

On the next movement, she went for it and thrust out towards a weak spot just behind his shoulder, as he went into a roll. Except she didn’t plan to make contact. She felt the weapon hit soft flesh and the feeling was like fileting a fish. It made her panic and she immediately let go of the weapon, letting it clatter to the ground, but it was way too late.

He still finished his roll and stood up, dropping his weapon and wincing.

“FILI!”

She ran to him and the blood was already blossoming on his shirt.

She could feel the tears start and she couldn’t stop them, “You were supposed to dodge that. That was supposed to be you testing me,” she started to sob as she tore through the hole in the shirt to reveal the wound. Luckily she had not finished the thrust, it would definitely need stitches. They were both dirty, so she had nothing to use to cover it up. And she was having a hard time seeing through her tears.

He pulled her away from the wound despite her complaints. “Hey, hey. Sigrid, look at me,” he tipped her chin up and wiped away her tears. “I promise this is nothing. And no, I did not know I had that vulnerability. You did fantastic in finding it.”

“It’s not nothing, Fili, you’re bleeding. We have to get you to Oin.”

“I promise I’ve had worse. You asked me why I have all these scars, things like this. I hoped you would be able to hit me because that means the training is working.”

“But I hurt you,” she was trying to stop her crying but she couldn’t.

“But you didn’t. It's a cut Sigrid, one easily mended. I couldn’t be more proud of you right now.”

She breathed out a shaky breath, “Really? You weren’t planning for that.”

He laughed and gathered up his wood sword and dagger. Putting them away. He rubbed his foot in the dirt where blood had fallen and took her hand to walk to the medical ward.

“I really wasn’t. It’s good to know I have that weakness, though I don’t think most enemies I’ve fought have ever been smart enough to see it, or fast enough to catch me,” he beamed at her.

“I can’t handle this emotional rollercoaster, you’re hurt, yet you’re proud of me, and you’re smiling.”

He shrugged, “because I knew you’d hurt me eventually.”

Sigrid gasped, “Yet, you were worried about hurting me?”

“Of course. Because I knew if you hurt me, you’d let go or not do as much damage. While I would try to do the same, the wounds you could get from me could be far more severe.”

“I just can’t believe it,” she looked at it and it was still bleeding. She stopped and grabbed some fabric from her sleeve, turning it inside out and pressing it against the wound as they began walking again. “I don’t know that Thorin would like blood all over his halls.”

“Probably not.”

Sigrid could feel where the tears had dried on her cheeks and she had a small set of hiccups. They arrived finally at the Medical ward and it felt like it had been the longest walk of her life. Oin was happy at first but then saw the signs on Sigrid’s face and the blood on her hands.

“Are you hurt?” he walked over quickly.

“No, but Fili is.” She pulled off the now soaked fabric from where she had been pressing it.

“That’s a nice little wound you’ve got there, Fili. Who gave it to you,” he asked, motioning for them to follow to an exam room.

“Sigrid did,” he beamed.

Oin just shook his head, “I’m sure he deserved it then.”

“Hey!” Fili cried, then winced as a bit of pain went through.

Fili peeled off his shirt and balled it up. Letting Oin better access to the wound.

“It’s not deep, but it’ll need cleaning and stitches. How’s your movement of your arm?”

“Fine, just a bit of pain in the shoulder area.”

Oin hummed, “I don't think it got any nerves or muscles, but it’ll probably be a bit painful and sore for awhile.”

He went to get his tools. Sigrid stood patiently in front of Fili.

“You should wash up,” he looked down at her hands.

“Oh, you’re right,” she hadn’t really noticed.

She waited until Oin got back and then washed her hands. She came back and Fili’s eyes were closed and his face scrunched.

“Cleaning it is the worst, after that stitches are nothing.” Oin worked silently and eventually the pain seemed to have passed and Fili opened his eyes and smiled at Sigrid.

“Was it just me, or were you pushing yourself harder today?” Fili asked as they sat there with Oin stitching him up.

“Since we switched to a real weapon I felt like I was holding back. And I know I can’t do that. So I tried to channel some of that fear from the battle and channeled it.”

“Well, it clearly worked.”

“Too well, maybe.”

“No, perfectly. I really am proud of you. This was the goal. And if I had to be stabbed a bit to get there then it was well worth it.”

Sigrid sighed and leaned over her knees on the chair.

“Are you ok?”

“I’m fine. Just tired now. I didn’t expect to get so upset. I really truly thought that it was a test and you would block me. I even had thought about what would happen if you blocked me since I’d be so close.”

“Then you really are thinking like a warrior. But really, I had no idea. I underestimated your quickness. I won’t do that next time.”

“Next time?” Sigrid looked up at him, frowning.

“Of course. Not any time soon, but we can’t stop your training now that you understand it. That is what makes the difference Sigrid.”

“This may also be the perfect time for my mother to help out and to teach you how to fight in a skirt.”

“I was thinking I might just rather wear pants all the time instead,” Sigrid smiled.

Fili smiled and shrugged, “Fine with me.”

“Alright you two. He’s all patched up. Mind you don’t use this arm too much for at least a week. If I have to tie it to your body I will. I don’t need you ripping out these stitches.”

“Yes, Oin,” they both said in unison and they both left, thanking him.

Fili was shirtless now, walking down the halls. Stitches with a cloth patch over it for now to get any leftover bleeding and to keep anything out of it.

They went back to their room and Sigrid washed up and helped Fili wash what he could.

“I hope you getting hurt doesn’t become a regular habit,” Sigrid commented once they were dressed.

“I can’t guarantee that. I’m a dwarf after all.” Fili would have to eat here in his rooms for at least another day due to not wanting to ruin all of his shirts with blood and most likely Sigrid would have to go to Dale on her own. She had to attend her meeting tomorrow, but she promised she would return right after.

---

The meeting had gone well, though Sigrid had felt distracted the whole time thinking about Fili. She would have to talk to Dis about managing the fact that this would probably not be the only time he would be injured. Sigrid hoped she was only this emotional over it because he only just recovered and she had been the one to injure him. Though some part of her doubted that.

Sigrid explained what happened to her father over lunch and he was proud of her as well. She returned to the mountain early in the afternoon. She found Fili sitting on the couch in his sitting room, shirtless still, just like when she had left him that morning. The night before everyone of course had something to say, but they all blamed Fili for not knowing his weak spots well enough. Sigrid tried to argue but they all seemed adamant that she had done perfectly.

---

With Fili unable to train, Sigrid and Dis met the next morning for training. She had remembered to grab her most worn dress from the closet back home. It was faded and she couldn’t remember how many times she had stitched it up and mended it. Dis was wearing something not nearly as worn.

“I’m glad I've already been able to see the proof of your training in my son’s shoulder.”

Sigrid bit her lip.

“Take that as a compliment, Sigrid.”

Sigrid nodded.

“Now the movements stay the same of course, but you must pay attention to the way the skirt, depending on its fabric and weight, will pull to one side as you try to move to the other. It follows along slower. But once you are used to it, it will feel no different, and you may even find yourself faster still in pants. And then, Fili should really be careful.”
Sigrid smiled.

Dis asked her to show her everything Fili had taught her so that she could see where she was at and what adjustments or advice she could offer. Rolling proved much more difficult in a skirt, the first time Sigrid's foot got caught and she fell flat on her stomach, sprawled out.

“Tricky things, these skirts.”

“I think I’d just rather wear pants forever.”

“A valid choice, Sigrid, and one you absolutely can choose”

Sigrid scrunched up her nose, “But I should still learn. Orcs don’t care if you are in pants or a skirt.”

“That they do not,” Dis agreed.

“Though it may benefit you to consider traveling in pants rather than skirts in the future. Even though this road is short, anything can happen on the road.”

“I will definitely consider that.”

Sigrid ran through the drills over and over again as she became more and more accustomed to the way the skirt moved and where it pulled or dragged. She adjusted her roll just a bit so that she didn't tuck her feet up so much and didn’t trip again. Dis also showed her how she could tie up the skirt around her legs, if the time was available to do so of course.

“That’s great. Let’s try with weapons,” she handed Sigrid a wood training sword. “I’m not as keen as my son to risk the chance of injury,” Dis smiled.

Sigrid still found her movements a bit slow, but tried to use it to her advantage rather than fight against it. Dis did not open herself up as much as Fili did as fights progressed. She stayed calm and focused. Sigrid found it hard to find any openings in her defense.

After no one had made any movement towards striking the other, and they were both out of breath, Dis called it.

“You did well today. We will practice more on this, but I am impressed.”

“Thank you so much.”

They put away the weapons and made their way back to the royal wing.

“I was hoping to ask you a question,” Sigrid said as they walked.

“Of course.”

“I just...with Fili hurt, I just can’t get over the sinking feeling and the emotions of it. I just don’t know how to deal with the idea that this won’t be last time he’s hurt. And I was hoping to find out how you deal with it.”

“To be honest, I don’t really think about it at all. I just trust them. Which is hard. But I know that all of my family are well-trained and I trust that they can take care of themselves and each other. And that there are people looking out for them. And then I just leave the rest to Mahal. But everyday I make sure to love them as fiercely as I can, and tell them all the things I want them to know. It is better to prepare for the eventuality than to let it surprise you. It will still hurt, and the pain of loss will still be there, but you will know that they knew you loved and cared for them.”

They arrived back at their rooms. It was a lot to think about. She thanked Dis again as they parted. Fili greeted her as she came in. He was dressed today, though the arm he wasn’t supposed to move was out of its sleeve.

“You’re dressed.”

“Yeah, it wasn’t that difficult, I just didn’t put my arm in the sleeve, though it was tempting.”

She threw him a look as she went to wash up for the day.

“I need to be in meetings today. Thorin wasn’t happy that I managed to get hurt and he said I don’t need my arm in order to sit in council meetings and pay attention.”

Sigrid just shook her head as he gave her a quick kiss before he left.

Notes:

She'll make a fine warrior.

4 chapters left! We only have two posting days left - this coming Sunday and next Wednesday!!

Your kudos, comments, and bookmarks are always appreciated!

Chapter 27

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Sigrid was barely dressed herself when Fili came back in, a little out of breath, “What’s wrong?” She immediately thought the worst.

“The dwarves from the Blue Mountains have been spotted south of the lake!” he finally managed to get out.

Sigrid’s eyes widened, “That’s great news! How long will it take them to get here?”

“Probably the whole day, they will most likely make it here by nightfall at the latest.”

Sigrid left the room to head with Fili to let others know, but information had spread quickly and the mountain was up and buzzing. Sigrid had never seen so many dwarves packed into the main areas. Everyone seemed to be helping make preparations or doing final repairs. Fili took Sigrid’s hand and led her down hallways towards a council room. Inside, most of the company was gathered alongside Tauriel and Dis. King Thorin was not there but Balin was talking individually to people, giving them their directives for the day and how to help keep everything calm with the large influx of dwarves that would be arriving. The biggest piece would be assigning housing to all of the new families and getting them onto public records. It would be an all hands on deck situation to ensure that everyone had accommodations.

“Some of our warriors have already gone out to escort them in and begin to deliver instructions for arriving and unloading the wagons,” Balin let everyone know.

Sigrid felt excited for the prospect of actually being able to help with something so important and Erebor related. It was also just exciting to feel the energy high. Many of the company she knew had families who would be arriving today as well.

They were all prepared within an hour. Oin was ready for any major emergencies or ailments that had happened on the journey, and everyone else was ready to help offload and handle the dozens of horses and carts. Fili and Sigrid grabbed some quick lunch in the kitchen where Bombur had already started cooking a large meal for all of the dwarves arriving.

The rest of the day flew by and Sigrid pretty much helped wherever she could. Sometimes she was just handed something and ran that errand, other times she was helping Oin. It felt like the aftermath of the battle, but much more positive. She kept a close eye on Fili who still had only one arm he was supposed to be working with. Luckily he seemed to be being careful, doing a lot of message carrying or running, one loose sleeve flying behind him, his arm tucked next to his body.

Fili eventually found her, “They’re almost here. We are going up to the ramparts to greet them.”

Sigrid followed behind Fili. He took her hand, leading her through the crowds and they climbed up the stairs to the ramparts. The sun was still above the horizon, Kili was already there with Tauriel, as were Thorin, Bilbo, and Dis. Balin and Dwalin were at the main gates alongside most of the company.

“Are you sure I should be up here?” Sigrid whispered.

“Of course! You’re my intended. Thorin is just going to welcome them, then we will go downstairs to help anyway.”

Sigrid nodded and she felt the butterflies in her stomach.

She could see the carts coming down the familiar road from Dale. She was sure it had been quite a sight for those in Dale to see so many dwarves traveling by cart. Warriors marched next to the carts, spaced out alongside and in front. Sigrid couldn’t see the end of it even as the first cart arrived and stopped just before the gate. Soon all the wagons slowed to a stop, Sigrid thought she could make out the last cart just coming around the bend in the road.

Trumpets signaled attention and Thorin’s voice boomed out as he welcomed them all to Erebor and was happy for their safe and joyful return to their home. There were cheers from everywhere and it echoed in the valley and against the mountain face. She smiled at the excitement as the carts once again jostled forward and began to enter the mountain. Fili and Sigrid moved to look over the railing on the other side and saw the carts filling in the main entryway as hoards of dwarves moved quickly to unlatch the animals and horses and move them to pens so that the carts could be more tightly packed. Unpacking this many carts could take days and there wouldn't want to be any left outside. They stayed up there for quite a while watching as carts continued to file in. It was better than getting in the way.

Sigrid watched tearful reunions between members of the company and their families. She watched as Bombur was overrun by his, Sigrid couldn’t keep count, children and wife. Fili pointed out Gimli, their cousin who had so desperately wanted to go on the trip but was too young. Sigrid turned back to the ramparts to see that the sun was just now beginning to set and already most of the carts had managed to get inside.

Finally, it seemed like all carts were inside. Ori was in charge of recording who had arrived while housing was assigned. Food was being served in the main hall and people were coming and going. Fili and Sigrid headed downstairs to see what help they could offer. Balin sent Sigrid to help Oin as they had a few more severe injuries that needed immediate attention and he sent Fili to go to the dining hall and make himself present.

Sigrid made her way to the medical ward. There was quite a bit of activity and Sigrid went straight for her apron, throwing it on and quickly braiding her hair. She quickly found Oin who was stitching up someone. He gave her some brief instructions for a patient who was waiting and she went about her business. They worked alongside each other until every patient had been seen. Some of the dwarves were a little surprised by her presence, but most didn’t say anything, just eyed her. Most were minor wounds, Sigrid learned that there had been a small orc attack crossing the Misty Mountains, and then there had been spiders in Mirkwood - though they had been assisted by the elves. And that was besides the general hazards of traveling that far with carts and animals. However, a few had fallen ill and would need some longer term care. Once everyone was taken care of, Sigrid set about cleaning the entire place. There was mud and dirt all over the floors. She wiped down and changed all the bedding, sending the rest to be laundered.

A few others came in while she was cleaning, having realized they were injured, or just needing some ointment for rashes or burns from the road that they had ignored. Oin chided them, but explained to Sigrid that dwarves were hearty for sure, and would generally ignore an injury for a long time, but eventually would seek some kind of medical help. No doubt there would still be a trail of dwarves for the next few days as they settled in and realized some new injuries.

Fili eventually found her still cleaning and doing general organizing.

“Oh, what time is it?” she asked.

“Late, dinner has been done for hours. But I got you some and it's in the room for you whenever you are done.”

“You can go lass, I’ve got it covered,” Oin yelled from his desk.

She put up her apron and washed her hands before following Fili.

“How’d it go?”

“It was good, Kili and I met most of the dwarves who arrived today. Welcomed them, chatted. Though many were distracted or exhausted, ready to eat and find a bed.”

“I can imagine, they were attacked by orcs and spiders on the trip.”

“That’s what I heard as well, though they mentioned that the elves helped with the spiders.”

“A good sign,” Sigrid smiled.

Sigrid ate and washed up before collapsing into bed. She was fast asleep before Fili joined her, needing to do some paperwork first.

---

The next two days Sigrid trained by herself in the mornings due to Fili being injured and occupied with his duties as Prince and Princess Dis occupied with her duties. Then she would join Oin in the medical ward. She had sent a raven to her father letting him know how she was doing. Even though she would be back in a few days, she had gotten into a habit of updating him on major occurrences or just every few days otherwise. He would do the same for her as well.

That evening Fili came back late, as Sigrid laid in bed trying to stay awake long enough to kiss him goodnight.

“I’m sorry I’m late,” he whispered, crawling into bed next to her.

“It’s ok,” she mumbled, letting him pull her close and wrapping her arms around him, “everything ok?”

“It was decided that we are hosting the official crowning ceremony tomorrow afternoon. So we had to figure out the logistics of that.”

Sigrid realized it hadn’t ever really been properly done, rather everyone had just let Thorin assume the throne as the rightful heir. But now that most of their kin and people had arrived, it made sense to make it official as well as announce Fili as the heir and successor.

“You won’t need to do anything other than be there. You’ll stand with my mother and Bilbo.”

Luckily Sigrid had started slowly bringing her best outfits to Erebor to stay. She had somehow accumulated more dresses in the past 6 months than she had owned in her entire life. Many were gifts, but it still felt like too much. She had left a few in Dale just in case, but most were in her wardrobe here.

As if reading her mind, he smiled, “You can wear the blue dress.”

“You’re sure?”

“Yes, It will be good for you to wear the colors of our line, alongside the rest of us.”

It made Sigrid’s stomach do a flip. While the courtship had been about them, this would be her being part of something official for the Kingdom of Erebor.

---

Three days after the dwarves from the Blue Mountains had arrived, Sigrid stood in the main hall of Erebor in a dress the color of the night sky. The room was packed with dwarves. Her father and King Thranduil, surprisingly on such short notice, had also made an appearance (as well as Bain, Tilda, and Tauriel), but they now stood off to the side away from her. She had a place along the main dais.

Sigrid could feel the stares directed at her and Bilbo. Word had spread fast that the King of Erebor was courting a hobbit and the soon-to-be crown prince was courting a daughter of man, but so far there had been no strong negative reactions that Nori had discovered. Confusion for sure, some disappointment, but it seemed when they heard how they had saved them both they seemed to be more accepting. That story would undoubtedly grow out of proportion, already Nori had told Thorin a version that included Sigrid herself carrying Fili off the battlefield and Sigrid having magical healing powers. Both of these everyone had found to be quite good exaggerations so far. But now was a serious moment.

Balin was speaking Khuzdul as he placed a crown on Thorin’s head, Sigrid only understood about every fifth word. Thorin turned and the room cheered, Sigrid along with them. Fili had assured her that at this time, since she was only his intended, she had no requirements. She would receive her own circlet as crown princess of Erebor as part of the wedding ceremony. But it was just her presence that was important and showed her acceptance among her family and king.

Fili had stood off to the side with Kili. As Balin was Thorin’s advisor, that would be Kili’s role. Balin stepped to the side as Thorin took the throne and proceeded to name Fili, heir and crown prince to the throne of Erebor. He placed a coronet on his head. Thorin finished the blessing and introduced Fili as the Crown Prince. He turned and the crowd once again cheered. Sigrid couldn’t help but feel like she was living in some fairytale, that she was dreaming and she would wake up from the land of Kings and Princes, where she couldn’t believe she went home to one every night. The ceremony ended and there was a celebration being held afterwards, as if in a dream Fili came up to her and took her arm in his.

Sigrid couldn’t help but remember a planning meeting a week or two ago where they had at first thought to combine the coronation and the announcement of both King Thorin and Prince Fili’s courtship. It had been decided that it would be best to wait to announce Kili and Tauriel’s courtship. Despite the feelings that the elves had helped in Mirkwood and that King Thranduil had come to their aid in battle, that didn’t wipe away hundreds of years of hatred. Thorin believed they would need to do more work over the next few months before announcing. Kili had kept a neutral expression, but everyone could tell he was upset, looking over to where Tauriel hung back as she typically did in these larger meetings, choosing to guard alongside Dwalin off to the side.

Fili whispered something to him.

“She should be there with me,” he growled back, clearly wanting everyone to know what he was upset about. He was not hiding his courtship bead, Sigrid noticed, and neither was Tauriel. No doubt people knew already and the arriving dwarves would hear and see soon enough. Sigrid hated it, but she didn’t try to pretend to understand the huge politics and history involved. After Fili and Dis failed to reason with Kili in Khuzdul, Kili eventually left the table, passing Tauriel and leaving out a side door. Tauriel made eye contact with Dis and Fili who motioned for her to follow him. She did, quickly and quietly.

“Should you go talk to him?” Sigrid asked Fili quietly.

“Not now. He’s upset and he won’t listen to me. Tauriel is best for him right now.”

“What did you say to him?”

“We promised him that when it came to his courtship announcement, the party would be just as grand.”

“I’m sure that’s not what he cares about.”

Fili shook his head, “it’s not. Which is why he’s upset.”

Eventually, it was decided it was best not to try to hide Kili and Tauriel’s courtship and it would be better to keep it open and public and thus it was also decided to keep the courtship celebration separate from the coronation. That way the priority was on securing the crown and re-establishing the throne of Erebor, thus the only person who would make an entrance was King Thorin, after the rest of them had been seated. Fili had been sent to find and tell Tauriel and Kili while the rest of them waited.

Sigrid refocused her attention to the present moment, arm and arm with Fili. By the time they made their way out of the throne room, the band had already started and food and ale were abundant. This was definitely a celebration. They all took seats at multiple large tables at the end of the room, with King Thorin and Bilbo in the middle. The crowd had cheered when they had entered. Food and ale were at tables along the walls and everyone helped themselves. Dancing also was quite an affair.

The party lasted late into the night, Bard had retired early with a sleeping Tilda and Bain, with Thranduil’s assistance. It seemed Tauriel, Bilbo, and Sigrid were left as the only non-dwarves. Sigrid was trying to keep up. She had finished one mug of ale this time, unlike before where she had barely made it halfway through. Though she realized she would need to drink it quicker, or it would get warm and gross on the bottom. Halfway through the second, which she had been drinking far more quickly, she had started to feel it. It hit her quite suddenly.

Fili watched as she set it down and pushed it a bit farther away, he smiled, “Starting to feel it?”

“Am I supposed to feel fuzzy?” she asked, though it had been a bit hard to get that out.

He chuckled, “Yes, but if you are feeling like that, it probably is best to stop, unless you’d like to experience a hangover your first time.”

She shook her head slowly, feeling like her head had gotten a bit heavy.

“Are you ok?”

She smiled, “I'm good, just fuzzy.”

“Good, would you like to dance?”

She shrugged, “I don’t know the dances, but I’ll try.”

Fili took her hand and helped her stand. She could still walk pretty well so that was a positive.
The dwarf dances were much more fast paced and rigorous than she was used to but also a lot of fun. She laughed most of the time as Fili moved her quickly through the movements. She stopped trying to copy and just tried to keep up. Soon enough she was hot and out of breath. Fili led her back to their seats and she collapsed into her chair, a huge smile on her face.

“You did great!”

She laughed and leaned forward to kiss him, “I tried!”

There was nothing else around, so she grabbed the mug and drank the cool liquid, which felt great. She finished off the mug and set it back down. Looking at Fili who was just smiling at her.

“What?”

He just smiled and shook his head, “You’re going to be a dwarf in no time.”

“I hope so,” she smiled.

“One more?” he pointed to the ale.

She shrugged and smiled, “Sure.”

He stood to get them some ale. He also brought back a small plate of food and desserts.

“You read my mind,” she said as he set them down.

“I figured you might want something.” He also set the mug down in front of her.

Sigrid looked around the room and it didn’t seem like many of the dwarves had left yet, mainly young children had been taken to bed.

“You’d think they’d still be tired after the long journey.”

“Probably, but I’m sure they also want to enjoy the fact that they made it here and for many are back home.”

“That’s true,” she looked around the room and enjoyed the sight of everyone enjoying themselves.

A few dwarves throughout the night had come up to talk to them, some of them to ask if some version of the story was true. They were trying to set it straight, but some of them seemed so eager to find out that Sigrid truly had found strength from love to carry Fili across the battlefield, that they hadn’t necessarily denied the truth.

Fili and her joined the dance floor again and Sigrid finished off her ale. She yawned a bit later and Fili pulled her to her feet, “let’s go to bed.”

She nodded and they said goodnight to Dis and Tauriel and Kili. They would’ve said goodbye to Thorin and Bilbo but they were in a very serious drinking contest which Bilbo seemed to be winning.

They headed back and Sigrid felt a bit wobbly, leaning a bit on Fili. They finally made it to the room and Sigrid left clothes scattered along the floor. She was definitely feeling the 3rd ale and didn’t even bother to get fully undressed, climbing into bed in her underclothes. Fili got her some water.

“You should drink at least a little bit of this, it will help in the long run.”

She nodded and sipped the water as she watched Fili gather up her clothes and pile them into a chair as well as undress. She watched the way his muscles moved, it was her favorite part of the day. She generally tried to be in bed before him and stay awake long enough to watch him. It was a mundane task, but it made it all seem so real. His stitches had held and it seemed like he was good. He turned and noticed her. He smiled and flexed bicep, causing Sigrid to burst into giggles.

It had to be the ale she thought. He climbed into bed and pulled her close, kissing her, which calmed her giggles.

“Are you laughing at me, Lady Sigird?” he said, pulling back.

“Just because you make me laugh, Prince Fili. I also believe this ale has done quite a number,” she felt herself slurring a bit.

“I would agree with that,” he smiled and kept her close, pulling the covers over them.

She yawned again but covered it at the last minute, “sorry.”

He kissed her forehead and that was the last thing she remembered as she fell into a hazy sleep.

Notes:

One more chapter today!

Chapter 28

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

With the arrival of the dwarves from the Blue Mountains and the crowning of Thorin and Fili being named crown prince he once again couldn’t travel to Dale with Sigrid just like before. While it had lasted, it had been a nice 6 weeks of them being constantly together in both Dale and Erebor. But now he had too many duties to leave, though he would sometimes come to spend a day with her. Almost 4 weeks flew by until finally it was the day of the courtship celebration. Sigrid had finished the quilt just in time (luckily it proved easier while in Dale with Fili not there) and kept checking for it in her bag the day before she made her way to Erebor with Tauriel. Now it was wrapped and hidden in their wardrobe. It made her nervous thinking about giving it to Fili, but also excited.

She needed to start getting dressed, but Dis had insisted that she and Tauriel meet her in her room to do so. She finished her hair in the mirror and headed towards Dis’s room. Fili was getting dressed in his room when she left. Tauriel arrived a few moments later, and before they had the chance to ask what was going on, Dis surprised them both with dresses for the evening.

Dis insisted they try them on so she could see how they looked and they fit perfectly and Dis dabbed away tears as she looked at the two of them. Sigrid didn’t hesitate and pulled Dis and Tauriel into a hug. They finished getting ready together before Sigrid returned to see Fili as the courtship gifts were given prior to the celebration. Sigrid pushed open the door and gently moved into the room, excited for him to see how she looked.

“Oh, you’re back,” Fili called from the bedroom.

Sigrid moved slowly inside and stood in the bedroom doorway, watching him, and waiting. He turned as he was shrugging on his jacket. He stopped, his eyes widening.

Sigrid smiled and did a small spin, “Do you like it?”

Fili crossed the room slowly, his eyes looking over the whole outfit and finally meeting her gaze.

“You are beautiful, and yes, I love it.”

She leaned in to kiss him and he rested his hands gently on her face.

“Can I give you your courting gift now?” Fili grinned.

“Oh, yes.”

He smiled and went over to a drawer, pulling out an object wrapped in cloth. He held it out towards her and slowly unfolded the cloth from the top, letting it fall around his hand.

She gasped as she looked at the beautifully engraved leather scabbard.

He gently pulled the dagger out of the scabbard and held the handle out to her. She took it gently, noting the handle and the intricate details. But overall, it seemed like it wasn’t just fancy but functional.

“Fili,” she whispered as she held it out and turned it over in her hands. She looked at him, “Did you make this?”

He smiled, “Of course. I haven’t told you this because I wanted it to be a surprise, but I apprenticed and my craft is weapon making. If I wasn’t a prince I would have joined a guild.”

“Fili, it’s amazing. And perfect.”

“I’m glad you like it.”

“I’m afraid to use it.”

He chuckled, “Please don’t be. It’s incredibly hearty, it should last you forever, despite the detailing.”

“I’ll cherish it.”

Fili handed her the scabbard and she slid it into place. He took it and went and set it on the dresser.

“Let me get yours, hold on,” she went over to the wardrobe and opened it, reaching up to a top shelf where she pulled out a large wrapped gift.

She walked back over to him, “I’m sure it’s not a typical gift, but I made it completely myself in a craft that I’m best at.”

“Sigrid, if you made it, I’ll love it.”

She nodded and lifted the cloth wrapping. She had folded it so that the sun was the center point, the surprise being the mountain itself. She had also made a last minute decision to embroider in a phrase in Khuzdul, which was only possible thanks to Dis.

Fili didn’t say anything at first, he just tentatively reached out to touch the fabric and what clearly was a sun. Sigrid had folded it so she could grab one corner and she did that, letting it fall, picking up the other corner. The blanket unfolded and she gave it a quick shake so that it spread out in between them, pooling at their feet.

Fili stepped back and she gently shook it once more so he could see the whole thing.

He didn’t say anything still but covered his mouth with one hand, the other tucked under his elbow as she watched his eyes try to take in all of it. The best was when he noticed the Khuzdul. She had made it blend in, a bit of a secret word, hidden along the base of the mountain. She heard him breathe in deep and bend down, gently tracing the letters with his fingers.

He stood slowly and looked at her, the wetness in his eyes threatening to spill forward, “Sigrid,” he shook his head, trying to wrap his mind around it.

“Do you like it?” she whispered.

“Oh, Sigrid. I love it. I’m in awe. I can’t-- I could have never imagined something so detailed and thoughtful in my whole life.”

Sigrid beamed, “You noticed the words I see.”

“That too! I can’t even process all the feelings I have. And you know what it means?”

“I had your mom help me figure out the right phrase.”

“Lukhudel,” Fili said.

“Light of all lights?” Sigrid filled in.

Fili nodded. He looked down at it again. Sigrid smiled, she had hidden a few other things in the quilting. Various words and shapes, things she hoped he would find over the years.

But she did want to point out one of them. “Look down towards Dale, see if you can see what I hid.”

“You hid things?”

She just smiled. He leaned down and moved it a bit to catch the light. Just alongside Dale, she had quilted in the healing tent he had been in.

“Oh,” she heard him say.

Sigrid bent down, folding the quilt into her lap gently so that she was close to him looking at it.

He looked at her, “The tent I was in.”

She nodded. He smiled and leaned across to kiss her, cupping her cheek in his hand. “Sigrid, this is amazing”

She smiled and they stood, “Shall we put it on the bed?”

“Yes, absolutely.”

Sigrid gathered up the quilt gently to not let it drag and carried it to the bed where she tossed it on. Fili went to the other side and tugged it into place. He ran his hand over the mountain gently, landing on the words again.

He came around the bed and wrapped his arms around her waist and pulled her in close. “We should probably go to this party,” he finally said, stepping away.

“I’m sure your mother would be disappointed if the dress didn’t get some kind of audience.”

Fili smiled and they left for the party.

The party and announcement of the courtships went on without a hitch. Bard had come from Dale along with some other higher ranking officials. King Thranduil had also brought a small group to support. Sigrid was most surprised by the fact that Tauriel was announced as Lady Tauriel of Greenwood. It seemed that Thranduil and her had made up.

It was definitely different than Dale had been. Each of their stories of courtship as well as the whole story of the journey was recalled by a group of theatrical players. The performances were gripping, though a bit exaggerated. But the stories were woven together beautifully. It really was a story of love with the quest and reclaiming of Erebor the backdrop for the entire epic. Love of home, family, culture, and the unexpected love that was discovered along the way.

When they got to the battle scene, the fact that all 3 of Durin’s sons had fallen in battle had the room in an uproar for a while, so long that Thorin had to ask everyone to allow them to finish the story first. Sigrid felt the most emotional as the story continued on for Kili and Thorin, but Fili stayed behind due to the coma. She had lived it, yet seeing it played out - no sets, no props, just two of the dwarf actors off to the side while the other 4 moved on, made her cry. Fili noticed and took her hand, kissing it and holding it tight. By the end there wasn’t a dry eye in the place. There was a standing ovation by all for what seemed to go on for hours. Eventually they returned to their seats and Thorin was able to address the room.

The rest of the evening was much more lighthearted, though Sigrid kept catching dwarves talking about various segments, about how they couldn’t believe that happened, or how romantic it was. She smiled at the impact it had already.

They spent the night celebrating, and Sigrid kept having to remind herself it wasn’t all a dream. For so long they had looked at the empty shell of Erebor and Dale from Laketown’s shores, scared of what lay inside, scared to look too long as if the past would come forth. And it did, eventually. But to know the joy that came with it, if they had known -- if she had known the joy, maybe she would’ve wished for it to happen a little bit sooner.

She was pulled onto the dance floor by Fili for most of the night, trying to learn complicated dance moves but ending up laughing and moving with the crowd. Once again, the celebration lasted long into the night, though she took it much easier on the ale.

She helped get everyone to bed before retiring with Fili. He pulled her into his arms and they spent a lot of time just sitting there together. His hand gently touching the quilt as they looked down at it laid across them.

“It just doesn’t feel real,” he eventually whispered in the dark room, Sigrid’s head tucked against his shoulder.

“I feel the same.”

He kissed her forehead, “I’m so glad I found you my Ibrizinlêkh,” he whispered into her hair.

“Hmm, what’s that mean?” Sigrid was nearly asleep and couldn’t quite anchor the word.

“Sunshine.”

“I like that,” she smiled and fell asleep.

The next morning they joined everyone, including her family and King Thranduil for breakfast before heading to the training arena with Fili. It turned into a small crowd of onlookers, and Sigrid felt nervous, but luckily Fili didn’t give her the chance to think too much about it as they sparred with wooden weapons. Occasionally she could hear Tilda’s voice cheering her on. She didn’t win, but she had put up a good, long fight.

She beamed, covered in sweat and dirt, as Tilda and Bain crashed into her.

“That was fantastic, Sigrid. Especially for only a few months,” Bard praised as he pulled her in for a side hug.

“Well Fili, and Princess Dis, are great teachers.”

“I guess I’ll have to get some lessons from you myself,” he looked towards Fili.

“It’d be an honor, sir.”

Fili and Sigrid saw them off afterwards, then cleaned up and changed for the rest of the day. There was still so much to do that Tauriel and Sigrid stayed busy long into the evening.

Notes:

Thank you so much for reading! I can't believe we are so close to the end. 2 chapters left and those will be posted on Wednesday.

Thank you for taking this journey with me!

Chapter 29

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Tauriel and Sigrid left Erebor early the next morning. Fili and Kili had seen them off at the gate. Renovations were beginning that morning on the school and Sigrid wanted to be there. After so many months of fighting for it and consulting and figuring out the best place, she felt like she had to be there to see it with her own two eyes.

The mountain and surrounding areas were now lush with new growth and Sigrid loved seeing it in the morning. Dew clung to the grass and there was a light fog. She could see Dale in the distance, the tall towers sticking out over the fog, beacons of her new home. The sun had already started to rise but it was still cool and a bit damp. She pulled her jacket around her tighter as they moved to a trot down the road. There wouldn’t be many others just yet. The dwarven crews that left Erebor daily for work or the market were just finishing up packing as they had left.

Sigrid noticed it was relatively quiet out for being spring, but she didn’t think anything of it as they rounded a corner and out of sight of Erebor, moving into a clustering of trees that marked about half of the trip into Dale.

Tauriel was only a few paces ahead of Sigrid when she pulled her horse to a stop, her head turning side to side. Sigrid pulled back on her horse as well, slowing it when suddenly Tauriel whipped around before jumping off her horse and pulling her bow.

“Sigrid, turn around now, get back to Erebor.”

“Tauriel what’s wrong?” Sigrid yelled as she pulled on the reins to get the horse to turn, her stomach tightening in knots.

“Just go!”

Sigrid got the horse to turn and kicked her heels pushing the horse forward, but something moved in her way -- an orc.

Her horse reared back as the orc snarled and swung its weapon, throwing Sigrid off before she could regain control of the reins. She landed hard on the ground and felt dazed for a second, but her adrenaline was pumping and she knew she had to get up. She pushed up off her feet and grabbed for her weapon just as the orc that had spooked the horse came running towards her.

As he raised up his weapon she threw herself forward, stabbing him in the chest then rolled away as he fell. The blood was black and already on her hands and weapon, she tried to wipe it off while still looking around. Her horse was gone and she could see Tauriel engaged with 2 more orcs, another one already dead on the ground. She looked around just in time as another Orc came running from the trees towards Sigrid.

It swung and she jumped out of the way, narrowly avoiding the hit. She couldn’t run, it would definitely outpace her. She tried to remember her training but she was panicking, she planted her feet but this wasn’t like training. She didn’t know if there were more orcs and she couldn’t wait for the orc to have a second chance to swing at her. She decided to go for it and ran at the orc, which seemed to throw it off enough for her to stab it.

As she moved to pull back, it grabbed her hand and the sword, snarling as it kept her there. With its other hand it raised up it’s weapon in what felt like slow motion as Sigrid fought to pull free, the blood pouring out of the now large wound and she did all she could think. She moved her foot to kick into its knee and let go of her sword, hoping to get away. The Orc went off balance and fell onto its knees and then crumbled to the side. As Sigrid fell back and landed in the gravel.

She looked around as Tauriel cleaved one last one. Sigrid scrambled up and grabbed her weapon from the hopefully dead orc in front of her as Tauriel came running towards her.

“We’ve got to run Sigrid, come on,” her outstretched hand grabbed Sigrid's arm as she passed.
They took off back down the path towards Erebor. Tauriel looked around to her sides and behind them to make sure there weren’t any others. Sigrid’s head was pounding and it was hard to breathe, but she pushed her legs forward to keep up with Tauriel, who held onto her arm tightly. Finally in view of the guards in Erebor, Tauriel waved her hand and started yelling as they ran closer.

“ORCS!! SOUND AN ALARM!!” she called out.

You could see the dwarves start moving around on the rampart and the gates flew open just as the large horn blew to indicate an attack. Within moments, before Tauriel and Sigrid were even all the way to the gates, dwarves in armor with weapons ready were piling outside the gate, lining up in formation.

Someone Sigrid assumed was a captain ran up to Tauriel as they came sprinting in.

“Orcs ambushed us just past the tree line. I believe there are more further in.”

The dwarf nodded and yelled something in Khuzdul and the other dwarves began their movement down the road. As Tauriel and Sigrid skirted the side to move past the stream of dwarves and into Erebor, Sigrid heard the responding horn of Dale echo through the valley. She suddenly felt nauseous. She hoped they weren’t attacking Dale. Her father, Bain, Tilda. She wasn’t there. It overwhelmed her but Tauriel kept pulling her forward into Erebor.

They finally made it in through the main gates, which was a flurry of activity. Sigrid’s legs were starting to give out, but she pushed forward. She needed to find Fili and make sure he didn’t go out there looking for her. Tauriel still held her arm tightly as her eyes adjusted to the light. She could see Fili and Kili up ahead arguing with what looked like Dwalin. Kili looked up and saw them first, “There! There they are!” she heard him yell.

She made eye contact with Fili, “Fili!” she yelled. His eyes grew wide and he broke into a run toward her. Her vision started to darken at the edges, everything was getting blurry and her body felt heavy. She heard Fili yelling her name before she blacked out.

---

She just felt cold. She shivered, trying to find some kind of warmth. Her whole body felt stiff and she couldn’t figure out where she was. She heard a voice saying her name, but it felt like she was underwater. She tried to focus on one thing, just open your eyes, she commanded herself and slowly the lights from the room came blurrily into view and a face hovered over her. She blinked a few times.

“Sigrid, Sigrid. I’m here,” the voice said, a voice she knew so well.

Her mouth wasn’t really cooperating so she could only manage to say his name.

She could see the tears already in his eyes as he pulled her into a hug. It felt so warm and she wanted him to stay there, but also her body was screaming about being moved.

He was still holding onto her and she lifted her arms up, barely holding onto him. “Where am I?” she whispered.

He pulled back, pushing a strand of hair from her face, “You’re in the medical ward, in Erebor.”

She blinked and looked around. It was weird to see the room from this angle.

“What?” she still couldn’t quite piece together what had happened. She remembered this morning’s breakfast and her and Tauriel leaving. Her eyes flew open as she remembered. Fili noticed and put a hand on her chest, gently keeping her laying flat.

“Hey, hey. It’s ok. You’re safe. Everyone is safe.”

She settled back, a headache beginning to form behind her eyes, so she closed them. She shivered again and moved her hands to pull the blankets up, but stopped.

“Fili,” she said, her eyes still closed.

“Yes? What do you need?” his voice desperate, the emotion still heavy on his voice.

“Why am I naked?”

She peered open her eyes and he wasn’t laughing, and still looked a bit stricken.

“You were so covered in blood we didn’t know whose it was, so we had to cut it off of you so Oin could check that you weren’t hurt.” He took a deep breath, “Orc weapons can be poisonous and we were worried.”

Sigrid blinked, “And?”

He relaxed a bit, “You’re fine. Not a cut or scrape on you, except your hands. The blood must have been all orc.”

Sigrid shivered again and looked down at her hands. It was still a bit hard to focus and everything still had a haziness. She could feel the ointment on her hands and they were loosely wrapped.

“It’s so cold,” she finally said, “Can we leave to go to our room?”

“Let me find Oin and we will get you out of here.”

She nodded and closed her eyes. She thought about going back to sleep, she was so tired.

“Sigrid?” it was Fili’s voice again. She peered open one eye.

“Hm?”

“Oin is here. He’s going to check you out, now that you’re awake while I get you something to wear.”

She nodded and tried to sit up a bit.

“You don’t have to get up,” Oin’s voice said.

“Hi Oin,” Sigrid smiled weakly.

“Never expected you to be in here.”

 

“Hopefully I won’t ever again.”

“I hope so too, lass.” He pulled out a small light from his pocket, “I just need to do some checks to see how you are doing, is that alright.”

She nodded. He checked both her eyes, took her pulse and asked her a few questions.

“How’s your head feeling?”

“I have a headache that seems to want to come through my eyeball.”

“That’s not surprising.”

“Any worries?”

“No long term. I’ve checked you out for injuries and I’m shocked you have none. But that’s good. Now, if you do start to feel strange at all, you get down here as soon as it starts.”

Sigrid nodded.

“Do you think you bumped your head when you fell off the horse? Tauriel wasn’t sure.”

“No, I just landed hard on my back.”

“Good, good. Then you’ll be sore for a while but luckily we don’t have to worry about a head injury. The headaches most likely from the huge adrenaline kick and then the shock of it all. You should be better in just a few days with rest.”

Sigrid nodded, unable to do much else. Fili arrived back with clothes in his arms and Oin excused himself, “rest, Sigrid! I’m serious.”

Sigrid pushed herself up slowly to a sitting position. The headache pounding and she could feel her back aching.

Fili handed her a tunic, “Sorry. The rest of your items are fancy dresses or have already been sent for laundry and your pack was on your horse and we haven’t gotten it back yet.”

“Did you find her?”

“I think so, last I heard someone had spotted them.”

Sigrid nodded, taking the tunic, “It should fit I hope.”

“Is it yours?”

“Yeah, but they’re clean I promise.”

She nodded and pulled it over her head. It was actually pretty loose which she appreciated. He then handed her a pair of trousers, she furrowed her brows at him.

He shrugged, “it was the only thing I had and I figured you’d want to be a bit more covered.”

She nodded and slid her legs out from under the covers. She took a deep breath, trying to get the headache to subside long enough to pull on the pants. Fili helped her with them and then helped her stand.

She wobbled a lot but managed to pull them up. They surprisingly fit.

“Little short,” she mumbled, as the pants stopped just below her knees.

Fili chuckled quietly. “Do you think you can walk?”

Sigrid took a shaky step forward but leaned on Fili.

“That’s a no,” he said, and before she could say anything he had scooped her up into his arms.

“Fili, it's ok. You don’t have to carry me.”

“It’s ok. I carried you all the way here. I can carry you to the room.”

He eased his way out of the room, careful not to bump her against anything. She wrapped her arms around his neck and rested her head against his shoulder.

They passed Oin, “Rest, Sigrid. And maybe a bath,” he smiled. They left and Fili carried her steadily down a different pathway.

“You carried me all the way there?”

“Yes. I caught you just as you collapsed. There was so much blood, I didn't know whose it was so I practically ran with you to the medical ward.”

Sigrid could only manage a hum. He was so warm and comforting. She was half asleep as he pushed into their rooms and closed the doors behind them as they went. As he went to put her on the bed, she stopped him, “Wait. I should probably bathe.”

“You’re sure.”

She nodded, “it might help with feeling better too.”

“Alright.”

He steered them towards the bathroom. He set her on a stool near the tub and turned it on. She could see the steam rising up and she was tempted to jump in it right now. Once it was full, Fili turned back to help her in. She pulled off the tunic and shimmied out of the pants. He took her hand and guided her into the tub. She sunk in immediately, finding the ledge to sit on. She leaned her head back against the edge and soaked in the warmth.

“I’m going to check and see if I can find your pack,” he turned to go.

“Wait,” she mumbled, turning her head to look at him, “Stay?”

She didn’t know why, but she just didn’t feel like being alone. Not in part to the worry she might fall asleep and drown but also because everything was finally hitting her and she felt like the emotions might take over. She felt like that was what was making her head hurt so much.

“Of course, Sigrid,” he moved to sit on the stool.

“I’m sorry,” she mumbled and he paused, “but can you come in with me?”

She should’ve felt embarrassed but she didn’t even care. He didn’t even say a word, just started stripping off his own tunic and boots. Pulling off his pants and leaving them all in a pile, before sliding into the tub. He immediately pulled her in close and kissed her forehead. She started to cry at the fact that he had known exactly what she needed.

“Oh Sigrid,” he tipped up her head and looked at her, wiping away the tears with his thumb.

She took a shaky breath. “I killed two of them,” she whispered.

“You did amazing, I’m so proud of you. And everyone is safe.”

“I didn’t even see them, Tauriel did,” Sigrid started, she just had to get it out. “And she told me to get back to Erebor, and I tried. But then one scared Rosie and she threw me off.” Sigrid took a deep breath.

“You don’t have to talk about it now,” Fili started.

Sigrid shook her head, “I just need to, if that’s ok.”

“Of course.”

She rested her hand on his chest, her head on his shoulder, “And he came after me. I was so scared, but I knew I had to get up. And I took an opportunity when he charged, like you taught me. And it felt so weird to just stab him. But I did and then I rolled out of the way. And I couldn’t figure out if I should help Tauriel or run, but then another came out of the woods. I don’t know what I was thinking, but I just tried to remember everything and I charged at him, which I think threw him off. And I stabbed him, but he didn’t just die. He grabbed me and locked me there. And I panicked.”

Fili rubbed her shoulder as she talked, “So I let go and kicked out his legs and we both fell. Then I just remember running with Tauriel.”

Sigrid sat up, “Oh, my weapon,” she frowned. “I don’t even know if I still had it.”

“You did. It was actually hard to get you to let go of it, your grip was so tight.”

“Oh,” she went back to where she had been.

“I’ll clean it up for you and get it back to you.”

She nodded, “And everyone’s safe? Even Dad and Bain and Tilda?”

“Yes, Dale heard our horn and immediately closed the gates and sent out forces. They met the dwarves halfway and took care of the rest.”

“How many?”

“At least a dozen, but closer to two.”

“What?”

Fili nodded, “It seemed like they had set up to ambush the dwarves going to Dale. But you got there first,” he sighed “I can’t help but think about what would’ve happened if you would’ve gotten too far in. You would have been surrounded and…” he shook his head, trying to get the thoughts out of his head.

Sigrid sat silently, processing through this new information. Fili was right, if Tauriel wasn’t so alert, they could’ve been attacked by more and they probably wouldn’t have survived. She shivered.

Fili hugged her tight, “But you didn’t and I need to remember you’re safe. You saved a lot of people, Sigrid.”

She nodded into his shoulder.

“You are truly a warrior in all ways now,” he whispered as he kissed her forehead again.

Sigrid sighed and tried to run her hand through her hair, remembering it was still in braids and probably gross. She sighed and sat up, pulling at it. The headache was receding though it still pounded if she moved too fast. She pulled out the few pins holding the braids in place and let them fall, slowly running her hands through her hair. She must have looked like she was having a hard time.

“Do you want me to wash it for you?”

“You wouldn't mind would you? It won’t be awkward?”

“Not at all.”

“I’d love that,” she slid further into the tub and dunked her head under to wet it. She was tall enough that she could rest on her knees in the bottom and the water was only to her chin. She slid back so she was against the bench that circled the whole tub and rested her arms over Fili’s knees. He ran his hands through her hair getting out the tangles. She sighed and relaxed.

“Are you sure you’re ok with this?” she asked again, her eyes closing. It seemed like the most intimate thing they had ever done, maybe because it seemed so simple and so full of care and attention.

“Don’t worry, we’re courting and you just saved lives, I’m totally fine with it.”

“Ok, good.”

He ran his fingers through her hair until all the knots seemed to be out, before getting some shampoo and gently washing her hair, “Just don’t fall asleep.”

“I’ll try not to,” was her murmured response.

He gently used his hand, cupped, to pour water and get most of it out. She tipped her head back and rinsed out the rest. She turned towards him, her elbows resting on his knees and leaned up to kiss him gently.

“Who would have thought our first time in a bath together would’ve been after being attacked by orcs,” Fili joked.

Sigrid smiled and shook her head. “I should probably get out soon, let me finish washing up.” She moved back into the middle and took some soap, gently scrubbing herself to make sure there was no trace of this morning left.

Fili climbed out of the tub and dried himself off, putting his trousers and tunic back on. Sigrid climbed out next and he held out a towel for her. He held onto her, and she was glad for it, her legs were still a bit wobbly. She dried off as best she could and wrapped the towel around her body. She took an extra towel and tried to get most of the water out of her hair.

“Rest now,” Fili said and she nodded.

Before she could even try, he scooped her up and carried her into the bedroom.

“Is this going to be a new thing?”

He smiled, “Maybe. I quite enjoy it.”

“Me too,” she smiled.

She was still wrapped in her towel when he gently set her down in the bed. She climbed under the covers and pulled the towel off, not wanting to sleep in a damp towel, although her hair would just have to stay damp. But she didn’t care. Sigrid yawned deeply, causing the headache to pound to life. She squinted and closed her eyes.

“I’m going to try to find your pack now so that you at least have something to wear other than my clothes.”

Sigrid nodded but didn’t open her eyes. She felt him gently kiss her forehead.

“I’ll be back soon.”

“Fili,” she opened her eyes slightly.

“Yes?”

“I love you.”

He paused in the doorway looking at her, his boots in his hand. The look on his face was all she needed and she smiled.

“I love you, Sigrid,” he smiled and she closed her eyes as he slowly shut the door behind him. She fell asleep immediately.

Notes:

Ah!! It's all been leading to this. This was probably my favorite chapter to write.

Our last chapter coming up tonight, I'm currently editing it and should be up soon. It's a bittersweet moment for sure, but I thank you for being with me!

Chapter 30

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Sigrid didn’t hear Fili return an hour or so later, her pack in his arms. He left it near the wardrobe and joined her in bed. She did feel his warmth against her and his arm wrap around her waist pulling her close. She tried to say something, but it was just mumbles instead.

“Sleep, love.”

And she did, for many hours. In fact it took someone gently shaking her shoulder to finally rouse her. She didn’t sleep well, as all the images were nightmares, but she had slept deeply. So much so that she felt relieved to have someone pulling her out of them. It felt like earlier, like she was underwater and it was taking so much effort to do anything.

His voice was soft in her ear, “Sigrid,” as he kissed her gently on the cheek and the shoulder.

“Hmmm,” was all she could manage as she slowly blinked open her eyes and turned slightly towards him. Everything just felt heavy and she could still feel the headache lingering. Luckily the only light seemed to be a flickering candle.

“I wasn’t sure if you were ok, so I woke you up. You were crying in your sleep.”

Sigrid blinked a few more times and could see a bit more clearly, though she was still confused. He was sitting up next to her and his brows were furrowed and he looked worried. She moved her hand, though it felt slow, towards her cheeks and they were wet. “Oh,” was all she could manage.

He waited patiently as she turned towards him, collecting herself, “It must have been the nightmares.”

He nodded, but didn’t ask more. She looked around a bit, trying to sort through everything. Everything just felt so confusing.

“It’s about dinner time now. You’ve been asleep almost the whole day. That’s probably why things seem a bit weird.”

She nodded and laid back against the pillows, closing her eyes. The sheets were bundled around her and she realized she was naked but she didn’t care. Sleep began to take her again but in the space between awake and fully asleep an image flashed before her eyes. The orc that held her and it felt so real that she gasped, her eyes flying open. She barely missed knocking Fili out as he was still close to her, as she sat up quickly. Then regretted it immediately as her head pounded and her vision blurred.

She started to cry, her body shaking, and suddenly felt his arms around her, pulling her into his lap. He didn’t say anything and she just cried. She’d never been this vulnerable in her whole life and she suddenly couldn’t handle any of it. Because now she knew what the risk of all these things were. Before the Battle of Five Armies she couldn’t have dreamed, or realized, the nightmare of war and battles and orcs. But now she did and now she had come up against them again. And she hated it all.

He held her tight to him for what seemed like forever until her crying subsided. The headache was brutal though and she didn’t even want to move. But eventually she opened her eyes, slowly, trying to take one step at a time. He kissed her forehead as she shifted slightly in his arms. She would have laughed if her head hadn’t hurt so much at the fact that she felt like a newborn babe, naked in his arms, crying. She finally took a deep breath and looked at him. There was a mix of fondness and sadness in his eyes. Protectiveness, worry, and love was all she felt from his blue eyes, which she stared into, memorizing them. At what seemed like the most inopportune moment, Dis’ words from before rose to memory, ‘love them as fiercely as you can, and tell them all the things you want them to know’.

He looked back at her, his stare not so intense, his eyes roaming over her face as he tried to figure out if she was actually ok or not. She hated to make him worry any more than he had to.

“I’m fine now.”

He laughed, but it was a shallow laugh, quiet, “I don’t believe that for a moment.”

“I’m better at least because you’re here,” she smiled slightly.

“Then I’m glad I asked Tauriel and Kili to go get us food,” then he looked serious, “I do think we need to get Oin though.”

Sigrid softly shook her head twice, “I’m ok, really. I just didn’t expect the nightmares. Nothing else feels wrong.”

He didn’t look fully convinced, but he didn’t argue the point, which Sigrid was glad for. She shifted to move out of his lap but he held her close, instead shifting so that he was against the pillows and holding her. He grabbed the blankets with his free hand and pulled them over them both. “Not so fast, you’re not going anywhere yet,” he mumbled into her hair.

She sighed and leaned her head against his shoulder.

“Tell me about them,” he said softly.

And she did, slowly at first. They all seemed so scattered now, she could barely remember them, but she knew at the time they had felt so real.

“There was just so much blood. And I could never move fast enough. It was like everything from Smaug, the battle, the healing tents, and this morning all rolled into one never-ending nightmare. But I couldn’t save anyone.”

She wondered at what point she would run out of tears, but it clearly wasn’t yet, as she felt a few slide silently down her cheeks. He noticed and wiped them away softly with his thumb.

“You know,” she continued, “I asked your mom how she dealt with it all…”

She turned to look down at the blanket that she was gripping in her hands, and slowly released her hands, stretching them out, smoothing the blanket absentmindedly as she continued.

“For so long I thought the way to do it was to hold them inside. It’s what I did after mom died and I thought that was the worst tragedy I would ever experience. But then it’s just all built up. And she said she doesn’t deal with it. Which surprised me, and she explained that she just loves everyone as fiercely as she can and trusts, knowing it might come, but if it does it won’t surprise her.”

“And how do you feel about that?”

Sigrid shrugged, “I don’t know. Because it feels like a problem that I should be able to fix, or something. That there should be some way. But I guess there’s not. I guess you just have to be prepared and trust.”

She looked up at him then, he was watching her, “I understand now, at least more so than I did, why you were so insistent on training, on being prepared.” He nodded, “But maybe I also need to talk about it. I can’t run from it, or keep it from happening.”

“We will figure it out together,” he smiled, “but I think right now, you need to not focus on such things.”

Sigrid bit her lip, he was right, but, “How do you deal with it all?”

She realized she didn’t really know how he felt about all this. Was it because she was of the race of men, fragile as they were, that she felt so emotional, was it a dwarven trait to be so strong?

“Honestly, I think about it all the time now. As I’m sure my mother does too. I think what she meant by saying she doesn’t ‘deal with it’ is that she doesn’t ignore it, but she just embraces it as a part of the brilliance of life. It’s not something to be dealt with, or fixed, or even ignored. It’s just an acceptance, an embrace, and if you embrace it then you find you embrace life so much more.”

Sigrid could understand that sentiment, though she didn’t know if she could get her mind to think of death that way.

“When my father died I was young and much like you. I bottled it away. And honestly, dwarves aren’t naturally better at it if that’s what you’re thinking. I looked to Thorin, who carried so much and seemed so strong, and thought that’s how I should be. And so I chose that, while my mother was much more open to all of it, the feelings, talking about it. Kili too, is so open. I am still learning how to do it, but I think being so near death forced me to confront it more recently.”

“But doesn’t it get overwhelming to think about it all the time too?”

“It can, but not if you’re thinking of it as part of a bigger whole. Not as just an individual thing.”

Sigrid sighed and closed her eyes. There was a knock at the door then.

“I think it might be time for some dinner, what do you think?”

She opened her eyes and nodded, and he let her slide off his lap and more fully under the covers. He slid out of bed and went to the door. Opening it enough to take the tray from someone. He said something quietly and closed the door, bringing the food to the bed and climbing in with it.

“You got my pack,” Sigrid noted as he settled in next to her and she sat up.

“I did. They already had both the horses back in the stable and so it was just a matter of finding who had it. But both horses were fine, just eating grass in the old battlefield as if nothing was amiss.”

“That’s good I guess.”

Fili handed her a bowl of soup cautiously, as if he wasn’t sure she was strong enough to take it. But she did and set it on her lap. They ate in silence, their bodies against each other in bed. Sigrid only managed to eat about half and a bit of bread before she felt like it would be too much. She curled up and watched Fili finish his food, a small smile on her face. He turned towards her and smiled.

“I love you, Fili,” she said, feeling like suddenly she couldn’t say it enough.

“I love you too, Sigrid.”

She didn’t realize she fell asleep until she woke up later in complete darkness, Fili undressed and asleep next to her. She hadn’t woken from nightmares luckily, and didn’t believe she had any. She felt better finally, less groggy. She quietly and without disturbing Fili got up and went to the bathroom. She washed her face and gave herself some time alone.

When she finally crawled back into bed, he was awake waiting for her.

“You ok?”

“Yes, I just wanted to freshen up. I feel much better now.” Fili waited, “and no nightmares,” she added.

He smiled and pulled her into his arms, kissing her gently.

---

By the time Sigrid woke up the next morning she was in much lighter spirits. The 16 or more extra hours of sleep probably also helped as they had been so busy lately, it was clearly a sign that she needed it. And obviously the stress of the morning’s events contributed to that stress. But today was a new day, and she finally felt like she had the space in her heart to be proud of the fact that she did defend herself. And maybe that could mean one day she could also defend her loved ones and her home, though she hoped it didn’t come to that. But it was a positive she would hold onto for now.

Fili grunted when she tried to move and get up, “Where do you think you’re going?” he mumbled into her shoulder.

“Fili,” she said, hoping to not have to explain that she couldn’t lay in bed all day.

“No, you’re supposed to be resting. Oin said so himself.”

Sigrid pouted, “You can’t believe that I’m going to just stay here all day.”

Fili blinked at her, “That’s the literal definition of the word, Ibrizinlêkh.”

She sighed, she wanted to argue. There was the school reconstruction and about a thousand other tasks in both kingdoms that she easily had a hand in.

“Nope, you’re not going to convince me you’re needed today,” he was resolute, “And if I have to stay here all day to make sure that happens I will.”

“What am i supposed to do?”

She watched as his eyes shone brighter and he smiled. She laughed, “I don’t know that Oin would consider anything you have in mind as resting either.”

He frowned, “You’re right. Fine. What can you do from the bed or at least sitting in the front room.”

She thought about it, “well we do have some things to plan…” she offered.

He smiled then, “That’s a great idea.”

He eventually let Sigrid up, but not after they’d had a thorough makeout session, though he refused to do more, even though it had been his idea initially. He didn’t want to get in trouble with Oin and have to explain that was what led her to need more medical attention.

Sigrid dressed comfortably and Fili let Balin know he would be out for the day. Kili and Tauriel were nice enough to bring by meals and also stayed and helped with some early wedding planning, as they also had theirs to plan as well. It still hadn’t been decided when, though mid-summer was likely out, and probably even summer at all.

Communication had been shared between Thorin and Bard that everyone was ok in both Erebor and Dale and it was agreed that as long as Sigrid felt well all day and didn’t push herself, they could ride to Dale tomorrow once the roads were checked. Guards were now patrolling more often and it was decided that a guard toward should be built at that bend and the trees thinned out. All of this was communicated through Tauriel, who had been in the meeting the previous day about strengthening their defenses further.

Sigrid just nodded, and the topic quickly moved on once relevant information was shared. But other than that, Sigrid felt fine and the day moved quickly into night.

---

The reconstruction of the school had gone by quickly, as had the summer. As Sigrid toured the rooms of the new school at the grand opening celebration, children ran and played around her, exploring the new rooms and being in general awe, just as she was. She moved outside where children were playing in an open yard. A few of the children ran up to her and she smiled at them.

“Are you enjoying your new school?”

“Yes, Princess Sigrid,” they said in unison.

She smiled, “You can just call me Sigrid.”

One of the boys eyed her curiously, “But my mom says we have to call you Princess otherwise we get in trouble.”

Sigrid smiled again, “Well let’s make a deal, when we are outside playing here you can call me Sigrid.”.

He seemed pleased enough with that and ran off to play.

A small girl approached her then, “Miss Sigrid, I have a question.”

She knelt down to be more eye level with her, folding her hands in her lap, “Yes?”

The girl seemed a bit nervous, looking at her two playmates but they nodded, “Are you a warrior? My brother says princesses can’t be warriors, but I heard you fought orcs and saved a prince so that must make you a warrior, too.”

Sigrid couldn’t help but smile. She nodded, “Yes, I am a warrior.”

The girl cheered, “I knew it!”

And for the first time, Sigrid knew it in her own heart as well.

---

Fili ran his finger gently over the words at the bottom of the last page as he read them out loud, “The end...for now,” and closed the cover of the slim volume.

Sounds of disappointment came from the two children on the floor in front of him.

“Aw come on adad, that can’t be where it ends!”

Fili smiled, “it is for now.”

“Can we start the next one at least?”

“Yes, please adad!” the other chimed in.

Fili smiled, setting the book on the side table. “Not tonight.”

“But we love hearing stories about you and amad!”

“Then it’ll be worth it to wait,” he stood and started shuffling the two children in front of him towards bed.

“When’s amad coming home?”

“Probably in a few days. Remember, she’s visiting your amadnamad, Tilda. It's quite a trip there and back.”

Fili tucked the boys in and then went back to the sitting room. He picked up the book and looked at it, before returning it to the shelf, next to the half finished book next to it.

Balin had encouraged each of them to write down everything about their lives together since there was no other record of a dwarf partnership with an outsider, but Sigrid had been the only one to actually take on the task so far. Just next to that was a sketch Ori had done of the 5 of them a few years ago when the twins were just born.

Fili felt his heart swell and also hoped his wife and oldest child would come home sooner rather than later, there was always such a gap in his routine when Sigrid wasn’t there. He changed and climbed into bed. He drifted off thinking of the next chapter he would tell the boys, smiling fondly at the memories.

Notes:

Khuzdul words thanks to https://islenthatur.wordpress.com/welcome/
Ibrizinlêkh = sunshine
adad = father
amad = mother
amadnamad = sister of mother

Wow, I feel kind of emotional posting the last chapter of this fanfiction. It was written in such a whirlwind time for me back in summer 2018 and I didn't ever think I'd come back around to it. I feel so weird finishing it, but I feel happy about where it's landed. Hopefully you’re not too upset with me. The line about being a warrior is the original ending and I debated adding on more but I really see this story as a love letter to Sigrid and her strength and so I wanted to keep the nice story arc. But I also know that it's not quite the end of their combined story either, and so I really liked the idea of teasing future things there at the end.

I’d like to return to this story and dive into all the other future things like wedding and kids, etc. and even some of the stuff around the Battle of Dale set during Lord of the Rings would be really great to write but none of it's written yet and I want to do it justice and not push it so I plan to return to it in a future date.

Thank you again for reading and I hope you enjoyed it! Kudos and comments are always appreciated! Find me on tumblr at: https://polymathicdragon.tumblr.com/